Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof

ABSTRACT

Pyrazolopyridin-4-amines, pyrazoloquinolin-4-amines, pyrazolonaphthyridin-4-amines, and 6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazoloquinolin-4-amines, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds, intermediates, methods of making, and methods of use of these compounds as immunomodulators, for inducing or inhibiting cytokine biosynthesis in animals and in the treatment of diseases including viral and neoplastic diseases, are disclosed.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation-in-part of International Patent Application No. PCT/US04/32480, with an international filing date of Oct. 1, 2004, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. Nos. 60/508,352, filed Oct. 3, 2003, 60/554,680, filed Mar. 19, 2004, and 60/603,303, filed Aug. 20, 2004, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.

BACKGROUND

In the 1950's the 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline ring system was developed, and 1-(6-methoxy-8-quinolinyl)-2-methyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline was synthesized for possible use as an antimalarial agent. Subsequently, syntheses of various substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolines were reported. For example, 1-[2-(4-piperidyl)ethyl]-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline was synthesized as a possible anticonvulsant and cardiovascular agent. Also, several 2-oxoimidazo[4,5-c]quinolines have been reported.

Certain 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines and 1- and 2-substituted derivatives thereof were later found to be useful as antiviral agents, bronchodilators and immunomodulators. Subsequently, certain substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-amine, quinolin-4-amine, tetrahydroquinolin-4-amine, naphthyridin-4-amine, and tetrahydronaphthyridin-4-amine compounds as well as certain analogous thiazolo and oxazolo compounds were synthesized and found to be useful as immune response modifiers (IRMs), rendering them useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders.

But despite important progress in the effort to find immunomodulating compounds, there is still a scientific and medical need for compounds that have an ability to modulate the immune response, by induction or inhibition of cytokine biosynthesis or other mechanisms.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

A new class of compounds useful for modulating cytokine biosynthesis has now been found. In one aspect, the present invention provides such compounds, which are of the Formulas I and Ia:

and more specifically the following compounds of the Formulas II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and LXXX:

wherein R_(A), R_(B), R′, R″, R_(A1), R_(B1), R₁, R₂, R₃, R_(3a), R, R_(A2), R_(B2), R_(A3), R_(B3), n, and m are as defined below; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

The compounds of Formulas I, Ia, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and LXXX are useful as immune response modifiers (IRMs) due to their ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis (e.g., induce or inhibit the biosynthesis or production of one or more cytokines) and otherwise modulate the immune response when administered to animals. Compounds can be tested per the test procedures described in the Examples Section. Compounds can be tested for induction of cytokine biosynthesis by incubating human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) in a culture with the compound(s) at a concentration range of 30 to 0.014 μM and analyzing for interferon (α) or tumor necrosis factor (α) in the culture supernatant. Compounds can be tested for inhibition of cytokine biosynthesis by incubating mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 in a culture with the compound(s) at a single concentration of, for example, 5 μM and analyzing for tumor necrosis factor (α) in the culture supernatant. The ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis, for example, induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines, makes the compounds useful for treating various conditions such as viral diseases and neoplastic diseases, that are responsive to such changes in the immune response.

In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions that contain the immune response modifier compounds, and methods of modulating (e.g., inducing or inhibiting) cytokine biosynthesis in an animal, treating a viral disease in an animal, and treating a neoplastic disease in an animal, by administering an effective amount of one or more compounds of the Formulas I, Ia, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and/or LXXX and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof to the animal.

In another aspect, the invention provides methods of synthesizing compounds of the Formulas I, Ia, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and LXXX and intermediates useful in the synthesis of these compounds.

In another aspect, the invention provides prodrugs of compounds of the invention as well as pharmaceutical compositions containing the prodrugs.

As used herein, “a,” “an,” “the,” “at least one,” and “one or more” are used interchangeably.

The terms “comprising” and variations thereof do not have a limiting meaning where these terms appear in the description and claims.

The above summary of the present invention is not intended to describe each disclosed embodiment or every implementation of the present invention. The description that follows more particularly exemplifies illustrative embodiments. Guidance is also provided herein through lists of examples, which can be used in various combinations. In each instance, the recited list serves only as a representative group and should not be interpreted as an exclusive list.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION

In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds of the formula (I):

wherein:

-   -   R_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from the group         consisting of:         -   hydrogen,         -   halogen,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   or when taken together, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused aryl ring         or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the         group consisting of N and S wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring         is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R′″ groups;     -   or when taken together, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused 5 to 7         membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom         selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted         or substituted by one or more R groups;     -   R is selected from the group consisting of:         -   halogen,         -   hydroxy,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   haloalkyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   R′ and R″ are independently selected from the group consisting         of hydrogen and non-interfering substitutents;     -   R′″ is a non-interfering substituent; and     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   with the proviso that at least one of R_(A), R_(B), R′, or R″ is         other than hydrogen; and         with the further proviso that when R_(A) and R_(B) form a         benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and R′ is         hydrogen, then R″ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted         with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of the formula (II):

wherein:

-   -   R_(A1) and R_(B1) are each independently selected from the group         consisting of:         -   hydrogen,         -   halogen,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   or when taken together, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused aryl ring         or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the         group consisting of N and S wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring         is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or         substituted by one R₃ group, or substituted by one R₃ group and         one R group;     -   or when taken together, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused 5 to 7         membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom         selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted         or substituted by one or more R groups;     -   R is selected from the group consisting of:         -   halogen,         -   hydroxy,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   haloalkyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   R₁ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄,         -   —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₃ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   -Z-R₄,         -   -Z-X—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   -Z-X—R₅;     -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —O—,         -   —S(O)₀₋₂—,         -   —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—,         -   —C(R₆)—O—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—,         -   —O—C(O)—O—,         -   —N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         -   —O—N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —O—N═C(R₄)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—,         -   —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   Z is a bond or —O—,     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7;     -   with the proviso that at least one of R_(A1), R_(B1), R₁, or R₂         is other than hydrogen; and with the further proviso that when         R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused benzene ring unsubstituted or         substituted with chloro, and R₁ is hydrogen, then R₂ is other         than phenyl or phenyl substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro,         or fluoro;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For certain         embodiments of Formula II, the above group from which Y is         selected further includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of the formula (III):

wherein:

-   -   R is selected from the group consisting of:         -   halogen,         -   hydroxy,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   haloalkyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   R₁ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄,         -   —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₃ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   -Z-R₄,         -   -Z-X—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   -Z-X—R₅;     -   n is 0 to 4;     -   m is 0 or 1; with the proviso that when m is 1, then n is 0 or         1;     -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —O—,         -   —S(O)₀₋₂—,         -   —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—,         -   —C(R₆)—O—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—,         -   —O—C(O)—O—,         -   —N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         -   —O—N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —O—N═C(R₄)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—,         -   —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   Z is a bond or —O—;     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7;         with the proviso that when R₁ is hydrogen, m is 0, and R is         chloro, then R₂ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with         methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For certain         embodiments of Formula III, the above group from which Y is         selected further includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—.

In other embodiments, the present invention provides compounds of the formulas (IV, V, VI, and VII):

wherein:

-   -   R is selected from the group consisting of:         -   halogen,         -   hydroxy,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   haloalkyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   R₁ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄,         -   —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₃ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   -Z-R₄,         -   -Z-X—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   -Z-X—R₅;     -   n is 0 or 1;     -   m is 0 or 1;     -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —O—,         -   —S(O)₀₋₂—,         -   —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—,         -   —C(R₆)—O—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—,         -   —O—C(O)—O—,         -   —N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         -   —O—N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —O—N═C(R₄)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—,         -   —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   Z is a bond or —O—;     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For certain         embodiments of Formulas IV, V, VI, and VII, the above group from         which Y is selected further includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—. For         certain of these embodiments, the compound or salt is selected         from the group consisting of the formulas (IV and VII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of the formula (VIII):

wherein:

-   -   R is selected from the group consisting of:         -   halogen,         -   hydroxy,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   haloalkyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   R₁ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄,         -   —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   n is 0 to 4;     -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —O—,         -   —S(O)₀₋₂—,         -   —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—,         -   —C(R₆)—O—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—,         -   —O—C(O)—O—,         -   —N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         -   —O—N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —O—N═C(R₄)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—,         -   —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For certain         embodiments of Formula VIII, the above group from which Y is         selected further includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of the formula (IX):

wherein:

-   -   R_(A2) and R_(B2) are each independently selected from the group         consisting of:         -   hydrogen,         -   halogen,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   R₁ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄,         -   —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —O—,         -   —S(O)₀₋₂—,         -   —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—,         -   —C(R₆)—O—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—,         -   —O—C(O)—O—,         -   —N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         -   —O—N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —O—N═C(R₄)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—,         -   —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7;     -   with the proviso that at least one of R_(A2), R_(B2), R₁, or R₂         is other than hydrogen;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For certain         embodiments of Formula IX, the above group from which Y is         selected further includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of the formula (Ia):

wherein:

-   -   R_(A3) and R_(B3) are each independently selected from the group         consisting of:         -   hydrogen,         -   halogen,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   or when taken together, R_(A3) and R_(B3) form a fused aryl ring         or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom or 5 to 7 membered         saturated ring optionally containing one heteroatom wherein the         heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of N and S and         wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, or 5 to 7 membered saturated ring         optionally containing one heteroatom is unsubstituted or         substituted by one or more non-interfering substituents;     -   R′ and R″ are independently selected from the group consisting         of hydrogen and non-interfering substitutents; and     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   with the proviso that at least one of R_(A3), R_(B3), R′, or R″         is other than hydrogen; and         with the further proviso that when R_(A3) and R_(B3) form a         benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and R′ is         hydrogen, then R″ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted         with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of the following formula (LXXX):

wherein:

-   -   R is selected from the group consisting of:         -   halogen,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   trifluoromethyl, and         -   dialkylamino;     -   n is 0 or 1;     -   R₁ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄,         -   —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —Y′—R₄,

-   -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —O—,         -   —S(O)₀₋₂—,         -   —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—,         -   —C(R₆)—O—,         -   —O—C (R₆)—,         -   —O—C(O)—O—,         -   —N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         -   —O—N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —O—N═C(R₄)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—,         -   —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   Y′ is selected from the group consisting Of —S(O)₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, and —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—;     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Compounds of Formula LXXX are not only useful for modulating cytokine biosynthesis, but certain of these compounds are useful, for example, as prodruges and/or intermediates in the preparation of compounds of Formulas I, Ia, II, III, and VIII.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides compound of the formula (II-1):

wherein:

-   -   Y″ is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—,         and —C(═NR₉)—;     -   R₁₁ is alkyl that is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more         substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen,         hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl,         arylC₁₋₄alkylenyl, heteroarylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, haloC₁₋₄ alkyl,         haloC₁₋₄ alkoxy, —O—C(O)—CH₃, —CO₂CH₃, —CONH₂, —O—CH₂—CONH₂,         —NH₂, and —SO₂—NH₂;     -   R_(A1) and R_(B1) are each independently selected from the group         consisting of:         -   hydrogen,         -   halogen,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   or when taken together, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused aryl ring         or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the         group consisting of N and S wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring         is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or         substituted by one R₃ group, or substituted by one R₃ group and         one R group;     -   or when taken together, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused 5 to 7         membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom         selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted         or substituted by one or more R groups;     -   R is selected from the group consisting of:         -   halogen,         -   hydroxy,         -   alkyl,         -   alkenyl,         -   haloalkyl,         -   alkoxy,         -   alkylthio, and         -   —N(R₉)₂;     -   R₁ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄,         -   —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —R₄,         -   —X—R₄,         -   —X—Y—R₄, and         -   —X—R₅;     -   R₃ is selected from the group consisting of:         -   -Z-R₄,         -   -Z-X—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—R₄,         -   -Z-X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and         -   -Z-X—R₅;     -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of:         -   —O—,         -   —S(O)₀₋₂—,         -   —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—,         -   —C(R₆)—O—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—,         -   —O—C(O)—O—,         -   —N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         -   —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         -   —O—N(R₈)-Q-,         -   —O—N═C(R₄)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—,         -   —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—,         -   —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   Z is a bond or —O—;     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7;     -   with the proviso that at least one of R_(A1), R_(B1), R₁, or R₂         is other than hydrogen; and         with the further proviso that when R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a         fused benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and         R₁ is hydrogen, then R₂ is other than phenyl or phenyl         substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro;         or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For certain         embodiments, Y″ is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—         and —C(O)—O—, and R₁₁ is C₁₋₆ alkyl.

Compounds and salts of Formula II-1 are useful as prodrugs for compounds and salts of Formulas I, Ia, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, and IX.

Herein, “non-interfering” means that the ability of the compound or salt, which contains a non-interfering substituent, to modulate (e.g., induce or inhibit) the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines is not destroyed by the non-interfering substitutent. Illustrative non-interfering R′ groups include those described herein for R₁. Illustrative non-interfering R″ groups include those described herein for R₂. Illustrative non-interfering substituents (e.g., R′″) for a substituted, fused aryl or heteroaryl ring, formed when R_(A) and R_(B) (in Formula I) or R_(A3) and R_(B3) (in Formula Ia) are taken together, include those described herein for R and R₃. Illustrative non-interfering substituents for a substituted, fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring optionally containing one heteroatom, formed when R_(A) and R_(B) (in Formula I) or R_(A3) and R_(B3) (in Formula Ia) are taken together, include those described herein for R.

As used herein, the terms “alkyl”, “alkenyl”, “alkynyl” and the prefix “alk-” are inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain groups and of cyclic groups, i.e. cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl. Unless otherwise specified, these groups contain from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, with alkenyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and alkynyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, these groups have a total of up to 10 carbon atoms, up to 8 carbon atoms, up to 6 carbon atoms, or up to 4 carbon atoms. Cyclic groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably have from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms. Exemplary cyclic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and substituted and unsubstituted bornyl, norbornyl, and norbornenyl.

Unless otherwise specified, “alkylene”, “alkenylene”, and “alkynylene” are the divalent forms of the “alkyl”, “alkenyl”, and “alkynyl” groups defined above. The terms, “alkylenyl”, “alkenylenyl”, and “alkynylenyl” are use when “alkylene”, “alkenylene”, and “alkynylene”, respectively, are substituted. For example, an arylalkylenyl group comprises an alkylene moiety to which an aryl group is attached.

The term “haloalkyl” is inclusive of groups that are substituted by one or more halogen atoms, including perfluorinated groups. This is also true of other groups that include the prefix “halo-”. Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups are chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like.

The term “aryl” as used herein includes carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, fluorenyl and indenyl.

Unless otherwise indicated, the term “heteroatom” refers to the atoms O, S, or N.

The term “heteroaryl” includes aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N). In some embodiments, the term “heteroaryl” includes a ring or ring system that contains 2-12 carbon atoms, 1-3 rings, 1-4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms. Suitable heteroaryl groups include furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, triazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and so on.

The term “heterocyclyl” includes non-aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N) and includes all of the fully saturated and partially unsaturated derivatives of the above mentioned heteroaryl groups. In some embodiments, the term “heterocyclyl” includes a ring or ring system that contains 2-12 carbon atoms, 1-3 rings, 1-4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms. Exemplary heterocyclyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, quinuclidinyl, homopiperidinyl (azepanyl), 1,4-oxazepanyl, homopiperazinyl (diazepanyl), 1,3-dioxolanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, dihydroisoquinolin-(1H)-yl, octahydroisoquinolin-(1H)-yl, dihydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, octahydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, dihydro-1H-imidazolyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.2]non-3-yl, and the like.

The term “heterocyclyl” includes bicylic and tricyclic heterocyclic ring systems. Such ring systems include fused and/or bridged rings and spiro rings. Fused rings can include, in addition to a saturated or partially saturated ring, an aromatic ring, for example, a benzene ring. Spiro rings include two rings joined by one spiro atom and three rings joined by two spiro atoms.

The terms “arylene,” “heteroarylene,” and “heterocyclylene” are the divalent forms of the “aryl,” “heteroaryl,” and “heterocyclyl” groups defined above. The terms, “arylenyl”, “heteroarylenyl”, and “heterocyclylenyl” are used when “arylene,” “heteroarylene,” and “heterocyclylene”, respectively, are substituted. For example, an alkylarylenyl group comprises an arylene moiety to which an alkyl group is attached.

The term “fused aryl ring” includes fused carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems. Examples of fused aryl rings include benzo, naphtho, fluoreno, and indeno. In certain embodiments, the fused aryl ring is benzo.

The term “fused heteroaryl ring” includes the fused forms of 5 or 6 membered aromatic rings that contain one heteroatom selected from S and N. In certain embodiments, the fused heteroaryl ring is pyrido or thieno. In certain embodiments, the fused heteroaryl ring is pyrido. In certain of these embodiments, the pyrido ring is

wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.

The term “fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring” includes rings which are fully saturated except for the bond where the ring is fused. In certain embodiments, the ring is a cyclohexene ring. In certain embodiments wherein one heteroatom (N or S) is present, the ring is tetrahydropyrido or dihydrothieno. In certain embodiments, the ring is tetrahydropyrido. In certain of these embodiments, the ring is

wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.

When a group (or substituent or variable) is present more than once in any formula described herein, each group (or substituent or variable) is independently selected, whether explicitly stated or not. For example, for the formula —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—N(R₈)— each R₈ group is independently selected. In another example, when an R₂ and an R₃ group both contain an R4 group, each R4 group is independently selected. In a further example, when more than one Y group is present (i.e., R₂ and R₃ both contain a Y group) and each Y group contains one or more R₈ groups, then each Y group is independently selected, and each R₈ group is independently selected.

The invention is inclusive of the compounds described herein and salts thereof, in any of their pharmaceutically acceptable forms, including isomers (e.g., diastereomers and enantiomers), solvates, polymorphs, prodrugs, and the like. In particular, if a compound is optically active, the invention specifically includes each of the compound's enantiomers as well as racemic mixtures of the enantiomers. It should be understood that the term “compound” or the term “compounds” includes any or all of such forms, whether explicitly stated or not (although at times, “salts” are explicitly stated).

The term “prodrug” means a compound that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by vaious mechanisms, such as through hydrolysis, for example, in the blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A. C. S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.

For example, if a compound of the present invention contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as C₁₋₈ alkyl, C₂₋₁₂ alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyolacton-4-yl, di-N,N—C₁₋₂ alkylaminoC₂₋₃ alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-C₁₋₂ alkyl, N,N-diC₁₋₂ alkylcarbamoyl-C₁₋₂ alkyl and piperidino-, pyrolidino-, or morpholinoC₂₋₃ alkyl.

If a compound of the present invention contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as C₁₋₆ alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(C₁₋₆ alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-(C₁₋₆ alkanoyloxy)ethyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N—(C₁₋₆ alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl, succinoyl, C₁₋₆ alkanoyl, α-aminoC₁₋₄ alkanoyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)₂, P(O)(O—C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂ or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).

A prodrug can also be formed by replacement of a hydrogen atom in the 4-amino group or in another amino group in a compound of the present invention with a group such as R″″-carbonyl, R″″—O-carbonyl, N(R″″)(R′″″)-carbonyl where R″″ and R′″″ are each independently C₁₋₁₀alkyl, C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R″″-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl or natural α-aminoacyl-natural α-aminoacyl, —C(OH)C(O)OY′″ wherein Y′″ is H, C₁₋₆ alkyl or benzyl, —C(OY₀)Y₁ wherein Y₀ is C₁₋₄ alkyl and Y₁ is C₁₋₆ alkyl, carboxyC₁₋₆ alkyl, aminoC₁₋₄ alkyl or mono-N— or di-N,N—C₁₋₆ alkylaminoalkyl, —C(Y₂)Y₃ wherein Y₂ is H or methyl and Y₃ is mon-N— or di-N,N—C₁₋₆ alkylamino, morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl.

Compounds and intermediates of the present invention may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention. The term “tautomer” or “tautomeric form” refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier. For example proton tautomers (protrotropic tautomers) include interconversions via migration of a proton, such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerizations. In another example, when compounds of the present invention have a hydrogen atom at the 2-position, proton migration between the 2- and 3-positions may occur.

The compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The present invention embraces both solvated and unsolvated forms.

In some embodiments, compounds of the invention (for example, compounds of Formulas Ia and I-IX, including embodiments thereof described herein) induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines, for example, IFN-α and/or TNF-α.

In some embodiments, compounds of the invention (for example, compounds of Formulas Ia and I-IX, including embodiments thereof described herein) inhibit the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines, for example, TNF-α.

For any of the compounds presented herein, each one of the following variables (e.g., R, R′, R″, R′″, R₁, R₂, R₃, n, m, A, X, Y, Z, and so on) in any of its embodiments can be combined with any one or more of the other variables in any of their embodiments and associated with any one of the formulas described herein, as would be understood by one of skill in the art. Each of the resulting combinations of variables is an embodiment of the present invention.

For certain embodiments of Formula I, each of R, R′, R″, and R′″ is independently a non-interfering substituent. For certain embodiments, each R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and non-interfering substituents.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂; or when taken together, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more non-interfering substituents; or when taken together, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂; or when taken together, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R′″ groups; or when taken together, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; wherein each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused aryl or heteroaryl ring.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused aryl ring.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused heteroaryl ring.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring.

In some embodiments of Formula I, R_(A) and R_(B) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S. In certain embodiments the heteroatm is N.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio and —N(R₉)₂; or when taken together, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R₃ group, or substituted by one R₃ group and one R group; or when taken together, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; wherein R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂; and R₃ is selected from the group consisting of -Z-R₄, -Z-X—R₄, -Z-X—Y—R₄, -Z-X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and -Z-X—R₅.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused aryl ring.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused benzene ring which is unsubstituted.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused heteroaryl ring.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused pyridine ring which is unsubstituted.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the ring is unsubstituted.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring.

In some embodiments of Formula II, R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S. In certain embodiments the heteroatom is N.

In some embodiments of Formula IX, R_(A2) and R_(B2) are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂. In certain of these embodiments, R_(A2) and RB₂ are each independently alkyl. In certain of these embodiments, R_(A2) and RB₂ are each methyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, R_(A3) and R_(B3) are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂; or when taken together, R_(A3) and R_(B3) form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom or a 5 to 7 membered saturated ring containing one heteroatom wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of N and S and wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, or 5 to 7 membered saturated ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more non-interfering substituents.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas I through VIII), R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas I through VIII and particularly Formula III), R is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and methoxy. In certain of these embodiments (e.g., of Formula III), m is 0. In certain of these embodiments, m is 0 and n is 1.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formula LXXX), R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, and dialkylamino.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R′ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein:

-   -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7. In certain of these embodiments, the above group         from which Y is selected also includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—. In         certain of these embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, Y is selected         from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of and R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl. In certain of these embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl; and Q is selected from the         group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—,         —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R′ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X′—Y′—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein:

-   -   X is alkylene that is optionally interrupted or terminated by         heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one —O— group;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—, —N(R₈)-Q-,         —C(O)—N(R₈)—,

-   -   X¹ is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and         arylene;     -   Y¹ is selected from the group consisting of —S—, —C(O)—,         —C(O)—O—, —C(O)—N(R₈)—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, and —N(R₈)—C(O)—;     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, alkynyl,         arylalkylenyl, and arylalkenylenyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl,         arylalkylenyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkylenyl         groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more         substituents independently selected from the group consisting of         alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano,         aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, dialkylamino,         and in the case of alkyl and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, and         —N(R₄)—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(O)—O—, and —C(O)—S—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond and —C(O)—;         and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7.

In certain of these embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, X is alkylene that is optionally interrupted or terminated by heterocyclylene; Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(O)—N(R₈)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, alkynyl,         and arylalkenylenyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl,         heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkylenyl groups can be unsubstituted         or substituted by one or more substituents independently         selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl,         haloalkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl,         heterocyclyl, amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl and         heterocyclyl, oxo; and R₈ is selected from the group consisting         of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and         arylalkylenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R′ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, arylalkylenyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two oxo groups, aryloxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, aminoalkylenyl, haloalkylenyl, alkylsulfonylalkylenyl, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein X is alkylene; Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—, —N(R₈)—C(O)—N(R₈)—, —N(R₈)—C(S)—N(R₈)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, or

R₄ is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; and R₅ is

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R′ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₂₋₅ alkynyl, arylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, cycloalkylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl-O—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, haloC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aminoC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C(O)—O—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two halogen groups, heteroaryl-C(O)-NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-NH—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroaryl-NH—C(S)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, amino-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroarylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and alkyl, and heterocyclylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and oxo. In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, the above group from which R′ is selected also includes hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl-NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, cyanoC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyiminoC₂₋₅ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxyiminoC₂₋₅ alkylenyl, amino(hydroxyimino)C₂₋₅ alkylenyl, NH₂—C(O)—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl-O—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heterocyclyl-C(O)—NH-C₁₋₄ alkylenyl; and wherein heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and alkyl; and wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and oxo.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R′ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, butyl, pent-4-ynyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2-amino-2-methylpropyl, 2-aminoethyl, 4-aminobutyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl, 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl, 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl, 4-acetoxybutyl, 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)aminopropyl, 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl, 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl, 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl, 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)ethyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl, 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-isopropylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl, 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl, 2-{[(pyridin-3-ylamino)carbonothioyl]amino}ethyl, 2-{[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, and 2-{[(phenylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl. In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, the above group from which R′ is selected also includes hydrogen, hydroxymethyl, 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl, 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl, 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl, 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl, 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(acetylamino)ethyl, 2-(propionylamino)ethyl, 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl, 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl, 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl, 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl, 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl, 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl, 4-(methoxyimino)butyl, and 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R′ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl. In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, the above group from which R′ is selected also includes 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl and 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R″ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein:

-   -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7. In certain of these embodiments, the above group         from which Y is selected also includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—. In         certain of these embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, Y is selected         from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —)—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—,         —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

-   -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

and R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl. In certain of these embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl; and Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R″ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, and —X—Y—R₄; wherein:

-   -   X is alkylene that is optionally terminated by arylene or         heterocyclylene;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—,         —C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(O)—N(R₈)—, and

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, heterocyclyl, and         heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, aryloxyalkylenyl, and         heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one         or more substituents independently selected from the group         consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl,         haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aryloxy,         heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and in the case of heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is in selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl; and     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, and —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkylenyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, and hydroxyalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkylenyl, and alkoxyalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and alkoxyalkylenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, and arylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, methoxy, methyl, cyano, and methoxycarbonyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, and arylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, methoxy, methyl, cyano, and methoxycarbonyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, and C₁₋₄ alkoxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas I and Ia, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and benzyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and benzyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and benzyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl. In certain embodiments, R″ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula I, one or more R′″ groups are present. In certain of these embodiments, R′″ is one or more R groups, or one R group and one R₃ group, or one R₃ group.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein:

-   -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7. In certain of these embodiments, the above group         from which Y is selected also includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—. In         certain of these embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX         and LXXX), Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of and R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl. In certain of these embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl; and Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—. 15 In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X¹—Y¹—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein:

-   -   X is alkylene that is optionally interrupted or terminated by         heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one —O— group;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—, —N(R₈)-Q-,         —C(O)—N(R₈)—,

-   -   X¹ is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and         arylene;     -   Y¹ is selected from the group consisting of —S—, —C(O)—,         —C(O)—O—, —C(O)—N(R₈)—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, and —N(R₈)—C(O)—;     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, alkynyl,         arylalkylenyl, and arylalkenylenyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl,         arylalkylenyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkylenyl         groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more         substituents independently selected from the group consisting of         alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano,         aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, dialkylamino,         and in the case of alkyl and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, and         —N(R₄)—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(O)—O—, and —C(O)—S—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond and —C(O)—;         and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a +b is≦7.

In certain of these embodiments, X is alkylene that is optionally interrupted or terminated by heterocyclylene; Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(O)—N(R₈)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, alkynyl,         and arylalkenylenyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl,         heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkylenyl groups can be unsubstituted         or substituted by one or more substituents independently         selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl,         haloalkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl,         heterocyclyl, amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl and         heterocyclyl, oxo; and R₈ is selected from the group consisting         of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and         arylalkylenyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, arylalkylenyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two oxo groups, aryloxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, aminoalkylenyl, haloalkylenyl, alkylsulfonylalkylenyl, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein X is alkylene; Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—, —N(R₈)—C(O)—N(R₈)—, —N(R₈)—C(S)—N(R₈)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, or

R₄ is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; and R₅ is

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkylenyl, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein X is alkylene; Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—, —N(R₈)—C(O)—N(R₈)—, or

-   -   R₄ is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; and R₅ is

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is —R₄.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is —X—R₄.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is —X—Y—R₄.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is —X—Y—X¹—Y¹—R₅.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is —X—Y—X¹—Y¹—R₄.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is —X—R₅.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₂₋₅ alkynyl, arylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, cycloalkylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂-C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl-O—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, haloC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aminoC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C(O)—O—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two halogen groups, heteroaryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-NH—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroaryl-NH—C(S)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, amino-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroarylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and alkyl, and heterocyclylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and oxo. In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), the above group from which R₁ is selected also includes hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl-NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, cyanoC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyiminoC₂₋₅ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxyiminoC₂₋₅ alkylenyl, amino(hydroxyimino)C₂₋₅ alkylenyl, NH₂—C(O)—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl-O—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heterocyclyl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl; and wherein heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and alkyl; and wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, and oxo.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₅ alkyl, arylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, cycloalkylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, haloC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aminoC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroaryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-NH—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroaryl-NH—C(S)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkylamino-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroarylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and alkyl, and heterocyclylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and oxo.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aminoC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, C₁₋₆ alkyl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroaryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, aryl-NH—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, heteroaryl-NH—C(S)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, and di(C₁₋₄ alkyl)amino-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl, and heterocyclylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two oxo groups.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, butyl, pent-4-ynyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2-amino-2-methylpropyl, 2-aminoethyl, 4-aminobutyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl, 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl, 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl, 4-acetoxybutyl, 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)aminopropyl, 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl, 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl, 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl, 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)ethyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl, 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-isopropylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol4(5H)-yl)butyl, 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl, 2-{[(pyridin-3-ylamino)carbonothioyl]amino}ethyl, 2-{[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, and 2-{[(phenylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl. In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), the above group from which R₁ is selected also includes hydrogen, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl, 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl, 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl, 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl, 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(acetylamino)ethyl, 2-(propionylamino)ethyl, 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl, 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, piperidin-4-ylmethyl, (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl, (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl, 1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl}methyl, [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl, 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl, 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl, 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl, 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl, 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl, 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl, 4-(methoxyimino)butyl, and 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formula VIII), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, butyl, pent-4-ynyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2-amino-2-methylpropyl, 2-aminoethyl, 4-aminobutyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl, 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl, 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl, 4-acetoxybutyl, 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)aminopropyl, 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl, 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl, 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl, 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)ethyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl, 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-isopropylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol4(5H)-yl)butyl, 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl, 2-{[(pyridin-3-ylamino)carbonothioyl]amino}ethyl, 2-{[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, and 2-{[(phenylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2-amino-2-methylpropyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)aminopropyl, 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)ethyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl, 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 2-{[(pyridin-3-ylamino)carbonothioyl]amino}ethyl, 2-{[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, and 2-{[(phenylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl. In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), the above group from which R₁ is selected also includes 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl and 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl, and 2-methylpropyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, ethyl, and 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, and ethyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl and 2-methylpropyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is 2-methylpropyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is C₁₋₄ alkyl. In certain embodiments, R₁ is straight chain C₁₋₄ alkyl. In certain embodiments, R₁ is branched C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, and butyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of pent-4-ynyl and 2-phenylethyl. In certain embodiments, R₁ is 2-phenylethyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl and 2-amino-2-methylpropyl. In certain embodiments, R₁ is 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl. In certain embodiments, R₁ is 2-amino-2-methylpropyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 4-hydroxybutyl, 2-aminoethyl, 4-aminobutyl, 4-chlorobutyl, and 4-acetoxybutyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is phenyl-S(O)₂—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl, and 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—C₁₄ alkyleneoxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is C₁₋₄ alkyl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is aryl-S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is diC₁₋₄ alkyl-N—S(O)₂—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl, 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl, 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl, and 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl. In certain embodiments, R₁ is 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is NH₂—C(O)-alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is alkyl-C(O)-alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, R₁ is C₁₋₄ alkyl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is aryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is heteroaryl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl, and 2-(isobutyrylamino)ethyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is C₁₋₆ alkyl-NH—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is aryl-NH—C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is heteroaryl-NH—C(R₆)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is heterocyclyl-C(O)—NH—C₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 2-{[(pyridin-3-ylamino)carbonothioyl]amino}ethyl, 2-{[(pyridin-3-ylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 2-{[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, and 2-{[(phenylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)aminopropyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl, 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, and 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino]-2-methylpropyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl, 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl, and 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is heteroarylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and alkyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-isopropylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl, 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl, and 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ is 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl.

Each of the embodiments for R₁ described above can be combined with one or more embodiments for R₂ described below. Each of the resulting combinations is an embodiment.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; wherein:

-   -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈), —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7. In certain of these embodiments, the above group         from which Y is selected also includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—. In         certain of these embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX         and LXXX), Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of and R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl. In certain of these embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl; and Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of —R₄, —X—R₄, and —X—Y-R₄; wherein:

-   -   X is alkylene that is optionally terminated by arylene or         heterocyclylene;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—,         —C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(O)—N(R₈)—, and

-   -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, heterocyclyl, and         heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, aryloxyalkylenyl, and         heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one         or more substituents independently selected from the group         consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl,         haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aryloxy,         heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and in the case of heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is in selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl; and     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, and —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is —R₄.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is —X—R₄.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is —X—Y—R₄.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkylenyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, and hydroxyalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkylenyl, and alkoxyalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and alkoxyalkylenyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, hydroxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, and arylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, methoxy, methyl, cyano, and methoxycarbonyl.

In some embodiments, R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₅ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl, and arylC₁₋₄ alkylenyl wherein aryl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, methoxy, methyl, cyano, and methoxycarbonyl.

In some embodiments, R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, and C₁₋₄ alkoxyC₁₋₄ alkylenyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and benzyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and benzyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and benzyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and benzyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₂ is methyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and benzyl. In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), the above group from which R₁ is selected also includes 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl and 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl. In certain of these embodiments, m and n are 0.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and benzyl. In certain of these embodiments, m and n are 0.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, ethyl, and 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and benzyl. In certain of these embodiments m and n are 0. In certain of these embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, and ethyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through IX and LXXX), R₁ is 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas III through VII), R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and benzyl. In certain of these embodiments, m and n are 0.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₁ is 2-methylpropyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl. In certain of these embodiments, m and n are 0.

In some embodiments of Formula VIII, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, and 2-hydroxyethyl. In certain of these embodiments, n is 0.

In some embodiments of Formula VIII, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl, and 2-methylpropyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl. In certain of these embodiments, n is 0.

In some embodiments of Formula VIII, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl and 2-methylpropyl; R₂ is methyl. In certain of these embodiments, n is 0.

In some embodiments of Formula IX, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl and 2-methylpropyl; and R₂ is methyl. In certain of these embodiments, R_(A2) and R_(B2) are each methyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is selected from the group consisting of -Z-R₄, -Z-X—R₄, -Z-X—Y—R₄, -Z-X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and -Z-R₅ wherein:

-   -   X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene,         alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein         the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be         optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene         or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O—         groups;     -   Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈), —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,         —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

-   -   Z is a bond or —O—;     -   R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl,         heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl         wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl,         aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl,         heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl,         alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be         unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents         independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,         alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro,         hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy,         heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl,         amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and         in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;     -   R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S;     -   R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene;     -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and         heteroarylalkylenyl;     -   R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;     -   R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene;     -   A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—,         —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—;     -   A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—;     -   Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—,         —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—,         —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—;     -   V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—,         —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—;     -   W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and         —S(O)₂—; and     -   a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso         that a+b is≦7. In certain of these embodiments, the above group         from which Y is selected also includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—. In         certain of these embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII),         Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—,         —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—,         —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of and R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl. In certain of these embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl,         alkoxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl; and Q is selected from the         group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—,         —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is at the 7-position of the pyrazoloquinoline or pyrazolonaphthyridine.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is selected from the group consisting of alkylsulfonylalkyleneoxy, alkylsulfonylaminoalkyleneoxy, alkylcarbonylaminoalkyleneoxy, aryl, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylalkyleneoxy; wherein aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, halogen, heterocyclylcarbonyl, and dialkylaminocarbonyl; and wherein heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of alkylsulfonyl, alkylcarbonyl, and oxo.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, and heteroaryl, wherein aryl, arylalkyleneoxy, and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and halogen, m is 1, and n is 0.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is selected from the group consisting of aryl, arylalkyleneoxy, and heteroaryl, wherein aryl, arylalkyleneoxy, and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl and halogen.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, benzyloxy, 3-furyl, pyridin-3-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yl, 6-chloropyridin-3-yl, 6-fluoropyridin-3-yl, 6-methylpyridin-3-yl, 3-quinolin-3-yl, thiazol-4-ylmethoxy, p-toluyl, (4-chlorobenzyl)oxy, and (4-methylbenzyl)oxy.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, benzyloxy, 3-furyl, pyridin-3-yl, p-toluyl, (4-chlorobenzyl)oxy, and (4-methylbenzyl)oxy.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy, (4-chlorobenzyl)oxy, (4-methylbenzyl)oxy, thiazol4-ylmethoxy, phenyl, p-toluyl, 2-ethoxyphenyl, 3-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)phenyl, 3-(N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl)phenyl, 3-furyl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin4-yl, 6-chloropyridin-3-yl, 6-fluoropyridin-3-yl, 6-methylpyridin-3-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yl, and quinolin-3-yl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, 6-fluoropyridin-3-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yl, quinolin-3-yl, 2-ethoxyphenyl, or 3-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)phenyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is 2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is 1,3-thiazol-4-ylmethoxy, (1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)methoxy, or pyridin-3-ylmethoxy.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethoxy, 2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)ethoxy, 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethoxy, 2-morpholin-4-ylethoxy, 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropoxy, 3-(2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propoxy, 3-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)propoxy, 3-morpholin-4-ylpropoxy, 2-morpholin-4-yl-2-oxoethoxy, and

wherein R is alkylsulfonyl or alkylcarbonyl.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₃ is alkyl-S(O)₂—NH—(CH₂)₂₋₃—O—, alkyl-S(O)₂—(CH₂)₂₋₃—O—, or alkyl-C(O)—NH—(CH₂)₂₋₃—O—.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas II through VII), R₁ is 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, R₂ is 2-hydroxyethyl, and R₃ is phenyl which is substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from chloro and fluoro.

In some embodiments, including any one of the above embodiments which particularly defines R₃, R₃ is at the 7-position of the pyrazoloquinoline or pyrazolonaphthyridine. In certain of these embodiments, m is 1, and n is 0.

In some embodiments, R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo. In certain of these embodiments, R₄ is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, alkynyl, arylalkylenyl, and arylalkenylenyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkylenyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl and heterocyclyl, oxo.

In some embodiments, R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, alkynyl, and arylalkenylenyl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkylenyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl and heterocyclyl, oxo.

In some embodiments, R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, aryl, aryloxyalkylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and in the case of heterocyclyl, oxo.

In some embodiments, R₄ is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R₄ is alkyl. In certain embodiments, R₄ is aryl. In certain embodiments, R₄ is heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

In some embodiments, R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

In some embodiments, R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

In some embodiments, R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S. In certain embodiments, R₆ is ═O. In certain embodiments, R₆ is ═S.

In some embodiments, R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene. In certain embodiments, R₇ is C₃₋₄ alkylene.

In some embodiments, R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroarylalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, and arylalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R₈ is hydrogen, alkyl, or hydroxyalkylenyl. In certain embodiments, R₈ is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R₈ is alkyl.

In some embodiments, R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl. In certain embodiments, R₉ is alkyl. In certain embodiments, R₉ is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene. In certain embodiments, R₁₀ is C₄₋₅ alkylene.

In some embodiments, A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—. In certain embodiments, A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, and —N(R₄)—. In certain embodiments, A is —O—.

In some embodiments, A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—.

In some embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—. In certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —-C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—. In certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(O)—O—, and —C(O)—S—. In certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, and —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—. In certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, and —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—. In certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, —S(O)₂—, and —C(O)—N(R₈)—.

In some embodiments, V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—, —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—. In certain embodiments, V is —C(R₆)—. In certain embodiments, V is —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—.

In some embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and —S(O)₂—. In certain embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of a bond and —C(O)—. In certain embodiments, W is a bond.

In some embodiments, X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups.

In some embodiments, X is alkylene that is optionally interrupted or terminated by heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one —O— group.

In some embodiments, X is alkylene that is optionally terminated by arylene or heterocyclylene.

In some embodiments, X is alkylene that is optionally interrupted or terminated by heterocyclylene.

In some embodiments, X is alkylene. In certain embodiments, X is C₁₋₄ alkylene.

In some embodiments, X¹ is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and arylene. In certain embodiments, X¹ is alkylene. In certain embodiments, X¹ is C₁₋₄ alkylene. In certain embodiments, X¹ is arylene.

In some embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—, —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—,

In some embodiments, the above group from which Y is selected also includes —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—.

In some embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

In some embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—,

In some embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —O—C(O)—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(O)—N(R₈)—,

In some embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of —S(O)₂—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(O)—N(R₈)—, and

In some embodiments, Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—, —N(R₈)—C(O)—N(R₈)—, —N(R₈)—C(S)—N(R₈)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, or

In some embodiments, Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—, —N(R₈)—C(O)—N(R₈)—, or

In some embodiments, Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—, —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, or —N(R₈)—C(O)—N(R₈)—. In certain embodiments, Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—. In certain embodiments, Y is —N(R₈)—S(O)₂—. In certain embodiments, Y is —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—. In certain embodiments, Y is —N(R₈)—C(O)—N(R₈)—.

In some embodiments, Y¹ is selected from the group consisting of —S—, —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, —C(O)—N(R₈)—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, and —N(R₈)—C(O)—. In some embodiments, Y¹ is selected from the group consisting of —S—, —C(O)—, and —C(O)—O—.

In some embodiments, Z is a bond or —O—. In certain embodiments, Z is a bond. In certain embodiments, Z is —O—.

In some embodiments, a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a+b is≦7. In some embodiments, a and b are each the integer 2.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas III-VII), n is 0, or m is 0.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas III-VII), m and n are 0.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas III-VII), m is 0, and n is 1.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formulas III-VII), m is 1, and n is 0.

In some embodiments (e.g., of Formula VIII), n is 0.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I, Ia, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, LXXX, II-1, or any one of the above embodiments in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I, Ia, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, LXXX, II-1, or any one of the above embodiments or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions to the animal.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of treating a viral disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I, Ia, III, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, LXXX, II-1, or any one of the above embodiments or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions to the animal.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I, Ia, II, III, IV, I, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, LXXX, II-1, or any one of the above embodiments or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions to the animal.

Preparation of Compounds

Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme I, where R, R₁, R₂, and n are defined as above. Ketoesters of Formula X in Reaction Scheme I and their sodium salts are known and can be prepared from a variety of ketones using conventional methods, such as the Claisen condensation, Claisen, L., Berichte, 42, 59 (1909).

Numerous functionalized ketones useful as Claisen condensation starting materials are commercially available; others can be prepared by known methods. For example, tert-butyl 1,1-dimethyl-3-oxobutylcarbamate, also called (1,1-dimethyl-3-oxobutyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, has been reported, Peschke, B. et al, Eur. J. Med. Chem., 34, pp. 363-380, (1999). In another example, 4-(propylthio)butan-2-one can be prepared by combining 1-propanethiol and 4-chloro-2-butanone at ambient temperature in the presence of sodium hydride in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF) and isolating the product using conventional methods. In a third example, a Michael addition can be carried out with phenyl vinyl sulfone and a carbanion generated from methyl acetoacetate and sodium methoxide. The resulting Michael adduct can be decarboxylated under acidic conditions, for example hydrochloric acid in methanol, to provide 5-(phenylsulfonyl)pentan-2-one.

In step (1) of Reaction Scheme I, a sodium salt of a compound of Formula X reacts with a hydrazine of Formula R₂NHNH₂ to provide a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI. The reaction is conveniently carried out by slowly adding the hydrazine to a solution of the salt of a compound of Formula X in a suitable solvent such as acetic acid. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

If step (1) is carried out using hydrazine, the resulting pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI where R₂ is hydrogen can be alkylated using known synthetic methods, Auwers, K. v., Hollman, H., Berichte, 59, 606 (1926), to provide a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI where R₂ is defined as above. The alkylation is conveniently carried out by treating a solution of the pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI, where R₂ is hydrogen, with a base such as sodium ethoxide followed by an alkylating agent of Formula R₂-Halide. The reaction is run in a suitable solvent such as ethanol and can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent, or at ambient temperature. Numerous reagents of Formula R₂-Halide are commercially available; others can be prepared using known synthetic methods. The pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI can be isolated from the reaction and separated from its isomer using conventional methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme I, the ester group of a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI is converted to an amide. The amination is conveniently carried out by adding ammonium hydroxide to the pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI in a suitable solvent such as methanol and heating at an elevated temperature such as 100° C. The reaction can be carried out in a pressure vessel. The resulting pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XII can be isolated using conventional methods.

Alternatively, step (2) can be carried out by first hydrolyzing a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI to a carboxylic acid and then converting the carboxylic acid to an amide. The ester hydrolysis can be carried out under basic conditions by combining a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI with lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide in water and in a suitable solvent such as methanol or ethanol. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the carboxylic acid product can be isolated using conventional methods. The conversion of the carboxylic acid to a pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XII can be carried out by first treating the carboxylic acid with oxalyl chloride at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane to generate an acid chloride, which can then be treated with ammonium hydroxide at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C. Alternatively, the conversion of the carboxylic acid to a pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XII can be carried out under coupling conditions by adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole and 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride to a solution of the carboxylic acid in a suitable solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) at ambient temperature and then adding concentrated ammonium hydroxide. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme I, a pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XII is dehydrated to a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIII. Suitable dehydrating agents include thionyl chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, and phosphorous oxychloride. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XII with phosphorous oxychloride and heating the reaction at an elevated temperature such as 90° C. The reaction can also be carried out by combining the pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XII with trifluoroacetic anhydride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine and in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme I, a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XII is brominated to provide a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIV. The bromination is conveniently carried out by adding bromine to a solution of the pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIII and potassium acetate in acetic acid. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (5) of Reaction Scheme I, a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIV undergoes a transition-metal catalyzed cross coupling reaction with a reagent of Formula XV to form a pyrazole-substituted aniline of Formula XVI. Reagents of Formula XV, where M is, for example, —B(OH)₂, —B(O-alkyl)₂, —Sn(alkyl)₃, and —Zn— Halide, are known to undergo coupling reactions. Several reagents of Formula XV are commercially available; others can be prepared using known synthetic methods. For example, tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc)-protected anilines undergo directed ortho metalation in the presence of butyllithium reagents. The resulting organolithium intermediate reacts with electrophiles such as B(O-alkyl)₃ and ClSn(alkyl)₃ to provide compounds of Formula XV, where M is —B(O-alkyl)₂ or —B(OH)₂ and —Sn(alkyl)₃, respectively, after removal of the Boc protecting group.

In step (5), a Suzuki coupling reaction is conveniently carried out by heating a mixture of the bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIV, palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine, and a boron reagent of Formula XV, where M is —B(OH)₂ or —B(O-alkyl)₂, in the presence of a base such as sodium carbonate. The reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent or solvent mixture such as n-propanol:water and can be heated at an elevated temperature such as 100° C. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (6) of Reaction Scheme I, the amine and nitrile functionalities of a pyrazole-substituted aniline of Formula XVI react under acidic conditions to form a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVII, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. The intramolecular addition is conveniently carried out by stirring acetyl chloride in ethanol and adding the resulting acidic solution to the pyrazole-substituted aniline of Formula XVI. The reaction is then heated at reflux to provide the pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVII. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Alternatively, in steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme I, a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIV undergoes a Suzuki coupling with a reagent of Formula XLII.

Some compounds of Formula XLII are known or can be prepared by known synthetic methods; see, Rocca, P. et al, Tetrahedron, 49, pp. 49-64 (1993). The Suzuki coupling reaction can be carried out according to the method described above. The resulting pivaloylamino-substituted compound undergoes a base-promoted intramolecular cyclization in step (6) of Reaction Scheme I and subsequent cleavage of the pivaloyl group to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVII. The reaction is conveniently carried out by heating the pivaloylamino-substituted coupling product with potassium tert-butoxide in a suitable solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature such as the reflux temperature of the solvent. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

For some embodiments, compounds in Reaction Scheme I can be further elaborated using conventional synthetic methods. For example, R₁ can be a 2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl group if tert-butyl 1,1-dimethyl-3-oxobutylcarbamate is used as the starting ketone to make the ketoester of Formula X. The tert-butoxycarbonyl group is removed under the acidic cyclization conditions described in step (6) to provide a 2-amino-2-methylpropyl group, which can be converted to an amide, a sulfonamide, a sulfamide, or a urea using the methods described below in step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII.

In another example, an olefin-containing R₁ group may be oxidized to an epoxide by conventional methods. The oxidation is conveniently carried out prior to step (4) of Reaction Scheme I by adding 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid to a solution of a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIII, which contains an olefin substituent, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated by conventional methods. The epoxide can be opened during the bromination in step (4) by combining the compound of Formula XIII, which contains an epoxide substituent, with two equivalents of bromine in acetic acid at ambient temperature to provide a compound of Formula XIV substituted at R₁ with a vicinal bromohydrin. The bromohydrin may then be reduced under free radical conditions to provide a compound of Formula XIV substituted with a hydroxyalkyl group. The reduction may be carried out by adding tributyltin hydride and azobisisobutyronitrile at ambient temperature to a bromohydrin-substituted compound of Formula XIV in a suitable solvent such as toluene. The product may be isolated by conventional methods and then subjected to steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme I. Using these methods an R₁ 2-methylpropenyl group can be converted into a 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl group.

A hydroxy group introduced at the R₁ position according to the above method can be treated with sodium hydride to form an alkoxide, which is reacted with a vinyl sulfone of Formula CH₂═CH—S(O)₂—R₄ to provide a compound in which R₁ is —X—Y—R₄, wherein Y is —SO₂—. The reaction can be carried out by adding catalytic sodium hydride dispersed in mineral oil to a solution of a compound of Formula XIV, wherein R₁ has hydroxy group, and a vinyl sulfone in a suitable solvent such DMF or tetrahydrofuran. The reaction can be run at ambient temperature. The product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods and then subjected to steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme I. Many vinyl sulfones are commercially available or can be prepared using known synthetic methods. These methods can be used to provide a compound of Formula XVII, wherein R₁ is a 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl group.

In another example, R₁ can be —X—Y—R₄, wherein Y is —S—. The thioether group may be oxidized to a sulfone prior to step (2) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a compound where R₁ is —X—Y—R₄ and Y is —SO₂—. The oxidation is conveniently carried out by adding 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid to a solution of a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XI in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform. The product may be isolated by conventional methods and then subjected to steps (2) through (6) of Reaction Scheme I.

Pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridines of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme II, where R, R₁, R₂, and n are as defined above. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme II, a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIV undergoes a transition-metal catalyzed cross coupling reaction with a reagent of Formula XVIII or a positional isomer thereof, where M is as defined above, to form a pyrazole-substituted aminopyridine of Formula XIX. Reagents of Formula XVIII and its isomers can be prepared using known methods, for example, by directed ortho metalation of Boc-protected aminopyridines and subsequent electrophilic substitution. Alternatively, for some isomers, halogen-lithium exchange and subsequent electrophilic substitution can be used. For example, halogen-lithium exchange can be carried out on a 2-bromopyridine that has a protected amino group in the 3-position; subsequent electrophilic substitution with tributyltin chloride and deprotection of the amino group provides 3-amino-2-tri-n-butylstannylpyridine, a useful reagent for step (1) of Reaction Scheme II. The coupling reaction in step (1) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out as described for step (5) of Reaction Scheme I.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme II, the amine and nitrile functionalities of a pyrazole-substituted aminopyridine of Formula XIX react under acidic conditions to form a pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridine of Formula XX, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, VI, and Ia, or an isomer thereof. Step (2) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out as described for step (6) of Reaction Scheme I, and the product can be isolated by conventional methods.

Compounds of the invention can also be prepared according to Reaction Scheme III, where n is defined as above and R_(a), R_(1a), and R_(2a) are subsets of R, R₁, and R₂ as defined above that do not include those substituents which one skilled in the art would recognize as being susceptible to oxidation in step (5). These susceptible substituents include —S— or heteroaryl groups.

Acetals of Formula XXI are reported in the literature and can be prepared using known synthetic methods, Royals, E. E., Robinson, A. G. III, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 78, 4161 (1956). For example, a ketone of Formula CH₃C(O)R_(1a) can be condensed with ethyl diethoxyacetate under Claisen condensation conditions to provide an acetal of Formula XXI. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding sodium tert-butoxide to a solution of ethyl diethoxyacetate and the ketone of Formula CH₃C(O)R_(1a) in ethanol and heating the reaction at reflux. Numerous ketones of Formula CH₃C(O)R_(1a) are commercially available. Others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. Amido ketones can be prepared according to the literature procedure, Ritter, J. J. and Minieri, P. P., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 70, 4045, (1948) by adding a nitrile of Formula R₄—CN to an α,β-unsaturated ketone under acidic conditions.

In step (1) of Reaction Scheme III, an acetal of Formula XXI is reacted with a hydrazine of Formula R_(2a)—NH—NH₂ to provide a pyrazole of Formula XXII. The reaction is conveniently carried out by slowly adding the hydrazine to a solution of an acetal of Formula XXI in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The reaction can be run at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme III, the acetal in the pyrazole of Formula XXII is converted to an aldehyde under acidic conditions. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the acetal-substituted pyrazole of Formula XXII with hydrochloric acid in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature to provide an aldehyde-substituted pyrazole of Formula XXIII. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme III, a pyrazole of Formula XXIII is brominated to provide a bromo-substituted pyrazole of Formula XXIV. The reaction can be carried out as described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme I.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme III, a bromo-substituted pyrazole of Formula XXIV undergoes a transition-metal catalyzed cross coupling reaction with a reagent of Formula XV, where M is defined as above. The reaction is conveniently carried out using the Suzuki reaction conditions described in step (5) of Reaction Scheme I. Under these reaction conditions, intramolecular condensation of the amine with the aldehyde group takes place to form a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XXV. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (5) of Reaction Scheme III, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XXV is oxidized to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-5N-oxide of Formula XXVI using a conventional oxidizing agent capable of forming N-oxides. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid to a solution of a compound of Formula XXV in a solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (6) of Reaction Scheme III, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-5N-oxide of Formula XXVI is aminated to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin4-amine of Formula XVIIa, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. Step (6) can be carried out by the activation of an N-oxide of Formula XXVI by conversion to an ester and then reacting the ester with an aminating agent. Suitable activating agents include alkyl- or arylsulfonyl chlorides such as benzenesulfonyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride, or p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. Suitable aminating agents include ammonia, in the form of ammonium hydroxide, for example, and ammonium salts such as ammonium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate, and ammonium phosphate. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding ammonium hydroxide to a solution of the N-oxide of Formula XXVI in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform and then adding p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Alternatively step (6) can be carried out by the reaction of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-5N-oxide of Formula XXVI with trichloroacetyl isocyanate followed by base-promoted hydrolysis of the resulting intermediate to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XVIIa. The reaction is conveniently carried out in two steps by (i) adding trichloroacetyl isocyanate to a solution of the N-oxide of Formula XXVI in a solvent such as dichloromethane and stirring at ambient temperature to provide an isolable amide intermediate. In step (ii), a solution of the intermediate in methanol is treated with a base such as sodium methoxide at ambient temperature. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridines of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme IV, where R_(a), R_(1a), R_(2a), and n are as defined above. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme IV, a bromo-substituted pyrazole of Formula XXIV undergoes a transition-metal catalyzed cross coupling reaction with a reagent of Formula XVIII, where M is defined as above, or one of its isomers. Step (1) of Reaction Scheme IV can be carried out as described for step (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and under these reaction conditions an intramolecular addition can take place to provide the pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridine of Formula XXVII.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme IV, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridine of Formula XXVII is oxidized to a pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridine-5N-oxide of Formula XXVIII, which is aminated in step (3) to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula XXa, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, VI, and Ia, or an isomer thereof. Steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme IV can be carried out as described for steps (5) and (6), respectively, of Reaction Scheme III.

Tetrahydroquinolines of the invention may be prepared according to Reaction Scheme V, where n is as defined above and R_(b), R_(1b), and R_(2b) are subsets of R, R₁, and R₂ as defined above that do not include those substituents that one skilled in the art would recognize as being susceptible to reduction under the acidic hydrogenation conditions of the reaction. These susceptible groups include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, and aryl groups and groups bearing nitro substituents. However, a compound of Formula XVII bearing an aryl substituent at R₁, for example, may be used as a substrate in the reaction to provide a compound of Formula XXIX where the aryl group is reduced. In this manner, a phenylethyl group at R₁ may be converted to a cyclohexylethyl group.

As shown in Reaction Scheme V, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XVIIb can be reduced to a 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XXIX, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, VIII, and Ia. The reaction may be carried out under heterogeneous hydrogenation conditions by adding platinum (IV) oxide to a solution or suspension of the compound of Formula XVIIb in a suitable solvent such as trifluoroacetic acid and placing the reaction under hydrogen pressure. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

Pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridines of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme VI, where R₁, R₂, R_(A2), and R_(B2) are as defined above. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme VI, a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIV undergoes a Sonogashira coupling reaction with (trimethylsilyl)acetylene to provide a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XXX. The reaction can be carried out according to the literature procedure, Sonogashira, K.; Tohda, Y.; Hagihara, N., Tetrahedron Lett., 4467 (1975).

Alternatively, an iodo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIVa may be used as a starting material for Reaction Scheme VI. A compound of Formula XIVa is prepared from a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIII, shown in Reaction Scheme I. The iodination is conveniently carried out by treating a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIII with iodine monochloride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme VI, the trimethylsilyl group of the pyrazole of Formula XXX is removed to provide the pyrazole of Formula XXXI. Potassium carbonate in methanol or tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran can be used to carry out the transformation.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme VI, the acetylene of the pyrazole of Formula XXXI is alkylated using conventional synthetic methods, Jacobs, T. L. in Organic Reactions, 5, 1, (1949), to provide a pyrazole of Formula XXXII. The reaction can be carried out by deprotonation of the compound of Formula XXXI with a base and reaction of the resulting carbanion with an electrophile of Formula R_(B2)-Halide, for example, iodomethane. Step (3) can be omitted when R_(B2) is hydrogen.

For some embodiments, steps (1) through (3) of Reaction Scheme VI may be replaced with one step from a compound of Formula XIVa using a Sonogashira coupling reaction. The coupling is conveniently carried out by combining an alkyne of Formula R_(B2)—C═C—H, copper(I) iodide, dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II), and triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile and then heating at an elevated temperature, such as the reflux temperature of the solvent. The product of Formula XXXII can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme VI, a pyrazole of Formula XXXII reacts with ammonia to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-4-amine of Formula XIII, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, IX, and Ia. The reaction can be carried out by adding a solution of ammonia in methanol to the pyrazole of Formula XXXII and heating at an elevated temperature, such as 150° C. The reaction may be carried out in a pressure vessel. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

Steps (5) and (6) may be carried out to provide a compound of Formula IX in which R_(A2) is other than hydrogen. In step (5) of Reaction Scheme VI, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-4-amine of Formula XXXIII is brominated under conventional bromination conditions to provide a bromo-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-4-amine of Formula XXXIV, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, IX, and Ia. The reaction can be carried out as described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme I.

In step (6) of Reaction Scheme VI, a bromo-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin4-amine of Formula XXXIV undergoes a transition metal catalyzed coupling reaction with a reagent of Formula R_(A2)-M, where R_(A2) is alkenyl, alkoxy, and —N(R₉)₂ to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-4-amine of Formula IX. Reagents of Formula R_(A2)-M, where M is, for example, —B(OH)₂, —B(O-alkyl)₂, —Sn(alkyl)₃, and —Zn-Halide, are known to undergo coupling reactions. The transformation can be carried out by first protecting the amino group of the compound of Formula XXXIV, treating the protected compound with a reagent of Formula R_(A2)-M in the presence of a transition metal catalyst using conditions described in step (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and deprotecting the amine to provide the pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin4-amine of Formula IX. Alternatively, step (6) can be carried out by coupling a compound of Formula XXXIV with an alkyne under Sonogashira conditions as described in step (1) of this reaction scheme. The resulting alkyne can be reduced under conventional hydrogenation conditions to provide a compound of Formula IX, where R_(A2) is alkenyl or alkyl. Step (6) may also be carried out by (i) protecting the amino group of the compound of Formula XXXIV, for example, with a Boc group; (ii) performing a lithium-halogen exchange; (iii) treating with an electrophile of the Formula R_(A2)-Halide, for example iodomethane; and (iv) deprotecting the amine to provide a compound of Formula IX. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

For some embodiments, compounds of the invention are prepared according to Reaction Scheme VII, wherein R, R₂, R₄, R₈, Q, M, and n are as defined above. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme VII, 4-phthalimido-2-butanone, which is obtained from the literature procedure, Eriks et al, J. Med. Chem., 35, 3239-3246, (1992), undergoes a Claisen condensation with diethyl oxalate under conventional conditions to yield a compound of Formula XXXV.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme VII, a compound of Formula XXXV reacts with a hydrazine of Formula R₂NHNH₂ to provide a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XXXVI. The reaction is conveniently carried out as described in Step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.

In steps (3) and (4) of Reaction Scheme VII, a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XXXVI is converted to a pyrazole carboxamide. In step (3) the pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XXXVI is first hydrolyzed under acidic conditions to provide a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVII. The reaction is conveniently carried out by heating a mixture of the carboxylate of Formula XXXVI in a mixture of hydrochloric acid and acetic acid at an elevated temperature, such as 100-120° C. The product can be isolated by conventional methods. In step (4), a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVII is then converted to its acid chloride. The reaction is conveniently carried out by heating (115° C.) the carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVII with thionyl chloride in a suitable solvent such as toluene. The acid chloride can be isolated by conventional methods before converting it to a pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XXXVII. The conversion to the amide is conveniently carried out by adding concentrated ammonium hydroxide to a solution of the acid chloride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (5) of Reaction Scheme VII, a pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XXXVII is dehydrated to a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XXXIX. Suitable dehydrating agents include thionyl chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, and phosphorous oxychloride. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating a pyrazole carboxamide of Formula XXXVIII with excess thionyl chloride in a suitable solvent such as toluene. The reaction can be run at elevated temperture, for example, at the reflux temperature of the solvent, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (6) of Reaction Scheme VII, a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XXXIX is brominated according to the method described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XL.

In step (7) of Reaction Scheme VII, the phthalimide protecting group of the pyrazole of Formula XL is removed to reveal an amine, which is then protected by a tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) group. The deprotection is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula XL with hydrazine in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The reaction can be run at an elevated temperature, such as the reflux temperature of the solvent, and the amine can be isolated using conventional methods. The Boc protection is then conveniently carried out by treating the amine with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in a suitable solvent such as 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP). The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product of Formula XLI can be isolated by conventional methods.

In steps (8) and (9a) of Reaction Scheme VII, a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XLI undergoes a transition-metal catalyzed cross coupling reaction with a reagent of Formula XV to form a pyrazole-substituted aniline of Formula XLIII, which undergoes intramolecular cyclization and removal of the Boc group under acidic conditions in step (9a) to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. Steps (8) and (9a) of Reaction Scheme VII can be carried out as described in steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme I.

Alternatively, in step (8) of Reaction Scheme VII, a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XLI undergoes a Suzuki coupling with a reagent of Formula XLII.

The resulting pivaloylamino-substituted compound undergoes a base-promoted intramolecular cyclization in step (9) of Reaction Scheme VII and subsequent cleavage of the pivaloyl group to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLIV, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. The reaction with XLII and the base-promoted cyclization are carried out as described in steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme I. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (10) of Reaction Scheme VII, the Boc protecting group on a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLIV is removed to provide an aminoethyl pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. The deprotection is conveniently carried out under acidic conditions by adding hydrogen chloride in ethanol to a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLIV in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The reaction can be run at ambient temperature, and the product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII, an aminoethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula XLVI using conventional methods. Formula XLVI represents a subgenus of Formula I, II, III, and Ia. In step (11), an aminoethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV can react with an acid chloride of Formula R₄C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula XLVI in which -Q- is —C(O)—. In addition, an aminoethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV can react with sulfonyl chloride of Formula R₄S(O)₂Cl or a sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R₄S(O)₂)₂O to provide a compound of Formula XLVI in which -Q- is —S(O)₂—. Numerous acid chlorides of Formula R₄C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chlorides of Formula R₄S(O)₂Cl, and sulfonic anhydrides of Formula (R₄S(O)₂)₂O are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding the acid chloride of Formula R₄C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chloride of Formula R₄S(O)₂Cl, or sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R₄S(O)₂)₂O to a solution of the aminoethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, dichloromethane, or DMF. Optionally a base such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine can be added. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Ureas of Formula XLVI, where -Q- is —C(O)—N(R₈)— and R₈ is as defined above, can be prepared by reacting an aminoethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with isocyanates of Formula R₄N═C═O or with carbamoyl chlorides of Formula R₄N—(R₈)—C(O)Cl. Numerous isocyanates of Formula R₄N═C═O and carbamoyl chlorides of Formula R₄N—(R₈)—C(O)Cl are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. The reaction can be conveniently carried out by adding the isocyanate of Formula R₄N═C═O or carbamoyl chloride of Formula R₄N—(R₈)—C(O)Cl to a solution of the aminoethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XLV in a suitable solvent such as DMF or chloroform. Optionally a base such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropylethylamine can be added. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C. Alternatively, a compound of Formula XLV can be treated with an isocyanate of Formula R₄(CO)N═C═O, a thioisocyanate of Formula R₄N═C═S, or a sulfonyl isocyanate of Formula R₄S(O)₂N═C═O to provide a compound of Formula XLVI, where -Q- is —C(O)—N(R₈)—(CO)—, —C(S)—N(R₈)—, or —C(O)—N(R₈)—S(O)₂—, respectively. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Sulfamides of Formula XLVI, where -Q- is —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, can be prepared by reacting a compound or salt of Formula XLV with sulfuryl chloride to generate a sulfamoyl chloride in situ, and then reacting the sulfamoyl chloride with an amine of formula HN(R₈)R₄. Alternatively, sulfamides of Formula XLVI can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XLV with a sulfamoyl chloride of formula R₄(R₈)N—S(O)₂Cl. The product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods. Many amines of Formula HN(R₈)R₄ and some sulfamoyl chlorides of formula R₄(R₈)N—S(O)₂Cl are commercially available; others can be prepared using known synthetic methods. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

For some embodiments, compounds of the invention are prepared according to Reaction Scheme VII; wherein R, R₂, R₄, R₈, Q, M, Y, and n are as defined above; X_(a) is alkylene optionally interrupted with one or more —O— groups, wherein there are at least three atoms in the linking chain; and R_(4a) is heterocyclyl that is unsubstituted or substituted as defined in R₄ above, wherein the heterocyclyl is attached at a nitrogen atom. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme VIII, a chloro-substituted ketoester of Formula XLVII reacts with a hydrazine of Formula R₂NHNH₂ to provide a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XLVIII. Compounds of Formula XLVII are readily prepared by reacting diethyl oxalate with ketones of Formula CH₃—C(O)—X_(a)—Cl under Claisen condensation conditions. Some ketones of Formula CH₃—C(O)—X_(a)—Cl are commercially available; others can be prepared by known synthetic methods. The reaction in step (1) is conveniently carried out as described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme VIII, a chloro-substituted pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XLVIII is converted to an acetate-substituted pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XLIX. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating a chloro-substituted pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XLVIII with potassium acetate and sodium iodide in a suitable solvent such as DMF. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 90° C., and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme VIII, the ester group of a pyrazole carboxylate of Formula XLIX is converted to an amide according to the reaction conditions described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme I. Under the reaction conditions, the acetate group of the compound of Formula XLIX is converted to a hydroxyl group to provide a compound of Formula L, which can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme VIII, a pyrazole carboxamide of Formula L is dehydrated to a pyrazole carbonitrile according to the reaction conditions described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I. Under these reaction conditions, the hydroxyl group of the compound of Formula L is converted to a chloro group to provide a compound of Formula LI, which can be isolated using conventional methods.

In steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme VIII, a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula LI is first brominated to provide a pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula LII, which then undergoes a transition-metal catalyzed cross coupling reaction to provide a pyrazole-substituted aniline of Formula LIII. Steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme VIII are conveniently carried out as described in steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme I.

In step (7) of Reaction Scheme VIII, the amine and nitrile functionalities of a pyrazole-substituted aniline of Formula LIII react under acidic conditions to form a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV, which is a subgenus of Formulas I, I, III, and Ia. The intramolecular addition is conveniently carried out by heating at reflux a pyrazole-substituted aniline of Formula LIII in the presence of hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The reaction may also be carried out as described in step (6) of Reaction Scheme I. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (8) or (8a) of Reaction Scheme VIII, a chloro-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV reacts with a nucleophile to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LV or LVa, subgenera of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. For example, a compound of Formula LIV can react with methanesulfonamide to provide a compound of Formula LV, wherein —Y—R₄ is —NH—S(O)₂—CH₃. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining sodium hydride and methanesulfonamide in a suitable solvent such as DMF and then adding a compound of Formula LIV and sodium iodide. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 80-90° C. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

Also, in step (8) of Reaction Scheme VIII, the chloro group on a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV can be displaced by a thiol under basic conditions to provide a compound of Formula LV where —Y— is —S—. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a thiol to a solution of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV in the presence of a base such as potassium tert-butoxide in a suitable solvent such as DMF. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods. A compound of Formula LV where —Y— is —S— can then be oxidized to a compound of Formula LV where —Y— is —S(O)₂— using conventional oxidizing agents. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding peracetic acid to the compound of Formula LV where —Y— is —S— in a suitable solvent. The conversion of a compound of Formula LIV to a compound of Formula LV where —Y— is —S(O)₂— can conveniently be carried out in one pot without isolating the thioether from the reaction mixture. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

Alternatively, the chloro group of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV can displaced with potassium thioacetate. The reaction is conveniently carried out at ambient temperature by adding potassium thioacetate to a solution of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV in a suitable solvent such as DMF. The thioacetate group can then be cleaved under basic conditions at ambient temperature by adding a solution of sodium methoxide in methanol to provide a compound of Formula LV wherein —Y—R₄ is —SH. A thiol-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LV can then be oxidized by treatment with chlorine, prepared in situ from benzyltributylammonium chloride and trichloroisocyanuric acid, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane at 0° C. to provide a sulfonyl chloride, which is then treated with an amine hydrochloride of Formula (R₄)(R₈)NH.HCl followed by aqueous potassium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane to provide a compound of Formula LV wherein —Y— is —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—. The reaction with the amine hydrochloride can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

The chloro group on a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV can also be displaced by an amine of Formula

several of which are commercially available. Other amines of this formula can be prepared by conventional methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV and the amine in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and in a suitable solvent such as DMF. Catalytic sodium iodide can optionally be added. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 50° C. or 90-100° C., and the product can be isolated by conventional methods. These reaction conditions can also be used employing a variety of tertiary amines to provide compounds of Formula LV wherein Y is —N(R₈)—, a variety of phenols to provide compounds of Formula LV wherein Y is —O— and R₄ is an unsubstituted or substituted phenyl group, or employing a variety of commercially available cyclic amines in step (8a) to provide compounds of Formula LVa.

In step (9) of Reaction Scheme VIII, the chloro group of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV is displaced by potassium phthalimide to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LVI. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining potassium phthalimide, sodium iodide, and a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIV in a suitable solvent such as DMF and heating at an elevated temperature such as 90-100° C. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (10) of Reaction Scheme VIII, the phthalimide protecting group of the pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LVI is removed to reveal an amine of Formula LVII, a subgenus of Formula I, II, III, and Ia. The deprotection is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula LVI with hydrazine in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The reaction can be run at an elevated temperature, such as the reflux temperature of the solvent, and the product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (11) of Reaction Scheme VIII, an aminoalkylpyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LVII or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula LVIII, which is a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. Step (11) of Reaction Scheme VIII can be carried out using the procedures described for step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Compounds of the invention are also prepared by Reaction Scheme IX, wherein R_(2c) is —R₄, —X_(c)—R₄, and —X_(c)—R₄; X_(c) is alkylene optionally terminated with arylene; and R, R₁, Y, R₄, and n are as defined above. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme IX, the benzyl group of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIX is cleaved to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LX, which is a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. Benzyl pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines of Formula LIX are available from the reactions shown in Reaction Schemes I, III, VII, and VIII using benzylhydrazine dihydrochloride in steps (1), (1), (2), and (1), respectively. Step (1) is conveniently carried out by heating the benzyl pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIX in the presence of hydrogen bromide and a suitable solvent such as acetic acid at an elevated temperature such as 150° C. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out under hydrogenolysis conditions by exposing the benzyl pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIX to hydrogen pressure in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a suitable solvent such as methanol. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a Parr vessel at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as 50° C. The product of Formula LX or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

In addition to 2-benzyl pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines of Formula LIX, 2-tert-butyl pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines are also convenient starting materials for Reaction Scheme IX. The cleavage of a tert-butyl group is conveniently carried out with aqueous hydrochloric acid at an elevated temperature, such as 100° C., and the product of Formula LX can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme IX, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LX is alkylated to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXI, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, III, and Ia. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding an alkyl halide of Formula Halide-R₄, Halide-X_(c)—R₄, or Halide-X_(c)—Y—R₄ to a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LX in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as DMF. The reaction can be run at ambient temperature. Several alkyl halides of the Formulas Halide-R₄, Halide-X_(c)—R₄, and Halide-X_(c)—Y—R₄ are commercially available, including many substituted alkyl iodides and bromides and substituted benzyl iodides and bromides. Other alkyl halides can be prepared by known synthetic methods. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Various functional groups can be introduced in step (2) of Reaction Scheme IX, and further synthetic elaboration is possible. For example, an alkyl halide of Formula Cl-alkylene-I can be used in step (2) to provide a compound of Formula LXI, wherein R_(2c) is a chloroalkylenyl group. The chloro group can then be displaced using one of a variety of methods described in steps (8) or (8a) of Reaction Scheme VIII. In another example, 4-bromobutylphthalimide can be used as the alkyl halide in step (2), and the resulting compound of Formula LXI bearing a phthalimide-protected amino group can be treated with hydrazine monohydrate to remove the phthalimide group. The deprotection is conveniently carried out in a suitable solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature, such as the reflux temperature. The resulting aminoalkyl-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXI can then be treated according to step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII to provide a compound of Formula LXI wherein R₂ is -alkylene-N(R₈)-Q-R₄, and R₄, R₈, and Q are as defined above.

For some preferred embodiments, a compound of Formula LXI wherein R_(2c) is an ethoxy- or methoxyalkylenyl group is treated with boron tribromide to provide a compound of Formula LXI wherein R_(2c) is a hydroxyalkylenyl group. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a solution of boron tribromide to a compound of Formula LXI, wherein R_(2c) is an alkoxyalkylenyl group, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction can be run at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C., and the product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

For some embodiments, tetrahydroquinolines of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme X, wherein R_(b), R_(2b), and n are as defined above and X_(b) is alkylene optionally interrupted or terminated by heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups. Amino-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines of Formula LXII or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be prepared using any of the methods shown in Reaction Schemes I, VII, and VIII.

In step (1) of Reaction Scheme X, an amino-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXII is reduced to a tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXIII according to the method described in Reaction Scheme V. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme X, an amino-substituted tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXIII is converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula LXIV, which is a subgenus of Formulas I, II, VIII, and Ia. Step (2) of Reaction Scheme X can be carried out using the procedures described for step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

For some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme XI, wherein n is as defined above; R_(c) is R for pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines or R_(b) for tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines; R_(2d) is R₂ for pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines or R_(2b) for tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines; R₄, is R₄ as defined above, with the proviso that the substituent on the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, or heterocyclyl group is not amino or alkylamino, or two R_(4s) groups in the same molecule can join to form a saturated ring or partially saturated ring system optionally containing one or more heteroatoms; X_(d) is alkylene optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups, wherein there are at least two atoms in the linking chain; Boc is tert-butoxycarbonyl; and the bonds represented by dashed lines may be present or absent.

In step (1) of Reaction Scheme XI, the amino group of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIVa is protected with two Boc groups to provide a compound of Formula LXV. Pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines of Formula LIVa can be prepared according to steps (1) through (7) of Reaction Scheme VIII. Tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines of Formula LIVa can be prepared by reducing a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIVa according to the method described in Reaction Scheme V. The protection reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or for tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LIVa with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in the presence of base, such as a combination of triethylamine and catalytic 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as toluene. The product can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme XI, a chloro-substituted compound of Formula LXV is converted to an acetate-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXVI according to the method described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme VIII.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme XI, the acetate protecting group of a compound of Formula LXVI is removed to provide a hydroxy-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXVII. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a compound of Formula LXVI and potassium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as methanol at ambient temperature. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme XI, the alcohol of Formula LXVII is oxidized to an aldehyde-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXVIII using conventional methods, for example, Swern oxidation conditions. The Swern oxidation is conveniently carried out by adding a compound of Formula LXVII followed by triethylamine to a mixture of oxalyl chloride and dimethylsulfoxide in a suitable solvent, such as dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at sub-ambient temperatures, such as −78° C., and the product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (5) of Reaction Scheme XI, an aldehyde-substituted compound of Formula LXVIII is converted to an alkenyl- or alkynyl-substituted compound of Formula LXIX. The conversion to an alkynyl-substituted compound is conveniently carried out by adding diethyl 1-diazo-2-oxopropylphosphonate to the aldehyde-substituted compound of Formula LXVIII in the presence of a mild base such as potassium carbonate. The reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or methanol at ambient temperature. The aldehyde-substituted compound of Formula LXVIII can be converted to an alkenyl-substituted compound of Formula LXIX using synthetic methods well known to those skilled in the art; such methods include the Wittig reaction. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (6) of Reaction Scheme XI, the alkene or alkyne dipolarophile of Formula LXIX undergoes a cycloaddition reaction with a nitrone of Formula LXX or a nitrile oxide formed from an α-chloroaldoxime of Formula LXXI to provide a isoxazole, isoxazoline, or isoxazolidine-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXII. Nitrones of Formula LXX are known and can be prepared by known methods. See, for example, Dicken, C. M. and DeShong, P., J. Org. Chem., 47, pp. 2047-2051 (1982). Nitrones of Formula LXX wherein two vicinal R_(4s) groups join to form a saturated carbon ring can be prepared according to the literature procedures: Thesing, J.; Sirrenberg, W., Chem. Ber., 92, p. 1748, (1959) and Iwashita, T. et al., J. Org. Chem., 47, p. 230, (1982). The cycloaddition reaction shown in step (6) can be carried out by combining the nitrone of Formula LXX with a compound of Formula LXIX in a suitable solvent such as toluene and heating at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent. Nitrones of Formula LXX can also be prepared in situ by combining a hydroxylamine of Formula R_(4s)—NH—OH or a hydrochloride salt thereof and an aldehyde or ketone of Formula (R_(4s))₂C═O with a compound of Formula LXIX in the presence of a base such as sodium bicarbonate and alumina. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature in a suitable solvent such as toluene. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

α-Chloroaldoximes of Formula LXXI can be prepared by treating an aldoxime of Formula R_(4s)(H)C═N—OH with N-chlorosuccinimide at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C. in a suitable solvent such as DMF or THF. The resulting α-chloroaldoxime of Formula LXXI is combined with a compound of Formula LXIX in the presence of a base such as triethylamine to generate a nitrile oxide in situ and effect the cycloaddition reaction. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or THF. The product can be isolated using conventional methods. When an alkynyl-substituted compound of Formula LXIX is combined with an α-chloroaldoxime of Formula LXXI under these conditions, the product is an isoxazole of Formula LXXII.

In step (7) of Reaction Scheme XI, the Boc protecting groups are removed from a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXII according to the method described in step (10) of Reaction Scheme VII. The reaction may be run at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as 60° C., and the product of Formula LXXIII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

The Boc groups can be removed from other compounds shown in Reaction Scheme XI to provide pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines of the invention. For example, the conditions described in step (7) can be used to treat compounds of Formula LXVII, LXVIII, or LXIX to reveal pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amines or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amines with a hydroxy, aldehyde, alkene, or alkyne group at R₁.

Some compounds shown in Reaction Scheme XI are useful starting materials for the preparation of other compounds of the invention. For example, a hydroxyalkyl-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXVII can be treated with N-hydroxyphthalimide under Mitsunobu reaction conditions to provide an N-phthalimide-protected hydroxylamine. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding triphenylphosphine and N-hydroxyphthalimide to a solution of the alcohol of Formula LXVII in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or DMF and then slowly adding diisopropyl azodicarboxylate. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, such as 60° C. The phthalimide group can then be removed from the resulting N-phthalimide-protected hydroxylamine by treatment with hydrazine at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The resulting hydroxylamine can then be treated with one of numerous commercially available aldehydes or ketones in a suitable solvent such as methanol to provide an oxime. The Boc protecting groups of the resulting compound can then be removed as described in step (7) of Reaction Scheme XI to provide a compound of the invention, wherein R₁ is —X—Y—R₄ or —X—R₅, where X is X_(d), which is defined above, Y is —O—N═C(R₄)—, R₅ is

and R₄ a, b, and A′ are as defined above. Alternatively, the hydroxylamine prepared after the hydrazine deprotection may be treated with one of numerous acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates, carbamoyl chlorides, or sulfamoyl chlorides as described in step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII to provide, after removal of the Boc protecting groups, a compound of the invention wherein R₁ is —X—Y—R₄ where X is X_(d), Y is —O—NH-Q-, and Q and R₄ are as defined above.

In another example, an aldehyde-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXVIII can optionally be treated with a Grignard reagent of Formula R₄—Mg—X under conventional Grignard conditions to provide a secondary alcohol. It may be necessary to remove the Boc groups prior to this reaction and install different amine protecting groups known to one skilled in the art to be less reactive toward Grignard reagents. The secondary alcohol can then be oxidized under Swern conditions as described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme XI, and the protecting groups may subsequently be removed to provide a ketone, which is a compound of the invention wherein R₁ is —X—Y—R₄ where X is X_(d), Y is —C(O)—, and R₄ is as defined above. The ketone can then be converted to an oxime by adding an aqueous solution of a hydroxylamine salt of Formula NH₂OR₈.HCl to a solution of the ketone in a suitable solvent such as methanol or ethanol and then adding a base such as sodium hydroxide and heating at an elevated temperature to provide a compound of the invention, wherein R₁ is —X—Y—R₄ where X is X_(d)Y is —C(═N—OR₈)—, and R₄ and R₈ are as defined above. The oxime so prepared may be reduced with sodium cyanoborohydride in a mixture of ethanol or methanol in acetic acid to provide a hydroxylamine, which may be treated with one of numerous acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates, carbamoyl chlorides, or sulfamoyl chlorides as described in step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII to provide a compound of the invention wherein R₁ is —X—Y—R₄ where X is X_(d), Y is —CH(—N—(OR₈)-Q-R₄)—, and Q, R₄, and R₈ are as defined above.

Compounds of the invention can also be prepared according to Reaction Scheme XII, wherein R_(c), R_(2d), Boc, R_(4s), X_(a), and n are as defined above, and the bonds represented by dashed lines may be present or absent. In steps (1) and (2) of Reaction Scheme XII, a 1-chloroalkyl-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXVa, prepared according to the method described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme XI, is converted to a 1-aminoalkyl-substituted compound of Formula LXXV. Step (1) is conveniently carried out by adding sodium azide and sodium iodide to a 1-chloroalkyl-substituted compound of Formula LXVa in a suitable solvent such as DMF. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 90° C., and the azide of Formula LXXIV can be isolated by conventional methods prior to reduction in step (2). Step (2) is conveniently carried out by adding triphenylphosphine to an azide-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXIV in a suitable solvent or solvent mixture such as tetrahydrofuran/water. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature, and the product can be isolated using conventional methods. Aminoalkyl-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolines of Formula LXXV may also be prepared using methods shown in Reaction Scheme VIII.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme XII, an aminoalkyl-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXV is converted to an imine by reaction with a ketone or aldehyde of Formula (R_(4s))₂C═O and subsequently treated with an α-chloroaldoxime of Formula LXXI. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining an aminoalkyl-substituted compound of Formula LXXV with a ketone or aldehyde of Formula (R_(4s))₂C═O at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction can optionally be carried out in the presence of magnesium sulfate. The resulting imine is then combined with an α-chloroaldoxime of Formula LXXI according to the procedure described in step (6) of Reaction Scheme XI. The product of Formula LXXVI can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme XII, the Boc protecting groups are removed from a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline or tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXVI according to the method described in step (7) of Reaction Scheme XI. The product of Formula LXXVII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

For some embodiments, compounds of the invention are prepared according to Reaction Scheme XIII, wherein R₁, R₂, and n are defined as above; R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, trifluoromethyl, and dialkylamino; and R_(3a) and R_(3b) are defined below. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme XIII, a bromo-substituted pyrazole carbonitrile of Formula XIV undergoes a transition-metal catalyzed cross coupling reaction with a reagent of Formula XLIIa. Some compounds of Formula XLIIa are known; see, Adams, L., J. Heterocyclic Chem., 32, p. 1171 (1995). Others can be prepared by known synthetic methods; see, Rocca, P. et al, Tetrahedron, 49, pp. 49-64 (1993). The Suzuki coupling reaction can be carried out as described in step (5) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a compound of Formula LXXVII, and the product can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme XIII, a pivaloylamino-substituted compound of Formula LXXVIII undergoes a base-promoted intramolecular cyclization and subsequent cleavage of the pivaloyl group to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVIIa. The reaction can be carried out as described in Reaction Scheme I, and the product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme XIII, the methoxy group of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVIIa is demethylated to provide a hydroxy-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVIIb. The demethylation is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula XVIIa with a solution of boron tribromide in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C., and the product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods. Alternatively, the demethylation is carried out by heating the compound of Formula XVIIa with anhydrous pyridinium chloride at an elevated temperature, such as 210° C. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme XIII, the hydroxy group of a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVIIb is activated by conversion to a trifluromethanesulfonate (triflate) group. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating a hydroxy-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVIIb with N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as DMF, and the triflate of Formula LXXX can be isolated using conventional methods. The activation in step (4) may also be accomplished by converting the hydroxy group to another good leaving group.

Step (5) of Reaction Scheme XIII can be carried out using known palladium-catalyzed coupling reactions such as the Suzuki coupling, Heck reaction, the Stille coupling, and the Sonogashira coupling. For example, a triflate-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXX undergoes Suzuki coupling with a boronic acid of Formula R_(3a)—B(OH)₂, an anhydride thereof, or a boronic acid ester of Formula R_(3a)—B(O-alkyl)₂; wherein R_(3a) is —R_(4b), —X_(e)—R₄, —X_(f)—Y—R₄, or —X_(f)—R₅; where X_(e) is alkenylene; X_(f) is arylene, heteroarylene, and alkenylene interrupted or terminated by arylene or heteroarylene; R_(4b) is aryl or heteroaryl where the aryl or heteroaryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted as defined in R₄ above; and R₄, R₅, and Y are as defined above. The coupling is carried out by combining a compound of Formula LXXX with a boronic acid or an ester or anhydride thereof in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine, and a base such as aqueous sodium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as n-propanol. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, at the reflux temperature. Numerous boronic acids of Formula R_(3a)—B(OH)₂, anhydrides thereof, and boronic acid esters of Formula R_(3a)—B(O-alkyl)₂ are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. The product of Formula XVIIc or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

A compound of Formula XVIIc wherein R_(3a) is a heterocycle attached through a nitrogen atom can be prepared in step (5) by reacting a compound of Formula LXXX with a nitrogen-containing heterocycle in the presence of copper (I) iodide, potassium phosphate, and racemic trans-1,2-diaminocyclohexane in a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 110° C. In addition, this coupling can be carried out using a palladium-mediated coupling by combining a compound of Formula LXXX and the nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl compound in the presence of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium, (±)-2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl, sodium tert-butoxide, and a suitable solvent such as toluene. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 80° C. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Alternatively, the Heck reaction can be used in step (5) of Reaction Scheme XII to provide compounds of Formula XVIIc, wherein R_(3a) is —X_(e)—R_(4b) or —X_(e)—Y—R₄, wherein X_(e), Y, R₄, and R_(4b) are as defined above. The Heck reaction is carried out by coupling a compound of Formula LXXX with a compound of the Formula H₂C═C(H)—R_(4b) or H₂C═C(H)—Y—R₄. Several of these vinyl-substituted compounds are commercially available; others can be prepared by known methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining the compound of Formula LXXX and the vinyl-substituted compound in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine or tri-ortho-tolylphosphine, and a base such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or toluene. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 100-120° C. under an inert atmosphere. The product of Formula XVIIc or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

Compounds of Formula XVIIc, wherein R_(3a) is —X_(g)—R₄, X_(g) is alkynylene, and R₄ is as defined above, can also be prepared by palladium catalyzed coupling reactions such as the Stille coupling or Sonogashira coupling. These reactions are carried out by coupling a compound of Formula LXXX with a compound of the Formula (alkyl)₃Sn—C≡C—R₄, (alkyl)₃Si—C≡C—R₄, or H—C≡C—R₄.

Compounds of Formula XVIIc prepared as described above by palladium-mediated coupling reactions, wherein R_(3a) is —X_(e)—R₄, —X_(e)—Y—R₄, —X_(f2)—Y—R₄, —X_(f2)—R₅, or —X_(g)—R₄, where X_(f2) is alkenylene interrupted or terminated by arylene or heteroarylene, and X_(e), X_(g), Y, R₄, and R₅ are as defined above, can undergo reduction of the alkenylene or alkynylene group present to provide compounds of Formula XVIIc wherein R_(3a) is —X_(h)—R₄, —X_(h)—Y—R₄, —X_(i)—Y—R₄, or —X_(i)—R₅, where X_(h) is alkylene; X_(i) is alkylene interrupted or terminated by arylene or heteroarylene; and R₄, R₅, and Y are as defined above. The reduction can be carried out by hydrogenation using a conventional heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on carbon. The reaction can conveniently be carried out on a Parr apparatus in a suitable solvent such as ethanol, methanol, or mixtures thereof. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

In step (4a) of Reaction Scheme XIII, a hydroxy-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVIIb is converted to a compound of Formula XVIId, wherein R_(3b) is —O—R₄, —O—X—R₄, —O—X—Y—R₄, or —O—X—R₅, and X, Y, R₄, and R₅ are as defined above, using a Williamson-type ether synthesis. The reaction is effected by treating a hydroxy-substituted pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula XVIIb with an aryl, alkyl, or arylalkylenyl halide of Formula Halide-R₄, Halide-alkylene-R₄, Halide-alkylene-Y—R₄, or Halide-alkylene-R₅ in the presence of a base. Numerous alkyl, arylalkylenyl, and aryl halides of these formulas are commercially available, including substituted benzyl bromides and chlorides, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or arylalkylenyl bromides and chlorides, bromo-substituted ketones, esters, and heterocycles, and substituted fluorobenzenes. Other halides of these formulas can be prepared using conventional synthetic methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining an alkyl, arylalkylenyl, or aryl halide with the hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula XVIIb in a solvent such as DMF or N,N-dimethylacetamide in the presence of a suitable base such as cesium carbonate. Optionally, catalytic tetrabutylammonium bromide can be added. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, for example 50° C. or 85° C., depending on the reactivity of the halide reagent.

Step (4a) of Reaction Scheme XIII can alternatively be carried out by treating a compound of Formula XVIIb with an alcohol of Formula HO—R_(3b) under Mitsunobu reaction conditions. Numerous alcohols of formulas HO-Z-Y—R₄, HO-Z-R₅, HO-Z-Het, and HO-Z-HetAr are commercially available; for example, 1-(3-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolidin-2-one, 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one, tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate, and 3-pyridylcarbinol. Other alcohols of formula HO—R_(3b) can be prepared using conventional synthetic methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by out by adding triphenylphosphine and an alcohol of Formula HO—R_(3b) to a solution of a compound of Formula XVIIIb in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran and then slowly adding diisopropyl azodicarboxylate or diethyl azodicarboxylate. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature, such as 0° C. The product can be isolated using conventional methods.

Compounds prepared in step (4a) can undergo further synthetic elaboration. For example, in a compound of Formula XVIId wherein —R_(3b) is -Z-N(R₈)-Boc, prepared as described above, the Boc protecting group can be removed to provide an amino-substituted compound wherein —R_(3b) is -Z-N(R₈)H. A compound of Formula XVIId wherein —R_(3b) is -Z-N(R₈)H can be converted to a compound of Formula XVIId wherein —R_(3b) is -Z-N(R₈)-Q-R₄ using conventional methods such as the methods described in step ( 11) of Reaction Scheme VII. A compound of Formula XVIId wherein —R_(3b) is

prepared by methods described above, can be converted to a compound of Formula XVIId wherein —R_(3b) is

using these same methods.

Alternatively, step (4a) may be carried out using the Ullmann ether synthesis, in which an alkali metal aryloxide prepared from the hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula XVIIb reacts with an aryl halide in the presence of copper salts, to provide a compound of Formula XVIId, where R_(3b) is —O—R_(4b), —O—X_(j)—R₄, or —O—X_(j)—Y—R₄, wherein X_(j) is an arylene or heteroarylene and R_(4b) is as defined above. Numerous substituted and unsubstituted aryl halides are commercially available; others can be prepared using conventional methods. The product of Formula XVIId, prepared by either of these methods, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.

For some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme XIV, where R, R₁, R₂, R₃, n and m are as defined above.

In step (1) of Reaction Scheme XIV, an indole of Formula LXXXI is acylated to provide an oxalated indole of Formula LXXXII. The reaction can be carried out by adding ethyl chlorooxoacetate to a solution of an indole of Formula LXXXI in a suitable solvent such as diethyl ether in the presence of pyridine. The reaction can be carried out at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0° C. Many indoles of Formula LXXXI are known. Some are commercially available and others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods.

In step (2) of Reaction Scheme XIV, an oxalated indole of Formula LXXXII is rearranged to a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXIII. The reaction can be carried out by adding a hydrazine of Formula R₂NHNH₂ to a solution of an oxalated indole of Formula LXXXII in a solvent or solvent mix such as ethanol/acetic acid in the presence of hydrochloric acid. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as at reflux.

If step (2) is carried out using hydrazine, the resulting pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXII where R₂ is hydrogen can be further elaborated using known synthetic methods. For example, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXII where R₂ is hydrogen can be alkylated, for example, as described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I. Alternatively, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXIII where R₂ is hydrogen can undergo a Buchwald amination with an aryl halide or heteroaryl halide. Numerous alkyl halides, aryl halides, and heteroaryl halides are commercially available; others can be prepared using known synthetic methods.

Step (2) can also be carried out using a hydrazine that will install a removable group at R₂. Examples of such hydrazines include benzylhydrazine and tert-butylhydrazine. At a later point in the synthetic pathway the group can be removed using conventional methods to provide a compound in which R₂ is hydrogen. The compound may then be further elaborated using the methods described above.

In step (3) of Reaction Scheme XIV, an aldehyde group is installed on a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXIII to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXIV. The reaction can be carried out by deprotonating a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXIII with 2 equivalents of n-butyl lithium followed by treatment with DMF and quenching with hydrochloric acid. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 50° C. in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.

In step (4) of Reaction Scheme XIV, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXIV undergoes further elaboration using conventional synthetic methods to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXV. For example, the aldehyde can be reacted with several different classes of nucleophiles such as phosphonium ylides (Wittig olefination) or phosphonates (Homer Wadsworth olefination) to provide alkenes; amines using reductive amination to provide secondary or tertiary amines; and Grignard reagents or lithiated alkynes or alkenes to provide alcohols which may then be oxidized to provide ketones. When reaction with a nucleophile provides a substituted olefin, the olefin may be reduced using conventional methods such as hydrogenation using a conventional heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on carbon. Alternatively, the aldehyde can be reduced to the alcohol using known methods, for example, treating a solution of the aldehyde with sodium borohydride. The alcohol can then be converted to a halide or an oxygen based leaving group such as a triflate, mesylate, or tosylate using conventional methods. The halide or oxygen based leaving group can then be reacted with a variety of nucleophiles.

In step (5) of Reaction Scheme XIV, a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXV is chlorinated to provide to provide a 4-chloropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXXVI. The reaction can be carried out by combining a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one of Formula LXXXV with phosphorous oxychloride and heating.

In step (6) of Reaction Scheme XIV, a 4-chloropyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline of Formula LXXXVI is aminated to provide a pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula LXXXVII. The reaction can be carried out by treating a compound of Formula LXXXVI with ammonia in a suitable solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature, such as 100° C. to 170° C. Pyrazolo[3,4-c]naphthyridines of the invention can be prepared by using an azaindole as the starting material in Reaction Schemes XIV. Azaindoles are known compounds. Some are commercially available and others can be prepared using known synthetic methods. Compounds of Formula LXXXVI wherein R₃ is a benzyloxy group are readily prepared using the methods of Reaction Scheme XIV starting with a commercially available compound of Formula LXXXI. The benzyloxy group can be cleaved by hydrogenolysis, and the resulting hydroxy-substituted compound can be treated according to steps (4) and (5) or (4a) of Reaction Scheme XIII.

For some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme XV, wherein R₁, R₂, R_(A1), R_(B1), Y″, and R₁₁ are as defined above. In Reaction Scheme XV, a pyrazole of Formula II is converted to a compound of Formula II-1 using one of the methods described in step (11) of Reaction Scheme VII. For example, a compound of Formula II can be treated with ethyl chloroformate or acetyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at room temperature, and the product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.

Some compounds of the invention may be transformed in vivo to other compounds of the invention by mechanisms such as hydrolysis in the blood. For example, a compound wherein R₂ is —X—O—C(R₆)—R₄, —X—O—C(R₆)—O—R₄, or —X—O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—R₄ would likely be transformed in vivo to a compound wherein R₂ is —X—OH and therefore would be considered a prodrug of the hydroxy-substituted compound. Compounds of Formula II-1 would be converted to compounds of Formula II.

Other prodrugs can be made from compounds of the invention. For example, a compound bearing a hydroxy substituent may be converted to an ester, a carbonate, a carbamate, or a sulfonate. Particularly useful esters are made from carboxylic acids containing one to six carbon atoms or naturally occurring L-amino acids. In addition, the amino group on the 4-position of the imidazo ring compounds can be converted to an amide, amidine, or a carbamate to prepare a prodrug of a compound of the invention. Particularly useful amides and carbamates contain one to four carbon atoms. The preparation of these prodrugs can be carried out by methods well known to one of skill in the art.

Compounds of the invention may be synthesized by synthetic routes that include processes analogous to those well known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein. The starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wis., USA) or are readily prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g. prepared by methods generally described in Louis F. Fieser and Mary Fieser, Reagents for Organic Synthesis, v. 1-19, Wiley, New York, (1967-1999 ed.); Alan R. Katritsky, Otto Meth-Cohn, Charles W. Rees, Comprehensive Organic Functional Group Transformations, v 1-6, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1995); Barry M. Trost and Ian Fleming, Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, v. 1-8, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1991); or Beilsteins Handbuch der organischen Chemie, 4, Aufl. Ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Germany, including supplements (also available via the Beilstein online database)).

For illustrative purposes, the reaction schemes depicted below provide potential routes for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention as well as key intermediates. For more detailed description of the individual reaction steps, see the EXAMPLES section below. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the compounds of the invention. Although specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the reaction schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions. In addition, many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art.

Conventional methods and techniques of separation and purification can be used to isolate compounds of the invention, as well as various intermediates related thereto. Such techniques may include, for example, all types of chromatography (high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), column chromatography using common absorbents such as silica gel, and thin layer chromatography), recrystallization, and differential (i.e., liquid-liquid) extraction techniques.

Compounds of the invention can also be prepared using variations of the synthetic routes shown in Reaction Schemes I through XIII that would be apparent to one of skill in the art. For example, the synthetic routes shown in Reaction Schemes VII or VIII for the preparation of quinolines can be used to prepare naphthyridines by using a compound of Formula XVIII or a position isomer thereof in lieu of a compound of Formula XV. Compounds of the invention can also be prepared using the synthetic routes described in the EXAMPLES below.

Pharmaceutical Compositions and Biological Activity

Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The terms “a therapeutically effective amount” and “effective amount” mean an amount of the compound or salt sufficient to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, such as cytokine induction, immunomodulation, antitumor activity, and/or antiviral activity. Although the exact amount of active compound or salt used in a pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary according to factors known to those of skill in the art, such as the physical and chemical nature of the compound or salt, the nature of the carrier, and the intended dosing regimen, it is anticipated that the compositions of the invention will contain sufficient active ingredient to provide a dose of about 100 nanograms per kilogram (ng/kg) to about 50 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg), preferably about 10 micrograms per kilogram (μg/kg) to about 5 mg/kg, of the compound or salt to the subject. A variety of dosage forms may be used, such as tablets, lozenges, capsules, parenteral formulations, syrups, creams, ointments, aerosol formulations, transdermal patches, transmucosal patches and the like.

The compounds or salts of the invention can be administered as the single therapeutic agent in the treatment regimen, or the compounds or salts of the invention may be administered in combination with one another or with other active agents, including additional immune response modifiers, antivirals, antibiotics, antibodies, proteins, peptides, oligonucleotides, etc.

Compounds or salts of the invention have been shown to induce or inhibit the production of certain cytokines in experiments performed according to the tests set forth below. These results indicate that the compounds or salts are useful as immune response modifiers that can modulate the immune response in a number of different ways, rendering them useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders.

Cytokines whose production may be induced by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention generally include interferon-α (IFN-α) and/or tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) as well as certain interleukins (IL). Cytokines whose biosynthesis may be induced by compounds or salts of the invention include IFN-α, TNF-α, IL-1, IL-6, IL-10 and IL-12, and a variety of other cytokines. Among other effects, these and other cytokines can inhibit virus production and tumor cell growth, making the compounds or salts useful in the treatment of viral diseases and neoplastic diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal. The animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for induction of cytokine biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example a viral disease or a neoplastic disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment. Alternatively, the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.

In addition to the ability to induce the production of cytokines, compounds or salts of the invention can affect other aspects of the innate immune response. For example, natural killer cell activity may be stimulated, an effect that may be due to cytokine induction. The compounds or salts may also activate macrophages, which in turn stimulate secretion of nitric oxide and the production of additional cytokines. Further, the compounds or salts may cause proliferation and differentiation of B-lymphocytes.

Compounds or salts of the invention can also have an effect on the acquired immune response. For example, the production of the T helper type 1 (T_(H)1) cytokine IFN-γ may be induced indirectly and the production of the T helper type 2 (T_(H)2) cytokines IL-4, IL-5 and IL-13 may be inhibited upon administration of the compounds or salts.

Other cytokines whose production may be inhibited by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention include tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). Among other effects, inhibition of TNF-α production can provide prophylaxis or therapeutic treatment of TNF-α mediated diseases in animals, making the compounds or salt useful in the treatment of, for example, autoimmune diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inhibiting TNF-α biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal. The animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for inhibition of TNF-α biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example an autoimmune disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment. Alternatively, the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.

Whether for prophylaxis or therapeutic treatment of a disease, and whether for effecting innate or acquired immunity, the compound or salt or composition may be administered alone or in combination with one or more active components as in, for example, a vaccine adjuvant. When administered with other components, the compound or salt and other component or components may be administered separately; together but independently such as in a solution; or together and associated with one another such as (a) covalently linked or (b) non-covalently associated, e.g., in a colloidal suspension.

Conditions for which IRMs identified herein may be used as treatments include, but are not limited to:

-   -   (a) viral diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from         infection by an adenovirus, a herpesvirus (e.g., HSV-I, HSV-II,         CMV, or VZV), a poxvirus (e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola         or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum), a picornavirus (e.g.,         rhinovirus or enterovirus), an orthomyxovirus (e.g.,         influenzavirus), a paramyxovirus (e.g., parainfluenzavirus,         mumps virus, measles virus, and respiratory syncytial virus         (RSV)), a coronavirus (e.g., SARS), a papovavirus (e.g.,         papillomaviruses, such as those that cause genital warts, common         warts, or plantar warts), a hepadnavirus (e.g., hepatitis B         virus), a flavivirus (e.g., hepatitis C virus or Dengue virus),         or a retrovirus (e.g., a lentivirus such as HIV);     -   (b) bacterial diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting         from infection by bacteria of, for example, the genus         Escherichia, Enterobacter, Salmonella, Staphylococcus, Shigella,         Listeria, Aerobacter, Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Proteus,         Pseudomonas, Streptococcus, Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Pneumococcus,         Neisseria, Clostridium, Bacillus, Corynebacterium,         Mycobacterium, Campylobacter, Vibrio, Serratia, Providencia,         Chromobacterium, Brucella, Yersinia, Haemophilus, or Bordetella;     -   (c) other infectious diseases, such chlamydia, fungal diseases         including but not limited to candidiasis, aspergillosis,         histoplasmosis, cryptococcal meningitis, or parasitic diseases         including but not limited to malaria, pneumocystis carnii         pneumonia, leishmaniasis, cryptosporidiosis, toxoplasmosis, and         trypanosome infection;     -   (d) neoplastic diseases, such as intraepithelial neoplasias,         cervical dysplasia, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma,         squamous cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma,         melanoma, leukemias including but not limited to myelogeous         leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple myeloma,         non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, B-cell         lymphoma, and hairy cell leukemia, and other cancers;     -   (e) T_(H)2-mediated, atopic diseases, such as atopic dermatitis         or eczema, eosinophilia, asthma, allergy, allergic rhinitis, and         Ommen's syndrome;     -   (f) certain autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus         erythematosus, essential thrombocythaemia, multiple sclerosis,         discoid lupus, alopecia areata; and     -   (g) diseases associated with wound repair such as, for example,         inhibition of keloid formation and other types of scarring         (e.g., enhancing wound healing, including chronic wounds).

Additionally, an IRM compound or salt of the present invention may be useful as a vaccine adjuvant for use in conjunction with any material that raises either humoral and/or cell mediated immune response, such as, for example, live viral, bacterial, or parasitic immunogens; inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal, organism-derived, fungal, or bacterial immunogens, toxoids, toxins; self-antigens; polysaccharides; proteins; glycoproteins; peptides; cellular vaccines; DNA vaccines; autologous vaccines; recombinant proteins; and the like, for use in connection with, for example, BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, influenza A, influenza B, parainfluenza, polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenza b, tuberculosis, meningococcal and pneumococcal vaccines, adenovirus, HIV, chicken pox, cytomegalovirus, dengue, feline leukemia, fowl plague, HSV-1 and HSV-2, hog cholera, Japanese encephalitis, respiratory syncytial virus, rotavirus, papilloma virus, yellow fever, and Alzheimer's Disease.

Certain IRM compounds or salts of the present invention may be particularly helpful in individuals having compromised immune function. For example, certain compounds or salts may be used for treating the opportunistic infections and tumors that occur after suppression of cell mediated immunity in, for example, transplant patients, cancer patients and HIV patients.

Thus, one or more of the above diseases or types of diseases, for example, a viral disease or a neoplastic disease may be treated in an animal in need thereof (having the disease) by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal.

An amount of a compound or salt effective to induce or inhibit cytokine biosynthesis is an amount sufficient to cause one or more cell types, such as monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells and B-cells to produce an amount of one or more cytokines such as, for example, IFN-α, TNF-α, IL-1, IL-6, IL-10 and IL-12 that is increased (induced) or decreased (inhibited) over a background level of such cytokines. The precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. The invention also provides a method of treating a viral infection in an animal and a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal. An amount effective to treat or inhibit a viral infection is an amount that will cause a reduction in one or more of the manifestations of viral infection, such as viral lesions, viral load, rate of virus production, and mortality as compared to untreated control animals. The precise amount that is effective for such treatment will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. An amount of a compound or salt effective to treat a neoplastic condition is an amount that will cause a reduction in tumor size or in the number of tumor foci. Again, the precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg.

In addition to the formulations and uses described specifically herein, other formulations, uses, and administration devices suitable for compounds of the present invention are described in, for example, International Publication Nos. WO 03/077944 and WO 02/036592, U.S. Pat. No. 6,245,776, and U.S. publication Nos. 2003/0139364, 2003/185835, 2004/0258698, 2004/0265351, 2004/076633, and 2005/0009858.

Objects and advantages of this invention are further illustrated by the following examples, but the particular materials and amounts thereof recited in these examples, as well as other conditions and details, should not be construed to unduly limit this invention.

EXAMPLES

Chromatographic purification was carried out by flash chromatography on either a HORIZON HPFC system (an automated, modular high-performance flash purification product available from Biotage, Inc, Charlottesville, Va., USA) or an Analogix INTELLIFLASH Flash Chromatography System (IFC). The eluent used for each purification is given in the example. In some chromatographic separations, the solvent mixture 80:18:2 chloroform/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide (CMA) was used as the polar component of the eluent. In these separations, CMA was mixed with chloroform in the indicated ratio. For Examples 1 through 6, chromatographic purification was carried out on a HORIZON HPFC system using either a FLASH 40+M cartridge, a FLASH 25+M, or a FLASH 65I Silica cartridge.

Examples 1-4

Part A

Ethyl 6-methyl-2,4-dioxoheptanoate, sodium salt is available from the literature procedure (Claisen, L., Berichte, 1909, 42, 59) or can be prepared by the following method. A solution of diethyl oxalate (1 equivalent) and 3-methyl-2-butanone (1 equivalent) was added dropwise with vigorous stirring to a solution of sodium tert-butoxide (1 equivalent) in ethanol. Following the addition, the reaction was stirred for one hour; a precipitate formed. The precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol and diethyl ether, and dried to provide ethyl 6-methyl-2,4-dioxoheptanoate, sodium salt.

Part B

Anhydrous hydrazine (3.58 g, 112 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 30 minutes to a solution of ethyl 6-methyl-2,4-dioxoheptanoate, sodium salt (24.8 g, 112 mmol) in acetic acid (160 mL). The reaction was stirred overnight at ambient temperature, and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in a mixture of diethyl ether and water, and solid sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate were added to adjust the mixture to pH 8. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with diethyl ether; the combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (FLASH 65I cartridge, eluting with 50:50 ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 21.0 g of ethyl 5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a solid.

Part C

The alkylating agent from the table below (1.5 equivalents) and a solution of sodium ethoxide in ethanol (21%, 1.1 equivalents) were added to a solution of ethyl 5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (1 equivalent) in ethanol (1M), and the reaction was heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 90 minutes to two hours. An analysis by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) indicated the presence of starting material. Additional sodium ethoxide solution (0.1-0.3 equivalents) was added, and the reaction was heated at reflux for an additional 30 minutes to two hours. For example 3, the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature overnight instead of heating at reflux. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between aqueous sodium chloride and diethyl ether. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with diethyl ether, and the combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (FLASH 65I cartridge, eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate ranging in ratios from 80:20 to 50:50) to provide the alkylated pyrazole as a yellow oil.

Part D

Excess 30% ammonium hydroxide was added to a Parr vessel containing the material from Part C and methanol (1-2 M). The vessel was sealed, and the reaction was heated at 100° C. for 12 hours, allowed to cool to ambient temperature over a period of three hours, and then cooled to 0° C. A solid formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water and hexanes, and air-dried to provide the carboxamides listed below.

Example 1

5-(2-Methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide was obtained as white crystals, mp 141-142.5° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₁H₁₉N₃O: C, 63.13; H, 9.15; N, 20.08. Found: C, 62.93; H, 8.89; N, 20.01.

Example 2

1-Ethyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide was obtained as white crystals, mp 125-126° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₀H₁₇N₃O: C, 61.51; H, 8.78; N, 21.52. Found: C, 61.50; H, 8.86; N, 21.58.

Example 3

At the completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (FLASH 65I cartridge, eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol ranging in ratios from 97:3 to 95:5) and subsequently recrystallized from tert-butyl methyl ether to provide 1-methyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as white crystals, mp 118.5-119.5° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₉H₁₅N₃O: C, 59.65; H, 8.34; N, 23.18. Found: C, 59.66; H, 8.66; N, 23.25.

Example 4

At the completion of the reaction, water was added to precipitate the product, 1-butyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide, which was isolated as white crystals, mp 122.5-124° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₂H₂₁N₃O: C, 64.54; H, 9.48; N, 18.82. Found: C, 64.65; H, 9.52; N, 18.77.

Part E

A mixture of the carboxamide from Part D (5-10 g, 28-45 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (21-38 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 90 minutes. The solution was then poured into ice water (250-500 mL), and concentrated ammonium hydroxide was added to adjust the mixture to pH 7-8. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (4×), and the combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an oil.

Part F

Potassium acetate (1.5 equivalents) and bromine (1.1 equivalents) were added to a solution of the carbonitrile from Part E in acetic acid (0.6 M), and the reaction was stirred for 15-24 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred until it became colorless. The acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure, and 2M aqueous sodium carbonate was added to the residue. The resulting solution was extracted with dichloromethane (4×). The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (FLASH 65I cartridge, eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate ranging in ratios from 98:2 to 65:35) to provide an oil. In Example 2, 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile crystallized under vacuum and was obtained as a white solid, mp 50-51° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₀H₁₄N₃Br: C, 46.89; H, 5.51; N, 16.40. Found: C, 46.95; H, 5.64; N, 16.75.

Part G

Triphenylphosphine (24 mg, 0.09 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (7 mg, 0.03 mmol) were added to a mixture of the carbonitrile from Part F (10.0 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid (12.0 mmol, Examples 2 and 3) or 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (12.0 mmol, Examples 1 and 4), aqueous sodium carbonate (6 mL of 2 M, Examples 2 and 3 or 12 mL of 2M, Examples 1 and 4), propanol (17.5 mL) and water (3.5 mL). The reaction was heated under a nitrogen atmosphere at 100° C. for 12 to 33 hours; in Examples 3 and 4 additional triphenylphosphine, palladium (II) acetate, and boronic acid were added to drive the reaction to completion. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and then partitioned between water and chloroform. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (3×). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.

The residue from Example 2 was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with dichloromethane/ethyl acetate ranging in ratios from 100:0 to 85:15). The residue from Example 3 was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA ranging in ratios from 99:1 to 95:5).

Part H

A solution of acetyl chloride (1.5 equivalents) in ethanol (0.3 M) was stirred for 15 minutes and added to the material from Part G, and the reaction was heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3.5 to 14 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between chloroform and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with chloroform, and the combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA ranging in ratios from 100:0 to 75:25) and subsequently recrystallized from acetonitrile. The crystals were dried overnight at 6.65 Pa and 98° C. to provide the products listed below.

Example 1

1-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was obtained as white needles, mp 199-200° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₇H₂₂N₄: C, 72.31; H, 7.85; N, 19.84. Found: C, 72.13; H,8.03; N, 19.78.

Example 2

2-Ethyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was obtained as white needles, mp 208-209° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₆H₂₀N₄: C, 71.61; H. 7.51; N, 20.88. Found: C, 71.38; H. 7.83; N, 20.79.

Example 3

2-Methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was obtained as light pink crystals, mp 213-214° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₅H₁₈N₄: C, 70.84; H, 7.13; N, 22.03. Found: C, 70.59; H, 7.19; N, 22.05.

Example 4

2-Butyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was obtained as white needles, mp 165-166° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₈H₂₄N₄: C, 72.94; H, 8.16; N, 18.90. Found: C, 72.89; H, 7.99; N, 19.08.

EXAMPLES 1-4

Example Alkylating agent in Part C R 1 1-Iodopropane —CH₂CH₂CH₃ 2 1-Bromoethane —CH₂CH₃ 3 Iodomethane —CH₃ 4 1-Iodobutane —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃

Example 5 1,2-Dimethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride

Part A

Ethyl 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate is available from the literature procedure (Huppatz, J. L., Aust. J. Chem., 1983, 36, 135-147). The general method described in Part D of Examples 1 through 4 was used to convert ethyl 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate to 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide.

Part B

The method described in Part E of Examples 1 through 4 was used to treat 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (5.0 g, 36 mmol) with phosphorous oxychloride (20 mL) to afford 3.9 g of 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile. A small portion was recrystallized from hexane to provide the following data.

Anal. Calcd. for C₆H₇N₃: C, 59.49; H, 5.82; N, 34.69. Found: C, 59.31; H, 5.75; N, 34.48.

Part C

A solution of bromine (5.1 g, 32 mmol) in acetic acid (10 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of potassium acetate (3.9 g, 40 mmol) and 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile in acetic acid (50 mL). Following the addition, the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite was added, and the mixture was stirred until it became colorless. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was stirred with water to form a solid. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and recrystallized from ethanol and then from hexane to provide 2.5 g of 4-bromo-1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as colorless needles, mp 92-94° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₆H₆BrN₃: C, 36.03; H, 3.02; N, 21.01. Found: C, 36.04; H, 2.86; N, 20.99.

Part D

Triphenylphosphine (2.4 mg, 0.09 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (7 mg, 0.03 mmol) were added to a mixture of 4-bromo-1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (0.600 g, 3.00 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid (0.719 g, 5.25 mmol), aqueous sodium carbonate (1.8 mL of 2 M), propanol (5.25 mL) and water (1.1 mL). The reaction was heated under a nitrogen atmosphere at 100° C. for three hours and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The work-up procedure described in Part G of Examples 1-4 was followed. The resulting orange oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (25+M cartridge, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane ranging in ratios from 50:50 to 75:25) to provide 371 mg of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a pale yellow solid.

Part E

A solution of acetyl chloride (0.150 g, 1.9 mmol) in ethanol (6.4 mL) was stirred for 15 minutes. 4-(2-Aminophenyl)-1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (0.270 g, 1.27 mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for two hours. A precipitate formed. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and then cooled to 0° C. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with diethyl ether, and dried to provide 285 mg of 1,2-dimethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride as a white solid, mp>250° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₂H₁₂N₄.HCl: C, 57.95; H, 5.27; N, 22.53. Found: C, 57.78; H, 5.23; N, 22.34.

Example 6 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide

Part A

4-Methyl-4-benzamido-2-pentanone is available from the literature procedure (Scheuer, P. J. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1957, 22, 674-676) or from the following method. A mixture of mesityl oxide (19.6 g, 0.200 mol) and benzonitrile (22.0 g, 0.210 mol) was cooled to 0° C.; concentrated sulfuric acid (20 mL) was added in 2 mL increments over a period of ten minutes. The reaction was heated to 35° C., and the reaction temperature rose quickly to 55° C. The reaction temperature was maintained at between 50 and 55° C. for one hour. The viscous liquid was poured into ice water (800 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 90 minutes. A solid formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, washed with 2M aqueous sodium carbonate (100 mL), washed again with water until the filtrate was pH neutral, and dried under nitrogen overnight. The solid was then recrystallized from tert-butyl methyl ether (150 mL) to provide 19.0 g of 4-methyl-4-benzamido-2-pentanone as beige needles.

Part B

Sodium tert-butoxide (5.98 g, 62.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-methyl-4-benzamido-2-pentanone (12.4 g, 56.5 mmol) and ethyl diethoxyacetate (11.0 g, 62.2 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL), and the reaction was heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3.5 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and tert-butyl methyl ether. The aqueous solution was extracted twice with tert-butyl methyl ether, and the combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 17.5 g of N-(6,6-diethoxy-1,1-dimethyl-3,5-dioxohexyl)benzamide as a brown oil.

Part C

Methyl hydrazine (2.60 g, 56.5 mmol) was added over a period of ten minutes to a solution of the material from Part B in ethanol (56 mL), and the reaction was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (FLASH 65I cartridge, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexanes ranging in ratios from 50:50 to 90:10) to provide 8.74 g of N-[1-(5-diethoxymethyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide as a viscous, yellow oil.

Part D

Hydrochloric acid (40 mL of 1 M) was added to a solution of N-[1-(5-diethoxymethyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide (8.7 g, 24 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL), and the reaction was stirred for ten minutes. tert-Butyl methyl ether and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (20 mL) were added. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with tert-butyl methyl ether, and the combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. Hexane was added, and the cloudy mixture was stored overnight in the refrigerator. Crystals formed and were isolated in two crops by filtration to provide 5.24 g of N-[1-(5-formyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide as a white powder, mp 150-151° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₆H₁₉N₃O₂: C, 67.35; H, 6.71; N, 14.73. Found: C, 67.22; H, 6.89; N, 14.73.

Part E

The method described in Part F of Examples 1-4 was used to brominate N-[1-(5-formyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide (4.87 g, 17.1 mmol). The crude product was recrystallized from 50:50 hexane/ethyl acetate (140 mL), and the crystals were washed with hexane and dried for two hours under nitrogen to provide 4.91 g of N-[1-(4-bromo-5-formyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide as white crystals, mp 150-151° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₁₆H₁₈N₃O₂Br: C, 52.76; H, 4.98; N, 11.54. Found: C, 52.85; H, 5.33; N, 11.54.

Part F

The method described in Part G of Examples 1-4 was used to couple N-[1-(4-bromo-5-formyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide (3.64 g, 10.0 mmol) and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (2.08 g, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was heated for 4 hours. The product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting sequentially with ethyl acetate and 99:1 ethyl acetate/methanol) to provide 1.81 g of N-[1,1-dimethyl-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]benzamide as an orange solid.

Part G

3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid (2.12 g, available as a 77% pure mixture) (mCPBA) was added to a solution of N-[1,1-dimethyl-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]benzamide (2.28 g, 6.36 mmol) in chloroform (25 mL), and the reaction was stirred for 45 minutes at ambient temperature. Brine and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate were added, and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with chloroform (6×). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.

Part H

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, trichloroacetyl isocyanate (7.63 mmol) was added to a solution of the material from Part G in anhydrous dichloromethane (30 mL), and the reaction was stirred for 90 minutes at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (15 mL), and a solution of sodium methoxide (1.5 mL, 25% in methanol) was added. The reaction was stirred for two hours, and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was partitioned between dichloromethane and aqueous sodium chloride. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (5×), and the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow solid was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA ranging in ratios from 100:0 to 70:30) and recrystallized twice from acetonitrile (23 mL/g and 14 mL/g). The crystals were dried overnight at 6.65 Pa and 98° C. to provide 687 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]benzamide as beige needles, mp 194-196° C.

Anal. Calcd. for C₂₂H₂₃N₅O: C, 70.76; H, 6.21; N, 18.75. Found: C, 70.54; H, 6.09; N, 18.85.

Example 7 2-Butyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Butylhydrazine oxalate (25 g, 140 mmol) was added over a period of 15 minutes to a solution of ethyl 2,4-dioxovalerate (22.2 g, 140 mmol) and triethylamine (210 mmol) in ethanol (140 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Hexane was added, and an insoluble solid was removed by filtration. The hexane was removed under reduced pressure; the residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from 80:20 to 45:55) to provide 18.1 g of ethyl 1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a pale yellow oil.

Part B

A solution of ethyl 1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (18.1 g, 86.1 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was treated with ammonium hydroxide (25 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part D of Examples 1-4. At the end of the reaction, the methanol was removed under reduced pressure, and the remaining solution was cooled in a refrigerator. A precipitate formed, was isolated by filtration, and was washed with water. The solid (9 g) was recrystallized from hexane (300 mL) and ethyl acetate (30 mL), isolated by filtration, washed with hexane, and air-dried to provide 6.95 g of 1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as colorless plates, mp 113.5-114.5° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₉H₁₅N₃O: C, 59.65; H, 8.34; N, 23.18. Found: C, 59.79; H, 8.21; N, 23.28.

Part C

A mixture of 1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (6.9 g, 38 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (34.0 mL) was heated at 90° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for two hours and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature overnight. The reaction was poured into ice water (300 mL); concentrated ammonium hydroxide (115 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with chloroform (3×), and the combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 6.58 g of 1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a pale yellow oil.

Part D

1-Butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (6.58 g, 38 mmol) was treated with potassium acetate (57.2 mmol) and bromine (41.9 mmol) in acetic acid (50 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. The reaction provided 9.3 g of 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a colorless oil that crystallized upon standing. The crystals were used without purification.

Part E

A modification of the method described in Part G of Examples 1-4 was used to couple 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.42 g, 10.0 mmol) and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (2.43 g, 14.0 mmol). Palladium (II) acetate was added as a 5 mg/mL solution in toluene (1.3 mL). The reaction was heated under nitrogen for 17 hours and combined with the product mixture from another run before being subjected to the work-up procedure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform:CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 80:20) to provide 3.17 g of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as an orange oil. A small amount (0.21 g) of 2-butyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was also obtained as a beige powder.

Part F

Acetyl chloride (15 mmol) and ethanol (50 mL) were combined and added to 4-(2-aminophenyl)-1-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.17 g) according to the method described in Part H of Examples 1-4. The reaction was heated for 16 hours. Following the work-up procedure, chromatographic purification, and recrystallization from acetonitrile (195 mL/g) 873 mg of 2-butyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine were obtained as white needles, mp 220-222° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 255 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₁₈N₄: C, 70.84; H, 7.13; N, 22.03. Found: C, 70.64; H, 6.94; N, 22.14.

Example 8 2-Benzyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Potassium acetate (49.1 g, 0.500 mol) was added with stirring to a solution of ethyl 6-methyl-2,4-dioxoheptanoate, sodium salt (44.4 g, 0.200 mol), prepared as described in Part A of Examples 1-4, in acetic acid (280 mL). The solution was cooled to 10° C., and benzylhydrazine dihydrochloride (39.0 g, 0.200 mol) was added in portions over a period often minutes while the reaction temperature was maintained between 10° C. and 13.5° C. The reaction was stirred for 90 minutes at between 6° C. and 13.6° C., allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (900 mL) and tert-butyl methyl ether (600 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (2×300 mL), and the combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 56.6 g of ethyl 1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as an oil orange. The product contained 10 mol % of ethyl 2-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part B

A solution of ethyl 1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (30 g) in methanol (60 mL) was treated with ammonium hydroxide (60 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part D of Examples 1-4. The reaction was heated for 14 hours. At the end of the reaction, the methanol was removed under reduced pressure, and the remaining solution was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (3×). The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Toluene was added twice and removed under reduced pressure to remove residual water. Hexane was added to the residue; crystals formed and were isolated by filtration, washed with hexane, and air-dried overnight to provide 6.93 g of 1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as small, off-white crystals.

Part C

A mixture of 1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (6.77 g, 26.3 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (19 mL) was heated at 90° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 90 minutes and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The reaction was poured into ice water (250 mL); concentrated ammonium hydroxide (64 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (3×150 mL), and the combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 6.28 g of 1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a pale orange oil.

Part D

1-Benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (6.28 g, 26.2 mmol) was treated with potassium acetate (3.9 g, 39 mmol) and bromine (4.61 g, 28.8 mmol) in acetic acid (52 mL) according to the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. Following chromatographic purification (eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from 95:5 to 70:30) 7.8 g of 4-bromo-1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile were obtained as a colorless oil containing 11 mol % of the starting material.

Part E

The method described in Part G of Examples 1-4 was used to couple 4-bromo-1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.18 g, 10.0 mmol) and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (2.60 g, 15.0 mmol) in the presence of palladium (II) acetate (22.5 mg), triphenylphosphine (79 mg), and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (15 mL). The product, 4-2(-aminophenyl)-1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile, was used without purification.

Part F

The material from Part E was treated according to the method described in Part H of Examples 1-4. Following the work-up procedure and chromatographic purification (eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 97:3 to 87:13), 1.81 g of product were obtained as a beige solid. A portion (0.63 g) was recrystallized from acetonitrile (28.6 mL/g), isolated by filtration, washed with acetonitrile, and dried for 36 hours in a vacuum oven at 65° C. to provide 559 mg of 2-benzyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as large, beige needles, mp 194-196° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 331 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₂N₄: C, 76.33; H, 6.71; N, 16.96. Found: C, 76.03; H, 6.84; N, 16.97.

Example 9 1-(2-Methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Hydrogen bromide (10 mL of 30% by weight in acetic acid) and 2-benzyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.75 g, 2.27 mmol) were combined in a TEFLON-lined Parr vessel and heated at 150° C. for 24 hours and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature over five hours. The reaction was filtered to remove a solid, and the filtrate was adjusted to pH 7 with the addition of 50% sodium hydroxide and 2M aqueous sodium carbonate. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and air-dried. The solid was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (25+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 80:20 to 40:60) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile (19 mL/g) and a small amount of methanol. The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with acetonitrile, and dried for 36 hours in a vacuum oven at 65° C. to provide 139 mg of 1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as small, pale orange needles, mp 248-249° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 241 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₄H₁₆N₄.0.17 CH₃OH.0.16H₂O: C, 68.45; H, 6.89; N, 22.53. Found: C, 68.43; H, 6.87; N, 22.53.

Example 10 1-Ethyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Sodium tert-butoxide (66.64 g, 0.693 mol) was added over a period of 20 minutes to ethanol (450 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. When all solids had dissolved, a mixture of diethyl oxalate (101.28 g, 0.693 mol) and 2-butanone (50.0 g, 0.693 mol) was added over a period of 12 minutes. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 hours and then used in the next step.

Part B

The solution from Part A was treated with glacial acetic acid (115 mL) and then cooled to 0° C. Methylhydrazine (36.5 mL, 0.693 mmol) was slowly added over a period of 20 minutes. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for two hours, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was made basic with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate and extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (3×400 mL). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 100 g of a red oil. Half of the oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with hexanes:ethyl acetate in a gradient from 100:0 to 0:100 to provide 6.53 g of ethyl 5-ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a yellow oil.

Part C

A mixture of ethyl 5-ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (5.03 g, 27.6 mmol) and ammonium hydroxide (28 mL of 30%) was stirred for 18 hours at ambient temperature. A precipitate formed, was isolated by filtration, and washed with cold hexanes to provide 2.60 g of 5-ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white solid, mp 170-172° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₇H₁₁N₃O: C, 54.89; H, 7.24; N, 27.43. Found: C, 54.87; H, 7.56; N, 27.58.

The product was mixed with material from another run.

Part D

5-Ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (3.8 g, 25 mmol) was treated with phosphorous oxychloride (18 mL, 0.19 mol) according to the method described in Part C of Example 8 to provide 2.68 g of 5-ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil.

Part E

5-Ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.68 g, 19.8 mmol) was treated with potassium acetate (2.91 g, 29.7 mmol) and bromine (3.16 g, 19.8 mmol) in acetic acid (25 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. The extraction was carried out with tert-butyl methyl ether, and the combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 3.8 g of a white solid. A small portion of the solid was recrystallized from ethanol to provide 4-bromo-5-ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as long, white needles, mp 72-74° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₇H₈BrN₃: C, 39.28; H, 3.77; N, 19.63. Found: C, 39.26; H, 3.55; N, 19.63.

Part F

A modification of the method described in Part G of Examples 1-4 was used to couple 4-bromo-5-ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.65 g, 7.7 mmol) and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (2.01 g, 11.6 mmol) in the presence of palladium (II) acetate (17.3 mg, 0.077 mmol), triphenylphosphine (60.6 mg, 0.23 mmol), and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (11.6 mL). At the end of the reaction, tert-butyl methyl ether was added. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (2×); the combined organic fractions were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a mixture of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-5-ethyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile and 1-ethyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine.

Part G

Ethanol (12 mL) was cooled to 0° C., and acetyl chloride (0.91 g, 12 mmol) was added. The solution was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. A suspension of the material from Part F in ethanol (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was heated at reflux for four hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. A precipitate was present, isolated by filtration, and combined with material from another run. Chloroform (4 mL) and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred for six hours. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration, washed sequentially with cold water and cold hexanes, and dried in a vacuum oven at 60° C. to provide 0.85 g of 1-ethyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white solid, mp 257-259° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₄N₄.0.2 H₂O: C, 67.92; H, 6.31; N, 24.37. Found: C, 67.69; H, 6.40; N, 24.76.

Example 11 1,2-Diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A solution of ethyl 2,4-dioxohexanoate (˜0.345 mol), prepared as described in Part A of Example 10, in glacial acetic acid (350 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Ethylhydrazine oxalate (41.43 g, 0.276 mol) was added over a period of 20 minutes. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 20 hours, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was adjusted to pH 10 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate, and chloroform was added. The mixture was filtered to remove a solid. The aqueous filtrate was extracted with chloroform (3×), and the combined organic fractions were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 29.4 g of ethyl 1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as an orange oil, which was used without purification.

Part B

A mixture of ethyl 1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (29.4 g, 0.50 mol) and ammonium hydroxide (150 mL of 30%) was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. An analysis by thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicated the reaction was incomplete. The reaction was then heated for 14 hours at 125° C. in a pressure vessel, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and cooled to 0° C. A precipitate formed, was isolated by filtration, and washed with cold hexanes to provide 8.3 g of 1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white solid, mp 129-131° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₈H₁₃N₃O: C, 57.47; H, 7.84; N, 25.13. Found: C, 57.37; H, 8.04; N, 25.43.

Part C

1,5-Diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (8.3 g, 0.050 mol) was treated with phosphorous oxychloride (35 mL) according to the method described in Part C of Example 7. The reaction was heated for 2.5 hours to provide 7.6 g of 1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil, which was used without purification.

Part D

The material from Part C was treated with potassium acetate (7.30 g, 7.44 mmol) and bromine (7.92 g, 49.6 mmol) in acetic acid (60 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. The reaction was cooled in an ice bath during the addition of bromine. After the addition, the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature over three days. The extraction was carried out with chloroform (3×100 mL), and the combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 9.4 g of 4-bromo-1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as an orange oil, which crystallized to an orange solid. The product was used without purification.

Part E

4-Bromo-1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (4.56 g, 20.0 mmol) and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (5.20 g, 30.0 mmol) were coupled in the presence of palladium (II) acetate (45 mg, 0.20 mmol), triphenylphosphine (157 mg, 0.599 mmol), and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (30 mL) according to the method described in Part F of Example 10. The product, 4-(2-aminophenyl)-1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile, was used without purification.

Part F

The material from Part E was added to a solution of acetyl chloride (2.36 g, 30.0 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part G of Example 10. The reaction was heated at reflux for six hours and then heated at 81° C. overnight. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with a gradient of chloroform/CMA) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile. The crystals were heated a second time in acetonitrile in the presence of activated charcoal, which was removed by hot filtration, and recrystallized to provide 0.440 g of 1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as an off-white crystalline solid, mp 234-236° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₄H₁₆N₄: C, 69.97; H, 6.71; N, 23.31. Found: C, 69.93; H, 7.03; N, 23.61.

Example 12 2-Ethyl-1-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Diethyl oxalate (19.8 g, 135 mmol) and 4-methylthio-2-butanone (16 g, 135 mmol) were added to a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (13 g, 135 mmol) in ethanol (97 mL) according to the method described in Part A of Example 10.

Part B

Acetic acid (38 mL) and potassium acetate (20 g, 200 mmol) were sequentially added to the solution from Part A. The resulting suspension was cooled to 0° C., and ethylhydrazine oxalate (20.3 g, 135 mmol) was added with vigorous stirring over a period of ten minutes. The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes at 0° C. and for one hour at ambient temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous sodium carbonate was added to adjust the residue to pH 9, and water was added. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL), and the combined extracts were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 1:1 ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 8.8 g of ethyl 1-ethyl-5-(2-methylsulfanylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as an orange oil.

Part C

mCPBA (17.9 g, 72.6 mmol, ˜70% pure) was added in portions to a solution of ethyl 1-ethyl-5-(2-methylsulfanylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (8.8 g, 36 mmol) over a period of 15 minutes. The reaction was then stirred at ambient temperature for 20 minutes and partitioned between chloroform (100 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (100 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with ethyl acetate) to provide 4.6 g of ethyl 1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a white solid.

Part D

The method described in Part C of Example 10 was used to treat ethyl 1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (4.6 g, 17 mmol) with ammonium hydroxide (100 mL). The solid was isolated by filtration and washed with water to provide 3.0 g of 1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white powder, which was mixed with material from another run.

Part E

A modification of the method described in Part E of Examples 1-4 was used to treat 1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (3.46 g, 14.1 mmol) with phosphorous oxychloride (10 mL). The reaction was heated for 2.5 hours. After the addition of ammonium hydroxide (35 mL of 28%) a precipitate formed. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and the precipitate was isolated by filtration and washed with water to provide 3.1 g of 1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white powder.

Part F

A modification of the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4 was used to treat a solution of 1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.1 g, 14 mmol) in acetic acid (27 mL) with potassium acetate (2 g, 20 mmol) and bromine (2.2 g, 14 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 20 minutes before the addition of aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite (1 mL). After the addition of saturated aqueous sodium carbonate, a precipitate formed, was isolated by filtration, and washed with water to provide 2.4 g of a 2:1 mixture of 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile and 1-ethyl-5-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile, which was used without purification.

Part G

Triphenylphosphine (6.1 mg, 0.023 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (1.75 mg, 0.0018 mmol) were added to a mixture of the material from Part F, 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (2.03 g, 11.8 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (23 mL), water (3 mL) and n-propanol (14 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part G of Examples 1-4. The work-up procedure was carried out by partitioning between dichloromethane (100 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (50 mL) and extracting with dichloromethane (50 mL). Following the work-up procedure, the crude product mixture was triturated with ethyl acetate, and a white solid was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 90:10 dichloromethane/methanol) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile. The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with acetonitrile, and dried under vacuum for 20 hours at 60° C. to provide 0.05 g of 2-ethyl-1-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as pale yellow needles, mp 220-222° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₁₈N₄O₂S.0.25 H₂O: C, 55.80; H, 5.77; N, 17.35. Found: C, 55.71; H, 5.60; N, 17.41.

Example 13 2-Methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine trifluoroacetate

A solution of 2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.6 g, 2 mmol), prepared as described in Example 3, in trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) was treated with platinum (IV) oxide (0.5 g) and shaken under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (20 mL) and filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in chloroform (50 mL). The solution was adjusted to pH 12 with the addition of ammonium hydroxide and stirred for 20 minutes. The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 0.3 g of 2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine trifluoroacetate as a white powder, mp 204-206° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₂₂N₄.0.76 CF₃COOH: C, 57.51; H, 6.65; N, 16.24. Found: C, 57.11; H, 7.04; N, 16.23.

Example 14 1,2-Dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A modification of the method described in Example 13 was used to reduce 1,2-dimethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (1.0 g, 4.7 mmol), prepared as described in Example 5. During the work-up procedure, the residue from the filtrate was suspended in 6 M hydrochloric acid and stirred for 30 minutes. The suspension was adjusted to pH 13 with the addition of 50% sodium hydroxide. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, air-dried, and recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 0.74 g of 1,2-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as an off-white solid, mp 258-259° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₂H₁₆N₄.0.1 H₂O: C, 66.09; H, 7.49; N, 25.69. Found: C, 65.87; H, 7.52; N, 25.51.

Example 15 2-Methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine

Part A

tert-Butyl N-(2-pyridyl)carbamate is available from the literature procedure (Moraczewski, A. L. et al, J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 7258) or can be prepared by the following method. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (225 mL of a 1.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran) was added over a period of 20 minutes to a solution of 2-aminopyridine (10.61 g, 108.0 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (THF) (150 mL). The solution was stirred for 15 minutes and then cooled to 0° C. A solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (24.60 g, 112.7 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added slowly, and the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature slowly and stirred overnight. The THF was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 mL) and 0.1 M hydrochloric acid (250 mL). The organic layer was separated; washed sequentially with 0.1 M hydrochloric acid (250 mL), water (250 mL), and brine (250 mL); dried over magnesium sulfate; filtered; and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with 80:20 hexanes/ethyl acetate to provide 17.43 g of tert-butyl N-(2-pyridyl)carbamate as a white solid.

Part B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of tert-butyl N-(2-pyridyl)carbamate (15.71 g, 80.9 mmol) and N,N,N′N′-tetramethylethylenediamine (TMEDA, 25.3 g, 218 mmol) in THF (400 mL) was cooled to −78° C. n-Butyllithium (81 ML of a 2.5 M solution in hexanes) was added dropwise over a period of 20 minutes. The solution was stirred for ten minutes, and then the addition funnel was rinsed with additional THF (20 mL). The solution was warmed to −6° C., stirred for two hours, and cooled again to −78° C. Triisopropyl borate (57.7 g, 307 mmol) was added over a period of ten minutes. The resulting solution was warmed to 0° C. and then poured into saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (500 mL). A yellow solid formed and was stirred with diethyl ether (300 mL), isolated by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and water, and air-dried overnight to provide 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid as a yellow solid.

Part C

A solution of 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid (7.2 g) and hydrogen chloride (4 M in ethanol) was heated at reflux for 20 minutes. Toluene (50 mL) was added, and the solvents were removed by distillation. The resulting oil was dissolved in water and adjusted to pH 8 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The resulting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 20 mL.

Part D

4-Bromo-1-methyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.42 g, 10.0 mmol), prepared as described in Example 3, solid sodium carbonate (1.6 g, 15 mmol), 1-propanol (25 mL), palladium (II) acetate (22 mg, 0.1 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (79 mg, 0.3 mmol) were added to the solution from Part C, and the reaction was heated at 100° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 6.5 hours. Additional palladium (II) acetate (22 mg, 0.1 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (79 mg, 0.3 mmol) were added, and the reaction was heated at 100° C. overnight. The work-up procedure described in Part G of Examples 1-4 was followed. The crude product was obtained as a semi-solid and was stirred with tert-butyl methyl ether to form a solid, which was isolated by filtration. The solid was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge (eluting with acetone/methanol in a gradient from 99:1 to 85:1). The resulting solid (450 mg) was triturated with hot acetonitrile (10 mL), cooled to 0° C., isolated by filtration, and air-dried to provide 365 mg of 2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine as a white powder, mp>250° C. MS (APCI) m/z 256 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₁₄H₁₇N₅.0.4H₂O: C, 64.05; H, 6.83; N, 26.68. Found: C, 64.04; H, 7.27; N, 26.70.

Example 16 2-Ethyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine

Hydrochloric acid (15 mL of 1M) was added to a solution of 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid (3.31 g, 13.9 mmol), prepared as described in Parts A and B of Example 15, in 1-propanol (15 mL), and the resulting mixture was heated at 80° C. for one hour and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Solid sodium carbonate (2.69 g, 25.4 mmol) was added with stirring followed by a solution of 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.78 g, 6.95 mmol), prepared as described in Example 2, in 1-propanol (4 mL). Triphenylphosphine (109 mg, 0.42 mmol) was added, and the reaction was evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen three times and stirred for five minutes. A solution of palladium (II) acetate (31 mg, 0.14 mmol) in warm toluene (0.5 mL) was added. The reaction was twice evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen and then heated at 100° C. overnight. An analysis by HPLC indicated the reaction was incomplete, and additional triphenylphosphine (109 mg, 0.42 mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (31 mg, 0.14 mmol) were added. The reaction was twice evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen at heated at reflux for three days. The 1-propanol was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in chloroform (100 mL). The resulting solution was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system as described in Example 15. The resulting solid (200 mg) was recrystallized from acetonitrile (20 mL) after hot filtration, isolated by filtration, washed with cold acetonitrile, and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 60° C. to provide 0.17 g of 2-ethyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 273-276° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₁₉N₅: C, 66.89; H, 7.11; N, 26.00. Found: C, 66.77; H, 6.94; N, 26.34.

Example 17 1-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine

A modification of the method described in Example 16 was used to treat 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid (11.33 mmol) in 1-propanol (10 mL) with hydrochloric acid (12 mL of 1 M) followed by sodium carbonate (1.99 g, 18.8 mmol), 4-bromo-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.53 g, 5.66 mmol, prepared as described in Example 1) in 1-propanol (5 mL), triphenylphosphine (44.5 mg, 0.17 mmol), and palladium (II) acetate (13 mg, 0.057 mmol) in toluene (0.25 mL). The reaction was complete after it was heated overnight. Following the work-up procedure and purification, 0.18 g of 1-(2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine was obtained as off-white needles, mp 257-260° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₆H₂₁N₅: C, 67.82; H, 7.47; N, 24.71. Found: C, 67.77; H, 7.59; N, 24.52.

Example 18 2-Butyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine

A modification of the method described in Example 16 was used to treat 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid (2.98 g, 12.5 mmol) in 1-propanol (15 mL) with hydrochloric acid (15 mL of 1 M) followed by sodium carbonate (2.66 g, 25.1 mmol), 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.91 g, 6.72 mmol, prepared as described in Example 4) in 1-propanol (4 mL), triphenylphosphine (105 mg, 0.400 mmol), and palladium (II) acetate (30 mg, 0.13 mmol). The reaction was complete after it was heated over two nights, and no additional reagents were added. Following the work-up procedure and purification, the crude solid was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 75:25 to provide 0.48 g of a light yellow solid, which was recrystallized and isolated as described in Example 16 to provide 0.29 g of 2-butyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 219-222° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅: C, 66.86; H, 7.80; N, 23.55. Found: C, 68.56; H, 8.05; N, 23.88.

Example 19 1-(4-Chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture sodium tert-butoxide (39.0 g, 0.406 mol) and ethanol (135 mL) was stirred for 30 minutes; most of the solid was dissolved. A solution of diethyl oxalate (25.6 mL, 0.189 mol) and 6-chloro-2-hexanone (25.6 mL, 0.189 mol) in ethanol (20 mL) was added over a period of 20 minutes. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for one hour, and potassium acetate (28.0 g, 283 mmol) and acetic acid (95 mL of 2 M) were sequentially added. The reaction was cooled to 0° C., and ethylhydrazine oxalate (31.0 g, 208 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for two hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added, and the resulting solution was adjusted to pH 11 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with chloroform; the combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a yellow oil that was used without purification.

Part B

Potassium acetate (92.6 g, 943 mmol), sodium iodide (7.0 g, 47 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (943 mL) were added to the material from Part A, and the reaction was heated at 90° C. for four hours under a nitrogen atmosphere and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined extracts were washed with water (3×), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide ethyl 5-(4-acetoxybutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate, which was used without purification.

Part C

A solution of the material from Part B in methanol (150 mL) was treated with ammonium hydroxide (150 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part D of Examples 1-4. The reaction was heated overnight at 125° C. and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The methanol and some water were removed under reduced pressure, and the remaining solution was extracted with chloroform. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 18.0 g of 1-ethyl-5-(4-hydroxybutyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a dark oil that was used without purification.

Part D

A modification of the method described in Part E of Examples 1-4 was used to treat 1-ethyl-5-(4-hydroxybutyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (18.2 g, 86.1 mmol) with phosphorous oxychloride (60 mL). The reaction was heated for three hours before cooling to 0° C. and pouring into ice water. The mixture was adjusted to pH 12 with the addition of 2 N aqueous sodium carbonate and extracted with chloroform. The combined extracts were passed through a layer of silica gel (eluting first with chloroform and then with 1:1 hexane/ethyl acetate to provide 10.8 g of 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a dark oil.

Part E

5-(4-Chlorobutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (10.8 g, 51.0 mmol) was treated with potassium acetate (10.0 g, 102 mmol) and bromine (2.9 mL, 56 mmol) in acetic acid (102 mL), and the reaction was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between water and chloroform. The mixture was adjusted to pH 10 with the addition of 2 N aqueous sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform, and the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from 95:5 to 50:50) to provide 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part F

2-Aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (1.88 g, 10.8 mmol), potassium phosphate (6.9 g, 32 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) chloroform adduct (186 mg, 0.18 mmol), and bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (116 mg, 0.217 mmol) were added to a solution of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.1 g, 7.2 mmol) in toluene (45 mL). Nitrogen was bubbled through the reaction mixture, and then the reaction was heated at 110° C. for 48 hours. The mixture was filtered through a layer of silica gel (eluting with 3:2 chloroform/methanol). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in ethanol (36 mL). Hydrogen chloride (5.4 mL of a 4 M solution in ethanol) was added to the resulting solution, and the reaction was heated at reflux for two hours and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was adjusted to pH 11 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was diluted with brine and extracted with chloroform. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 70:30). The resulting dark semi-solid was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 175 mg of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan solid.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₆H₁₉ClN₄: C, 63.47; H, 6.32; N, 18.50. Found: C, 63.80; H, 6.58; N, 18.38.

Example 20 N-[4-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]methanesulfonamide

Methanesulfonamide (1.14 g, 12.0 mmol) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 480 mg, 12.0 mmol) in DMF (5 mL); the reaction was stirred for five minutes. 1-(4-Chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.70 g, 2.4 mmol, prepared as described in Example 19) in DMF (2 mL) and sodium iodide (90 mg, 0.6 mmol) were sequentially added. The reaction was heated at 80° C. for one hour and 90° C. for three hours, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and poured into ice water (70 mL). A precipitate was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was washed with diethyl ether. A precipitate formed in the aqueous layer over a period of 24 hours and was isolated by filtration and washed with water to provide 200 mg of N-[4-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]methanesulfonamide as tan crystals, mp 192-194° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 362 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅O₂S: C, 56.49; H, 6.41; N, 19.37. Found: C, 56.40; H, 6.56; N, 19.24.

Example 21 4-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butan-1-ol

Part A

Potassium acetate (1.69 g, 17.2 mmol), sodium iodide (255 mg, 1.7 mmol), and DMF (17 mL) were added to 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.0 g, 3.4 mmol, prepared as described in Parts A-E of Example 19), and the reaction was heated at 100° C. for two hours under a nitrogen atmosphere and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Water was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from 90:10 to 60:40) to provide 0.86 g of 4-(4-bromo-5-cyano-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)butyl acetate.

Part B

Triphenylphosphine (21 mg, 0.082 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (710 mg, 4.1 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (4.1 mL), n-propanol (4.8 mL), and water (1 mL) were added to 4-(4-bromo-5-cyano-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)butyl acetate (0.86 mg, 2.7 mmol), and the flask was evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen five times before the addition of palladium (II) acetate (6.0 g, 0.027 mmol). The reaction was evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen three more times and then heated overnight at 100° C. An analysis by HPLC indicated that the reaction was incomplete. Additional triphenylphosphine (10 mg, 0.038 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (300 mg, 1.73 mmol), solid sodium carbonate (500 mg), and palladium (II) acetate (3.0 g, 0.013 mmol) were added at ambient temperature, and the reaction was heated at reflux for three hours and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The reaction was diluted with brine and extracted with chloroform. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Methanol (10 mL) and sodium methoxide (2.2 mL of a 47% solution in methanol) were added to the resulting dark oil. The reaction was heated at reflux for three hours, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with chloroform. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 75:25) to provide an oil. The oil was crystallized from acetonitrile and recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 250 mg of 4-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butan-1-ol as gold-colored crystals, mp 159-160° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 285 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₆H₂₀N₄O: C, 67.58; H, 7.09; N, 19.70. Found: C, 67.32; H, 7.41; N, 19.80.

Example 22 2-[4-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]isoindole-1,3-dione

Part A

Potassium phthalimide (954 mg, 5.15 mmol), sodium iodide (130 mg, 0.86 mmol), and DMF (5 mL) were added to 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.0 g, 3.4 mmol, prepared as described in Parts A-E of Example 19), and the reaction was heated at 100° C. for 45 minutes under a nitrogen atmosphere and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Water (50 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. A precipitate formed, was isolated by filtration, and was dissolved in chloroform. The resulting solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. An analysis by nuclear resonance spectroscopy (NMR) indicated that starting material was present. The solid was treated with potassium phthalimide (1.27 g, 6.88 mmol), sodium iodide (130 mg, 0.86 mmol), and DMF (5 mL) and heated at 90° C. for three hours. Water (50 mL) was added, and the resulting solid was isolated by filtration to provide 0.97 g of 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(4-phthalimidobutyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a gray, crystalline solid.

Part B

4-Bromo-1-ethyl-5-(4-phthalimidobutyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (0.97 g, 2.4 mmol) was treated with 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (839 mg, 4.84 mmol), potassium phosphate (2.56 g, 12.1 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) chloroform adduct (124 mg, 0.12 mmol), and bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (75 mg, 0.14 mmol) according to the method described in Part F of Example 19. The reaction was heated for 24 hours. Following the purification and recrystallization, 0.157 g of 2-[4-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]isoindole-1,3-dione was obtained as brown crystals, mp 216-217° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₂₃N₅O₂: C, 69.72; H, 5.61; N, 16.94. Found: C, 69.47; H, 5.89; N, 16.94.

Example 23 1-(2-Aminoethyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride

Part A

4-Phthalimido-2-butanone was obtained from the literature procedure, Eriks et al, J. Med. Chem., 1992, 35, 3239-3246. Sodium tert-butoxide (20.75 g, 0.216 mol) was added over a period of 12 minutes to ethanol (160 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. When all solids had dissolved, diethyl oxalate (31.55 g, 0.216 mol) and a suspension of 4-phthalimido-2-butanone (46.9 g, 0.216 mol) were sequentially added. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 2.5 hours. A precipitate was present and was isolated by filtration to provide 37.4 g of ethyl 2,4-dioxo-6-phthalimidohexanoate, sodium salt as a light orange solid.

Part B

A modification of the method described in Part A of Example 11 was followed. A solution of ethyl 2,4-dioxo-6-phthalimidohexanoate, sodium salt (37.64 g, 0.110 mol) in glacial acetic acid (160 L) was cooled to 10° C. before the addition of ethylhydrazine oxalate (16.52 g, 0.110 mol). During the addition, the reaction temperature was maintained between 9 and 11° C. The reaction was complete in two hours. The crude product, a reddish-orange oil, was treated with diethyl ether (150 mL) to form a solid, which was isolated by filtration to provide 26.5 g of ethyl 1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a tan solid.

Part C

A solution of ethyl 1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (10.0 g, 29.3 mmol) in hydrochloric acid (20 mL of 1 M) and acetic acid (60 mL) was heated at 105° C. for 14.5 hours. An analysis by HPLC indicated the presence of starting material; the reaction was heated at 115° C. for three hours and cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction was poured into ice water (200 mL). A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried in the filter funnel for 1.5 hours to provide 7.64 g of white solid. Toluene (40 mL) and thionyl chloride (20 mL) were added to the white solid, and the mixture was heated at 115° C. for 40 minutes, cooled to ambient temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Toluene was added and removed under reduced pressure. Dichloromethane (60 mL) was added to the residue, and the resulting solution was cooled to 0° C. Concentrated ammonium hydroxide (20 mL) was added, a precipitate formed, and the reaction was stirred for five minutes. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid was washed with water twice and dried on the filter funnel. The solid was combined with material from another run and recrystallized from ethanol (45 mL/g) to provide 8.5 g of 1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide.

Part D

A solution of 1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (8.5 g, 27.2 mmol) and thionyl chloride (20 mL) in toluene (40 mL) was heated at reflux for five hours, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in chloroform and made basic with the addition of 2 M sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was separated at extracted with chloroform (4×), and the combined organic fractions were washed with brine. The brine was extracted with chloroform (4×). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product (8.08 g) was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 80:20) to provide 7.73 g of 1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part E

Potassium acetate (3.9 g, 39.5 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (7.73 g, 26.3 mmol) in acetic acid (37.5 mL) and dichloromethane (75 mL). Bromine (5.88 g, 36.8 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 14 hours. A precipitate was present. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite was added, and the dichloromethane was removed under reduced pressure. Water (500 mL) was added with stirring, and the resulting solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried on the filter funnel to provide 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part F

Hydrazine hydrate (4.26 g, 85.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-phthalimidoethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (6.35 g, 17.0 mmol) in ethanol, and the solution was heated at reflux for one hour and cooled to ambient temperature. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration and washed with cold ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting white solid was twice treated with toluene and concentrated under reduced pressure. The combined solids were dissolved in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP) (30 mL), and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (4.37 g, 20.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred overnight, and additional di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.50 g, 2.3 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 25 minutes and cooled to 0° C. Water (350 mL) was added to form a precipitate, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from 60:40 to 40:60) to provide 5.73 g of [2-(4-bromo-5-cyano-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl]tert-butyl carbamate as a white solid.

Part G

2-[(2,2-Dimethylpropanoyl)amino]phenylboronic acid (also known as 2-pivaloylaminobenzene)boronic acid) was prepared using the literature procedure of Rocca, P. et al, Tetrahedron, 1993, 49,49-64. The method described in Part G of Examples 1-4 was used to couple [2-(4-bromo-5-cyano-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl]tert-butyl carbamate (5.50 g, 16.0 mmol) and (2-pivaloylaminobenzene)boronic acid (5.3 g, 24 mmol) in the presence of palladium (II) acetate (72 mg, 0.32 mmol), triphenylphosphine (252 mg, 0.96 mmol), and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (12 mL). After the reaction was heated for nine hours, additional palladium (H) acetate (72 mg, 0.32 mmol), triphenylphosphine (252 mg, 0.96 mmol), and 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]phenylboronic acid (1.8 g, 8.1 mmol) were added, and the reaction was heated for an additional 15 hours. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from 70:30 to 35:65) to provide 4.35 g of tert-butyl 2-(3-cyano4-{2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]phenyl}-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate containing small amounts of [2-(4-bromo-5-cyano-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl]tert-butyl carbamate and [2-(5-cyano-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl]tert-butyl carbamate.

Part H

A solution of the material from Part G in ethanol (50 mL) was treated with sodium tert-butoxide (2 mmol) and heated at 100° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3.5 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and the ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between chloroform and brine. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with chloroform (4×). The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 95:5 to 60:40) to provide 1.71 g of 2-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl tert-butyl carbamate as a white solid containing a small amount of hexane.

Part I

Hydrogen chloride (5 mL of a 4 M solution in ethanol) was added to a suspension of 2-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl tert-butyl carbamate (1.71 g) in ethanol (10 mL), and the reaction was heated at reflux for one hour and cooled to ambient temperature. A precipitate formed, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. The solid was isolated by filtration and washed with diethyl ether to provide 1.521 g of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride.

Examples 23-33

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride (32 mg, 0.10 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.068 mL, 0.4 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped, shaken for four hours at ambient temperature, and allowed to stand overnight. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation.

The compounds were purified by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (prep HPLC) using a Waters FractionLynx automated purification system. The prep HPLC fractions were analyzed using a Micromass LC/TOF-MS, and the appropriate fractions were combined and centrifuge evaporated to provide the trifluoroacetate salt of the desired compound. Column: Zorbax BonusRP, 21.2×50 millimeters (mm), 5 micron particle size; non-linear gradient elution from 5 to 95% B where A is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/water and B is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/acetonitrile; fraction collection by mass-selective triggering. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

EXAMPLES 23-33

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 23 none

256.1570 24 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

324.1846 25 Benzoyl chloride

360.1835 26 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

361.1784 27 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

362.1665 28 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

363.1611 29 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

396.1493 30 Isopropyl isocyanate

341.2103 31 Phenyl isocyanate

375.1952 32 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

392.1692 33 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

327.1965

Example 34 1,2-Dimethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Triphenylphosphine (0.10 g, 0.45 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (3.89 g, 22.0 mmol), and 4-bromo-1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (prepared as described in Parts A-C of Example 5, 3.00 g, 15.0 mmol) were placed in a flask. After 1-propanol was added (22 mL), the flask was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen three times. Palladium (II) acetate (30 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added, followed by aqueous sodium carbonate (22.5 mL of 2 M) and water (4.4 mL). The reaction was heated overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere at 100 ° C. Additional 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (1.0 g), palladium (II) acetate (approximately 10 mg), aqueous sodium carbonate (10 mL of 2 M), and water (5 mL) were added. The reaction was heated at 100° C. for 8 hours, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was partioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-30% CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and concentrated under reduced pressure, which resulted in the formation of a solid. Hexanes were added to the solid, which was isolated by filtration and crystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.637 g of 1,2-dimethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as white needles, mp>250° C.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.99 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (br s, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 213 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₂H₁₂N₄.0.19H₂O: C, 66.83; H, 5.79; N, 25.98. Found: C, 66.47; H, 5.64; N, 26.02.

Example 35 2-Ethyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Ethylhydrazine oxalate (23.7 g, 158 mmol) was added slowly to an 11° C. solution of ethyl acetopyruvate (50.0 g, 316 mmol) in ethanol so that the internal temperature did not exceed 14° C. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and 2 M sodium carbonate was added to adjust the mixture to pH 9. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel. The aqueous phase was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (3×600 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 28.94 g of ethyl 1-ethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as an orange oil that was used without purification in the next reaction.

Part B

A mixture of the material prepared in Part A (28.94 g) and concentrated ammonium hydroxide (275 mL) was heated at 125° C. for 2 days in a pressure vessel. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration but was found to contain a mixture of material. The filtrate was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes and a white solid formed. The solid was isolated, washed with water, and dried to yield 10.22 g of 1-ethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white solid.

Part C

1-Ethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (10.2 g, 66.7 mmol) was treated with phosphorus oxychloride (41 mL) according to the method described in Part C of Example 8. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 1-21% ethyl acetate/hexanes followed by 2-25% CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 8.17 g of 1-ethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as clear colorless crystals.

Part D

1-Ethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.98 g, 22.0 mmol) was treated with potassium acetate (4.93 g, 31.0 mmol) and bromine (3.87 g, 24.0 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (43 mL) according to the general method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. Methyl tert-butyl ether was used instead of dichloromethane in the extraction during the work-up. The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Anal. calcd for C₇H₈BrN₃: C, 39.28; H, 3.77; N, 19.63. Found: C, 39.30; H, 3.60; N, 19.77.

Part E

4-Bromo-1-ethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.00 g, 14.0 mmol) was treated with triphenylphosphine (0.10 g, 0.42 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (3.64 g, 21.0 mmol), 1-propanol (22 mL), palladium (II) acetate (30 mg, 0.14 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (22.5 mL, 45 mmol), and water (4.4 mL) according to the general procedure described in Example 34. The reaction time was approximately 18 hours and no additional reagents were added. The crude product mixture was used in the next step without purification.

Part F

A solution of ethanolic HCl, generated from the addition of acetyl chloride (1.65 g, 21.0 mmol) to ethanol (21 mL), was added to the material from Part E according to a modification of the method described in Part G of Example 10. The reaction was heated at reflux and then heated at 81° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and a white solid was isolated by filtration and stirred in 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel where it was extracted with chloroform twice. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting light brown solid was recrystallized from acetonitrile and isolated to yield 0.564 g of 2-ethyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as an off white powder, mp 217.0-218.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.01 (dd, J=7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (td, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (td, J=7.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (br s, 2H), 4.43 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.43 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 227 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₃H₁₄N₄: C,69.00; H,6.24; N, 24.76. Found: C, 68.69; H, 6.21; N, 24.81.

Example 36 2-Benzyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Benzylhydrazine dihydrochloride (123.3 g, 0.632 mol) was added in batches to a 12° C. solution of ethyl acetopyruvate (100.0 g, 0.632 mol) and potassium acetate (155.1 g, 1.58 mol) in glacial acetic acid (1.044 L) so that the internal temperature did not exceed 16° C. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight at ambient temperature. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an orange oil to which 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added until pH 9 was reached. The mixture was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (3×1 L). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield 102.5 g of slightly impure ethyl 1-benzyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part B

A mixture of ethyl 1-benzyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (57.57 g, 0.236 mol), concentrated ammonium hydroxide (114 mL), and methanol (114 mL) was heated at 125° C. for 39 hours in a pressure vessel. After cooling to ambient temperature, the vessel was placed in an ice bath and the reaction solution was stirred for 30 minutes until a precipitate formed. The precipitate was isolated by filtration and washed with water to yield 28.22 g of 1-benzyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide.

Part C

1-Benzyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (28.22 g, 0.131 mol) was treated with phosphorus oxychloride (112 mL) according to the general method described in Part C of Example 8. The mixture was heated for 3 hours at 90° C. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 1-25% ethyl acetate in hexanes). The appropriate fractions were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 3.38 g of 1-benzyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part D

1-Benzyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.38 g, 17.1 mmol) was treated with potassium acetate (2.35 g, 24.0 mmol) and bromine (3.01 g, 18.9 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (48 mL) according to the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. After the 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added in the work-up, a white solid was isolated by filtration and washed with water to yield 4.49 g of 1-benzyl-4-bromo-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Anal. calcd for C₁₂H₁₀BrN₃: C, 52.20; H, 3.65; N, 15.22. Found: C, 51.98; H, 3.45; N, 15.27.

Part E

1-Benzyl-4-bromo-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.00 g, 10.9 mmol) was treated with triphenylphosphine (85 mg, 0.32 mmol), 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]phenylboronic acid (prepared as described in Part G of Example 23, 2.15 g, 16.3 mmol), 1-propanol (22 mL), palladium (II) acetate (24 mg, 0.11 mmol), aqueous sodium carbonate (6.5 mL of 2 M, 13 mmol), and water (4.4 mL) according to the general procedure described in Example 34. The reaction time was approximately 16 hours and no additional reagents were added. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and methyl tert-butyl ether (25 mL) was added. After the mixture was stirred for about 10 minutes, the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield a brown oil. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution 1-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes). The appropriate fractions were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield 2.40 g of N-[2-(1-benzyl-3-cyano-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide as an oil that solidified upon standing at ambient temperature.

Part F

A solution of N-[2-(1-benzyl-3-cyano-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol4-yl)phenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide (2.40 g, 6.44 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.743 g, 7.73 mmol) in ethanol (28 mL) was heated at reflux for 1 day, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. A precipitate formed that was isolated by filtration and washed with water followed by water/ethanol (8:1) to provide 1.33 g of 2-benzyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp>250° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.00 (dd, J=7.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.70 (br s, 2H), 5.70 (br s, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 289 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₁₆N₄: C, 74.98; H, 5.59; N, 19.43. Found: C, 74.80; H, 5.65; N, 19.55.

Examples 37-39

Part A

Diethyl oxalate and 4,4-dimethyl-2-pentanone were treated with sodium tert-butoxide in ethanol according to the procedure described in Part A of Examples 1-4. The product was isolated, washed with ethanol, and dried under vacuum to provide ethyl 4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxohept-3-enoate, sodium salt as a white solid.

Part B

A hydrazine reagent from the table below (1 equivalent) was added slowly to a 11° C. stirred 0.65 M solution of ethyl 4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxohept-3-enoate, sodium salt (1 equivalent) in glacial acetic acid such that the internal temperature did not exceed 14° C. In Example 38, the acetic acid solution also contained potassium acetate (1.5 equivalents). When the addition was complete, the ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resulting oil was added 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate the mixture reached pH 9. The mixture was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether three times.

The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield an oil.

Part C

The material from Part B (37.8-45.4 g, 169-190 mmol) in a 1:1 mixture of concentrated ammonium hydroxide/methanol (150-200 mL) was heated at 125° C. for 24 hours in a pressure vessel. After cooling to ambient temperature, the vessel was placed in an ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was isolated by filtration and washed with water to yield a carboxamide.

Part D

A mixture of the carboxamide (7.05-13.27 g, 29.7-63.5 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (28-52 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and was poured onto ice water (360-680 mL). Additional ice was added. Concentrated ammonium hydroxide was added to adjust the mixture to pH 8-9. The mixture was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an oil.

Part E

Potassium acetate (1.4 equivalents) followed by bromine (1.1 equivalents) were added to a 0.4 M solution of the material from Part D in acetic acid. The reaction was stirred for 18-72 hours at ambient temperature. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite was added to reduce the residual bromine. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and 2 M aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added to adjust the mixture to pH 9. A white solid formed and was isolated by filtration and washed with water to provide a 1-alkyl-4-bromo-5-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Example 38

4-Bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile was obtained as a white solid.

Anal. calcd for C₁₁H₁₆BrN₃: C, 48.90; H, 5.97; N, 15.55. Found: C, 48.88; H, 6.26; N, 15.52.

Example 39

4-Bromo-1-butyl-5-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile was obtained as a white solid.

Anal. calcd for C₁₃H₂₀BrN₃: C, 52.36; H, 6.76; N, 14.09. Found: C, 52.06; H, 7.02; N, 13.78.

Part F

Triphenylphosphine (0.03 equivalent), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (1.5-2.0 equivalents), and the material from Part E (1 equivalent) were placed in a flask. After 1-propanol was added (so that the concentration of material from Part E was 0.55 M), the flask was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen three times. Palladium (II) acetate (0.01 equivalent) was added, followed by 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (3 equivalents) and water (⅕ of the amount of 1-propanol). The reaction was heated overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere at 100° C. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and methyl tert-butyl ether was added. After the mixture was stirred for about 10 minutes, the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield a brown oil. In Examples 37 and 38 the oil was used directily in the next step. In Example 39, the crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes). The appropriate fractions were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield an oil.

Part G

The oil prepared in Part F was converted into a 2-alkyl-1-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine using the general procedure described in Part H of Examples 1-4.

Example 37

2-Methyl-1-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was isolated as an off-white powder, mp 254.0-255.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.16 (dd, J=7.9, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=8.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (td, J=7.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (td, J=8.1, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (br s, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 1.02 (s, 9H);

MS (APCI) m/z 269 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₀N₄: C, 71.61; H, 7.51; N, 20.88. Found: C, 71.37; H, 7.50; N, 21.04.

Example 38

No chromatographic purification was necessary. After crystallization from acetonitrile, 2-ethyl-1-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was isolated as a off-white needles, mp 239.8-240.2° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.15 (dd, J=8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=8.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dt, J=7.1, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dt, J=8.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (br s,2H), 4.43 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (br s, 2H), 1.46 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.01 (s, 9H).

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₂N₄: C, 72.31; H, 7.85; N, 19.84. Found: C, 71.94; H, 8.01; N, 19.80.

Example 39

No chromatography or crystallization steps necessary. 2-Butyl-1-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was isolated as a white powder, mp 163.0-164.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.15 (dd, J=7.9, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.1, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (td, J=8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (td, J=8.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (br s, 2H), 4.39 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (br s, 2H), 1.87 (pentet, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (sextet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.00 (s, 9H), 0.89 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 311 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₉H₂₆N₄: C, 73.51; H, 8.44; N, 18.05. Found: C, 73.34; H, 8.21; N, 18.19.

EXAMPLES 37-39

Example Hydrazine reagent in Part B R 37 Methylhydrazine —CH₃ 38 Ethylhydrazine oxalate —CH₂CH₃ 39 Butylhydrazine oxalate —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃

Examples 40-42

Part A

Diethyl oxalate and benzylacetone were treated with sodium tert-butoxide in ethanol according to the procedure described in Part A of Examples 1-4. The reaction solution was stirred for 90 minutes and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was isolated to provide ethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-6-phenylhex-3-enoate, sodium salt as a white solid.

Part B

A hydrazine reagent from the table below (1 equivalent) was added to a solution of ethyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-6-phenylhex-3-enoate, sodium salt (1 equivalent) in glacial acetic acid according to the procedure described in Part B of Examples 37-39. The product was isolated as an oil.

Part C

The material from Part B was treated with a 1:1 mixture of concentrated ammonium hydroxide/methanol (150-200 mL) according to the procedure described in Part C of Examples 37-39 to yield a carboxamide. Example 40 was heated for 2 days, Example 41 was heated for 18 hours, and Example 42 was heated for 1 day.

Part D

The carboxamide from Part C was treated with phosphorous oxychloride according to the procedure described in Part D of Examples 37-39 to yield the nitrile as an oil.

Part E

The material from Part D was brominated according to the procedure described in Part E of Examples 37-39. During the work-up in Examples 41 and 42, the mixture at pH 9 was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether twice. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to give a brown oil.

Part F

The material from Part E (3.00 g) was treated with triphenylphosphine (0.03 equivalent), 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]phenylboronic acid (prepared as described in Part G of Example 23, 1.5 equivalents), 1-propanol (22 mL), palladium (II) acetate (0.01 equivalent), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (1.2 equivalents), and water (4.4 mL) according to the general procedure described in Examples 37-39. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-25% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield an oil.

Part G

To a 0.2 M solution of the material from Part F in ethanol was added sodium tert-butoxide (1.2 equivalents). The solution was heated at reflux for 1 day, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. A precipitate formed that was isolated by filtration and washed with a small amount of water and ethanol. The solid was dried at 70° C. in a vacuum oven overnight to provide the product products listed below.

Example 40

2-Methyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was isolated as pale yellow powder, mp 210.5-212.5° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.97 (dd, J=7.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=8.1, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.15 (m, 7H), 6.67 (br s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.51 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.01 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H);

MS (APCI) m/z 303 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₉H₁₈N₄.0.17H₂O: C, 74.71; H, 6.05; N, 18.34. Found: C, 74.40; H, 5.83; N, 18.31.

Example 41

2-Ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was isolated as a white powder, mp 179.0-181.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.97 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=8.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.20 (m, 7H), 6.65 (br s, 2H), 4.17 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.01 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H);

Anal. calcd for C₂₀H₂₀N₄: C, 75.92; H, 6.37; N, 17.71. Found: C, 75.71; H, 6.75; N, 17.82.

Example 42

1-(2-Phenylethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was isolated as a white powder, mp 175.0-176.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.97 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J=8.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.20 (m, 7H), 6.65 (br s, 2H), 4.07 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.03 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (sextet, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 0.85 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H);

Anal. calcd for C₂₁H₂₂N₄: C, 76.33; H, 6.71; N, 16.96. Found: C, 76.10; H, 6.69; N, 16.90.

Examples 40-42

EXAMPLES 40-42

Example Hydrazine reagent in Part B R 40 Methylhydrazine —CH₃ 41 Ethylhydrazine oxalate —CH₂CH₃ 42 Propylhydrazine oxalate —CH₂CH₂CH₃

Example 43 1-Butyl-2-tert-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Diethyl oxalate and 2-hexanone were treated with sodium tert-butoxide in ethanol according to the procedure described in Part A of Examples 1-4. The reaction solution was stirred for 90 minutes and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was isolated to provide 1-ethoxy-1,2-dioxooct-3-en-4-olate, sodium salt as a white solid.

Part B

1-Ethoxy-1,2-dioxooct-3-en-4-olate, sodium salt (332.8 g, 1.50 mol) was treated with tert-butylhydrazine hydrochloride (186.6 g, 1.50 mol) according to the procedure described in Part B of Examples 37-39 to yield ethyl 5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a brown oil.

Part C

Ethyl 5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (60 g, 0.24 mol) in a 1:1 mixture of concentrated ammonium hydroxide/methanol (238 mL) was heated at 125° C. for 37 hours in a pressure vessel. After cooling to ambient temperature, the vessel was placed in an ice bath. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, then was concentrated under reduced pressure to a brown oil. The oil was dissolved in dichloromethane and the solution was washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a wet brown solid. Hexanes were added, the mixture was stirred, and 18.67 g of 5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide was isolated by filtration as an off-white solid.

Part D

A solution of trifluoroacetic anhydride (13.5 mL, 95.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (84 mL) was added over 15 minutes to a 0° C. solution of 5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (18.7 g, 86.7 mmol) and triethylamine (36.3 mL, 260 mmol) in dichloromethane (167 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir for 10 minutes before the ice bath was removed. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour and then 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and was extracted with dichloromethane three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes). The appropriate fractions were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 11.00 g of 5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as an orange oil.

Part E

5-Butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (11.00 g, 53.6 mmol) was converted into 4-bromo-5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile using the procedure described in Part E of Examples 37-39.

Part F

4-Bromo-5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.0 g, 10.6 mmol) was treated with triphenylphosphine (0.085 g, 0.32 mmol), 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]phenylboronic acid (prepared as described in Part G of Example 23, 2.41 g, 15.8 mmol), 1-propanol (22 mL), palladium (II) acetate (0.024 g, 0.11 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (6.5 mL, 13.0 mmol), and water (4.4 mL) according to the general procedure described in Examples 37-39. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-25% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield 1.63 g of N-[2-(5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-3-cyano-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide as an oil.

Part G

To a solution of N-[2-(5-butyl-1-tert-butyl-3-cyano-1H-pyrazol4-yl)phenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide (1.63 g, 4.28 mmol) in ethanol was added sodium tert-butoxide (0.494 g, 5.14 mmol). The solution was heated at reflux for 1 day, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. A precipitate formed that was isolated by filtration and washed with a small amount of water (24 mL) and ethanol (3 ML) to yield 0.4667 g of 1-butyl-2-tert-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as off-white crystals, mp 222.0-223.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆ at 46° C.) δ 7.83 (dd, J=7.9, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=8.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (td, J=7.2, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (td, J=7.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (br, s 2H), 3.39-3.34 (m, 2H), 1.76 (s, 9H), 1.72-1.56 (m, 4H), 1.01 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 297 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₄N₄: C, 72.94; H, 8.16; N, 18.90. Found: C, 72.67; H, 8.29; N, 19.01.

Example 44 1-Ethyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A solution of ethyl 2,4-dioxohexanoate (˜0.464 mol), prepared as described in Part A of Example 10, in glacial acetic acid (300 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Hydrazine (8.91 g, 0.278 mol) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was adjusted to pH 10 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with chloroform (3×250 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 27.0 g of ethyl 5-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate, which was used without purification.

Part B

Propyl iodide (0.43 mL, 4.46 mmol) and a solution of sodium ethoxide in ethanol (21%, 0.95 g, 3.27 mmol) were added to a solution of ethyl 5-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.5 g, 2.97 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) at ambient temperature. The reaction was stirred overnight, and additional propyl iodide (0.05 mL) and sodium ethoxide in ethanol (21%, 0.1 g) were added. After 3 hours, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between an aqueous sodium chloride solution and methyl tert-butyl ether. The aqueous phase was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether twice. The organic phases were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield impure ethyl 5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part C

Ethyl 5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (13.0 g, 62 mmol) in a 4:1 mixture of concentrated ammonium hydroxide/methanol (50 mL) was heated at 125° C. for 18 hours in a pressure vessel. After cooling to ambient temperature, the contents of the vessel were poured into a flask and a precipitate formed immediately. The precipitate was isolated by filtration to yield 5.02 g of analytically pure 5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as off-white crystals, mp 105-106° C. MS (APCI) m/z 182.1 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₉H₁₅N₃O: C, 59.64; H, 8.34; N, 23.19. Found: C, 59.59; H, 8.54; N, 23.39. An additional 0.50 g of product was obtained in the second crop from the filtrate.

Part D

5-Ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (5.50 g, 30.35 mmol) was treated with phosphorous oxychloride (20 mL) according to the procedure described in Part D of Examples 37-39 to yield 4.89 g of 5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as an oil.

Part E

5-Ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (4.89 g, 30.0 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (30 mL) and treated with potassium acetate (4.41 g, 44.9 mmol) and bromine (4.79 g, 30.0 mmol). During the slow addition of bromine, an exotherm occurred and ice bath was used to cool the reaction. After the addition of bromine was complete, the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 5 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite was added to reduce the residual bromine. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added to adjust the mixture to pH 9. The mixture was extracted with chloroform (3×100 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield 6.12 g of 4-bromo-5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil.

Part F

A mixture of 4-bromo-5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (4.00 g, 16.5 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (4.30 g, 24.8 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.26 g, 0.99 mmol), palladium (II) acetate (0.074 g, 0.33 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (24.8 mL, 49.5 mmol), 1-propanol (35 mL), and water (5 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 hours. Additional triphenylphosphine (0.26 g) and palladium (I) acetate (0.074 g) were added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 22 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and methyl tert-butyl ether (100 mL) was added. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and the organic layer was isolated and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layers were combined and back-extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (2×40 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to provide a red oil that was used in the next step without purification.

Part G

The oil prepared in Part F was converted into 1-ethyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine using the general procedure described in Part H of Examples 1-4. 1-Ethyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.34 g) was isolated an off-white solid, mp 219-220° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.91 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J =8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.15 (m, 1H), 6.64 (br s, 2H), 4.34 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (sextet, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 150.5, 143.7, 139.0, 135.5, 125.5, 121.6, 119.6, 116.0, 50.7, 23.6, 18.2, 13.1, 10.9.

MS (APCI) m/z 255.2 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₈N₄: C, 70.84; H, 7.13; N, 22.03. Found: C, 70.49; H, 7.38; N, 22.12.

Example 45 2-Butyl-1-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A solution of ethyl 2,4-dioxohexanoate (approximately 60% pure, 45.0 g, 0.232 mol), prepared as described in Part A of Example 10, in glacial acetic acid (150 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Butylhydrazine oxalate (25.0 g, 0.139 mol) was added slowly. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was adjusted to pH 10 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with chloroform and an emulsion that contained solid material formed. The solid was isolated by filtration, and the filtrate was transferred to the separatory funnel. The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform three times. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an oil that was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with CMA in chloroform) to yield 13.27 g of ethyl 5-ethyl-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a yellow oil.

Part B

Ethyl 5-ethyl-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (13.27 g, 59.2 mmol) in concentrated ammonium hydroxide (50 mL) was heated at 125° C. for 14 hours in a pressure vessel. After the vessel was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, methanol (40 mL) was added and the vessel was heated at 125° C. for 1 day. After cooling to ambient temperature, the vessel was cooled in an ice bath and the product began to crystallize from the reaction mixture. Two crops of crystals were isolated to provide 5.50 g of 5-ethyl-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as off-white crystals, mp 60-61° C. MS (APCI) m/z 196.1 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₀H₁₇N₃O: C, 61.51; H, 8.78; N, 21.52. Found: C, 61.32; H, 9.04; N, 21.71.

Part C

5-Ethyl-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (5.44 g, 27.9 mmol) was treated with phosphorous oxychloride (20 mL) according to the procedure described in Part D of Examples 37-39 to yield 5.20 g of an oil. Chloroform was used in place of methyl tert-butyl ether in the work-up.

Part D

Potassium acetate (4.11 g, 41.9 mmol) followed by bromine (4.46 g, 27.9 mmol) were added to a cooled solution of the material from Part C in acetic acid (35 mL). The reaction was stirred for 48 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and 2 M aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added to adjust the mixture to pH 9-10. The mixture was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (250 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 5.87 g of 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without purification.

Part E

A flask containing a mixture of 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.56 g, 10 mmol), 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]phenylboronic acid (2.87 g, 15 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.079 g, 0.30 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (15 mL, 30 mmol), water (3 mL) and 1-propanol (20 mL) was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen three times. Palladium (II) acetate (0.023 g, 0.10 mmol) was added. Again, the flask was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen. The mixture was heated overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere at 100° C. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and methyl tert-butyl ether was added. After the mixture was stirred for about 10 minutes, the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield a brown oil. Hexanes were added to the brown oil, causing the formation of a tan solid that was isolated by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to an oil that was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, eluted with ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 0.45 g of N-[2-(5-ethyl-1-butyl-3-cyano-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Part F

To a solution of N-[2-(5-ethyl-1-butyl-3-cyano-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide (0.45 g, 1.28 mmol) in ethanol (8 mL) was added sodium ethoxide in ethanol (21 wt % solution in ethanol, 1.03 g, 3.19 mmol). The solution was heated at reflux overnight, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was triturated with water. A precipitate formed that was isolated by filtration and washed with water, then was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-35% CMA in chloroform) to yield 0.14 g of 1-ethyl-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white crystalline solid, mp 215-216° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.90 (dd, J=7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.63 (br s, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.93-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H);

¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 150.5, 143.7, 138.8, 135.4, 125.5, 121.6, 119.6, 116.0, 49.0, 32.3, 19.3, 18.3, 13.5, 13.1;

MS (APCI) m/z 269.3 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₀N₄: C, 71.61; H, 7.51; N, 20.88. Found: C, 71.5; H, 7.54; N, 20.94.

Example 46 1-(4-Chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate was prepared using a modification of the procedure described in Part A of Example 19. Propylhydrazine oxalate was used instead of ethylhydrazine oxalate. After all the reagents were added, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight instead of two hours. Crude ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate was isolated as an impure brown oil, MS (APCI) m/z 273.1 (M+H)⁺.

Part B

To a solution of the material from Part A (85.05 g, 0.312 mol) in ethanol (500 mL) was added 6 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (104 mL, 0.624 mol). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and water (200 mL) was added. The aqueous solution was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with diethyl ether (100 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified with 6 M aqueous hydrochloric acid to pH 3, causing a precipitate to form. After 10 minutes, the precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried under vacuum at 60° C. overnight to yield 57.1 g of a brown oil which was used without purification in the next step.

Part C

To a solution of the material from Part B (57.1 g, 0.233 mmol) in dichloromethane (600 mL) at 0° C. was added slowly a solution of oxalyl chloride (61.0 mL, 0.700 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL). The reaction was stirred for 10 minutes at 0° C., then at ambient temperature for 4 hours. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, then was concentrated from dichloromethane twice. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL) and added dropwise to a flask containing concentrated ammonium hydroxide (250 mL) cooled in an ice bath. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (600 mL, then 2×100 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a brown solid that was purified by trituration with diethyl ether/hexanes. A tan solid was isolated by filtration to provide 30.98 g of 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.70 (br s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 5.32 (br s, 1H), 3.99 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.61-3.54 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.59 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.76 (m, 6H), 0.94 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Part D

5-(4-Chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (30.95 g, 0.127 mmol) in toluene (250 mL) was treated with phosphorous oxychloride (24.86 mL, 0.267 mol). The solution was heated at reflux for 40 minutes. The reaction was worked-up as described in Part D of Examples 37-39, with the exception that chloroform was used in place of methyl tert-butyl ether, to yield 5.20 g of 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as an oil. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.04 ( t, J=7.3 Hz,2H),3.62-3.53 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.58 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.76 (m, 6H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Part E

5-(4-Chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (14.00 g, 62.0 mmol) was converted into 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile according the procedure described in Part F of Examples 1-4. Chloroform was used instead of dichloromethane in the extraction step during the work-up. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 10-25% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 14.80 g of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.07 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.79-2.69 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.69 (m, 0.95 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Part F

To a mixture of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (8.25 g, 27.1 mmol) and powdered molecular sieves (1 g) in toluene (170 mL) was added 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (9.40 g, 54.2 mmol), potassium phosphate (28.62 g, 135 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)-chloroform adduct (0.701 g, 0.677 mmol) and bis(2-diphenylphosphinophenyl)ether (0.437 g, 0.812 mmol). Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the mixture for 5 minutes. The mixture was heated at 110° C. for 22 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was filtered through a plug of CELITE filter agent with 3:2 chloroform/methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a residue that was used in the next step.

Part G

Acetyl chloride (6.38 g, 81.3 mmol) was added to ethanol (20 mL) at 0° C. The resulting solution was added to the residue from Part F. The solution was heated at reflux overnight. Upon cooling to ambient temperature, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between chloroform and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with chloroform, and the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-30% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile to afford 4.31 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as off-white crystals, mp 172-173° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.93 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.15 (m, 1H), 6.62 (br s, 2H), 4.35 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.84-1.72 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 150.5, 143.7, 137.3, 135.5, 125.60, 125.55, 121.7, 121.5, 119.5, 116.3, 50.7, 44.9, 31.3, 25.7, 23.9, 23.5, 10.9;

MS (APCI) m/z 317.1 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₁ClN₄: C, 64.45; H, 6.68; N, 17.68. Found: C, 64.44; H, 6.88; N, 17.79.

Example 47 1-(2-Methylpropyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A solution of 1-(2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.8 g, 3 mmol), prepared as described in Example 1, in trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) was treated with platinum (IV) oxide (0.5 g) and shaken under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) for 24 hours on a Parr apparatus. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (20 mL) and methanol (10 mL) and filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in 6 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (5 mL), stirred for 30 minutes, and treated with 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide to adjust the mixture to pH 13. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-35% CMA in chloroform) to yield 0.55 g of 1-(2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as an off-white powder, mp 167-168° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.02 (br s, 2H), 4.264.16 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.79-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.76 (m, 4H), 0.97 (d, J=6.7H) 0.95 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H); ¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 148.3, 141.2, 135.3, 134.9, 123.1, 112.1, 51.9, 34.2, 32.0, 30.7, 25.5, 23.9, 23.3, 23.0, 22.3, 11.2;

MS (APCI) m/z 287.2 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₆N₄.0.01CF₃COOH: C, 71.09; H, 9.12; N, 19.48; F, 0.20. Found: C, 70.77; H, 9.37; N, 19.27; F, 0.22.

Example 48 2-Ethyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

2-Ethyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.700 g, 1.61 mmol), prepared as described in Example 2, was reduced using the procedure described in Example 47. After chromatographic purification, the product was crystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.39 g of 2-ethyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white crystalline solid, mp 206-207° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 14.58 (br s, 1H), 10.88 (br s, 1H), 6.21 (br s, 1H), 4.33 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.86-2.71 (m, 4H), 1.95 (heptet, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.88-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.56 (t, J =7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J =6.7 Hz, 6H);

¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 149.2, 137.0, 133.2, 131.6, 122.7, 112.2, 45.9, 33.9, 30.5, 26.5, 24.4, 22.3, 22.0, 21.6, 15.4;

MS (APCI) m/z 273.2 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₄N₄.1.02CF₃COOH: C, 55.74; H, 6.49; N, 14.41; F, 14.96. Found: C, 55.41; H, 6.90; N, 14.38; F, 14.68.

Example 49 1-(2-Cyclohexylethyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

2-Methyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3 ,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.79 g, 2.6 mmol), prepared as described in Example 40, was reduced using the procedure described in Example 47. After chromatographic purification, the product was crystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.44 g of 1-(2-cyclohexylethyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 230-231° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.96 (br s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.03-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.61 (m, 9H), 1.54-1.10 (m, 6H), 1.08-0.89 (m, 2H);

¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 148.0, 141.3, 136.4, 135.2, 122.8, 112.0, 38.2, 37.8, 37.3, 33.1, 31.9, 26.5, 26.2, 25.1, 23.3, 22.9;

MS (APCI) m/z 313.2 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₉H₂₈N₄.0.12H₂O: C, 72.53; H, 9.05; N, 17.81. Found: C, 72.27; H, 9.16; N, 17.41.

Example 50 1-(2-Aminoethyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A modification of the method described in Part A of Example 11 was followed. A mixture of ethyl 2,4-dioxo-6-phthalimidohexanoate, sodium salt (prepared as described in Part A of Example 23, 100 g, 295 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (0.3 L) was cooled to 9° C. before the addition of methylhydrazine (16.0 mL,300 mmol). During the addition, the reaction temperature did not exceed 16° C. Solids were rinsed from the inside of the flask walls into the mixture with acetic acid (50 mL) and the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir overnight. Water was added to the mixture and additional solid precipitated. The solid was isolated by filtration, dried, and recrystallized from ethanol. The solid was isolated and dried to yield 75.2 g of ethyl 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part B

A solution of ethyl 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (75.2 g, 230 mmol) in 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (450 mL) and acetic acid (450 mL) was heated at 100° C. (internal temperature) for 5.2 hours, cooled to ambient temperature, and stirred for about 12 hours. A white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to provide 52.6 g of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid.

Part C

Toluene (250 mL) and thionyl chloride (30.4 mL, 418 mmol) were added to 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (50.0 g, 167 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours, cooled to ambient temperature, and poured onto ice. A solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to afford 47.5 g of a white solid.

Part D

To a solid from Part C (25.0 g) in dichloromethane (250 mL) at 0° C. was added concentrated ammonium hydroxide (50 mL) in one portion. The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes, then hexanes (200 mL) was added and the mixture was filtered, washed with water, then dried to provide 13.07 g of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white powder.

Part E

To a mixture of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (10.5 g, 35.2 mmol) and pyridine (5.69 mL, 70.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) at 0° C. was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (5.47 mL, 38.7 mmol) over two minutes. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for about 20 minutes, then was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 2 hours, more pyridine (2.8 mL) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.5 mL) were added. The reaction was quenched by adding 2 M sodium carbonate (200 mL). The mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of about 50 mL. A white solid was present. Heptane (150 mL) was added, and the mixture was concentrated to a volume of about 25 mL, then hexanes were added and the solid was collected by filtration. The white solid was washed with hexanes and dried to provide 8.50 g of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile that contained a small amount of an impurity.

Part F

To a mixture of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (8.50 g, 30.3 mmol) and potassium acetate (4.50 g, 45.5 mmol) in acetic acid (40 mL) and dichloromethane (120 mL) was slowly added bromine (6.79 g, 42.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite was added until the mixture became colorless, then the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to form a slurry. Water (200 mL) was added to the slurry and a white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to afford 9.15 g of 4-bromo-5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part G

A mixture of hydrazine hydrate (6.40 g, 127 mmol) and 4-bromo-5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (9.15 g, 25.5 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) was heated at reflux for 80 minutes, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature in a water bath. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration and washed with cold ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting white solid was twice treated with toluene and concentrated under reduced pressure then dried under vacuum to provide 5.74 g of 5-(2-aminoethyl)-4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as an off-white solid.

Part H

Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (13.3 g, 60.9 mmol) was added to a mixture of 5-(2-aminoethyl)-4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (11.62 g, 50.7 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred for 20 minutes; a solution formed. Water was added to the stirred solution, causing a solid to form. The mixture was cooled and the solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 60-75% ethyl acetate in hexanes). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 12.0 g of tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-3-cyano-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate as a white solid.

Part I

A mixture of tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-3-cyano-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate (19.1 g, 58.0 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (15.09 g, 87.03 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.37 g, 5.22 mmol), palladium (II) acetate (390 mg, 1.74 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (87 mL, 174 mmol), 1-propanol (100 mL), and water (20 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 4 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Additional 1-propanol (100 mL) and water (20 mL) were added and the mixture was heated at 100° C. overnight. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and chloroform (200 mL) was added. After 10 minutes, the mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and the organic layer was isolated and washed with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to provide an oil that was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, eluting sequentially with chloroform, 10% CMA in chloroform, and finally 40% CMA in chloroform) to yield an oil that was used in the next step.

Part J

Acetyl chloride (7.8 g, 100 mmol) was added to ethanol (100 mL) at 0° C. The resulting solution was added to the oil from Part I. The solution was heated at reflux overnight. Upon cooling to ambient temperature, a precipitate formed that was isolated by filtration, washed with a small amount of cold ethanol, and dried under vacuum at 75° C. for 4 hours to give 7.34 g of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride as a white solid.

Part K

A solution of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride (7.20 g, 22.9 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (75 mL) was treated with platinum (IV) oxide (7.0 g) and shaken under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) for 24 hours on a Parr apparatus. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and methanol (25 mL) and filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in concentrated hydrochloric acid (5 mL), stirred for 2 hours, treated with 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide to adjust the pH to 13, and stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and was extracted with chloroform (5×150 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 5.10 g of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as an off-white foam.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 6.12-3.20 (br abs., 4H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.21-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.61-2.52 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.67 (m, 4H);

MS (APCI) m/z 246.3 (M+H)⁺.

Example 51 1-(2-Aminoethyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A modification of the method described in Part A of Example 11 was followed. A mixture of ethyl 2,4-dioxo-6-phthalimidohexanoate, sodium salt (prepared as described in Part A of example 23, 67.9 g, 200 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (0.2 L) was cooled to 9° C. before the addition of propylhydrazine oxalate (32.8 g, 200 mmol). During the addition, the reaction temperature did not exceed 17° C. The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 4 hours. Water (600 mL) was added to the mixture and additional solid precipitated. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to yield 67.4 g of a yellow solid. The solid was stirred in 1 M aqueous potassium acetate (311 mL), isolated by filtration, washed with water, dried, and recrystallized from ethanol/heptane. The final solid was isolated, washed with 2:1 heptane/ethyl acetate, and dried to yield 45.2 g of ethyl 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part B

A stirred solution of ethyl 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (45.1 g, 127 mmol) in 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (157 mL) and acetic acid (157 mL) was heated at 95° C. (internal temperature) for 10 hours and then cooled to 10° C. Water (300 mL) was added and a white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and diethyl ether, and dried. The solid was treated with toluene (150 mL) and heated at reflux for 3 hours with a Dean-Stark trap. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath to 10° C. and a solid was isolated by filtration and dried to provide 28.85 g of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid.

Part C

Toluene (70 mL) and thionyl chloride (70 mL) were added to 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (28.8 g, 87.8 mmol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 1 hour, cooled to ambient temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a yellow solid. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C., then concentrated ammonium hydroxide (125 mL) was added in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C. The dichloromethane was removed under reduced pressure. A solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to afford 28.70 g of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide.

Part D

To a mixture of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (16.3 g, 50.0 mmol) and pyridine (20.9 mL, 150 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of trifluoroacetic anhydride (9.89 mL, 70.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) over ten minutes. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for about 15 minutes, then was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 45 minutes, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (200 mL) was added and the dichloromethane was removed under reduced pressure. A white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried. The solid was recrystallized from 1:1 heptane/ethyl acetate to yield 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part E

To a solution of 5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (14.1 g, 45.7 mmol) and potassium acetate (6.73 g, 68.6 mmol) in acetic acid (91 mL) and dichloromethane (46 mL) was slowly added bromine (3.28 g, 64.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred for one day. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogensulfite was added until the mixture became colorless, then the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to form a slurry. Water (450 mL) was added to the slurry and a white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to afford 17.24 g of 4-bromo-5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part F

A mixture of hydrazine hydrate (11.1 g, 222 mmol) and 4-bromo-5-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)ethyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (17.2 g, 44.4 mmol) in ethanol (570 mL) was heated at reflux for 90 minutes, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. A precipitate was isolated by filtration and washed with cold ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to generate an off-white solid that was suspended in dichloromethane (133 mL). Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (11.6 g, 53.3 mmol) was added to the mixture, which was then stirred overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 40-60% ethyl acetate in hexanes). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 15.8 g of tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-3-cyano-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate as a colorless oil.

Part G

A flask containing a mixture of tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-3-cyano-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate (15.8 g, 44.2 mmol), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (11.5 g, 66.3 mmol), triphenylphosphine (1.04 g, 3.98 mmol), palladium (II) acetate (299 mg, 1.33 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (67 mL, 133 mmol), 1-propanol (77.4 mL), and water (15.5 mL) was heated overnight under a nitrogen atmosphere in a 100° C. oil bath. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and water (300 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with chloroform, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to provide an oil that was purified twice by flash chromatography (silica gel, first column: eluted sequentially with 0-10% CMA in chloroform, and then 25% CMA in chloroform; second column: gradient elution with 50-60% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield 7.3 g of tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate as a yellow resin.

Part H

Acetyl chloride (7.1 mL, 100 mmol) was added to ethanol (100 mL) at 0° C. The resulting solution was added to the tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate from Part G. The solution was heated at reflux for 9.5 hours. Upon cooling to ambient temperature, a precipitate formed that was isolated after two days by filtration, washed with a small amount of cold ethanol, and dried to yield 5.78 g of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride as a white solid.

Part I

1-(2-Aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride (2.50 g, 7.30 mmol) was reduced using the procedure described in Example 47. After the reaction was filtered and concentrated, the residue was triturated with diethyl ether to precipitate a solid that was isolated by filtration, washed with diethyl ether, and dried under vacuum. After chromatographic purification, the product was crystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.44 g of the bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, 228-230° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.13 (s, 1H), 9.30-6.50 (br peaks, 5H), 4.42 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.47-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.11-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.57 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.86 (m, 2H) 1.86-1.68 (m, 4H);

MS (APCI) m/z 274.3 (M+H)⁺.

Examples 52-55

A mixture of tert-butyl N-(2-pyridyl)carbamate (prepared as described in Part A of Example 15, 1.9 equivalents) in 1-propanol (15 mL) and 1 M aqueous HCl (15 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and solid sodium carbonate (1.5 equivalents) was added with stirring. A solution of a 4-bromo-1,5-disubstitued-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.51-2.07 g, 6.63-7.80 mmol, 1 equivalent) shown in the table below in 1-propanol (4-5 mL) was added, followed by triphenylphosphine (0.06 equivalent) and palladium (H) acetate (0.02 equivalent). In Example 55, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.05 equivalent) was used instead of triphenylphosphine and palladium (II) acetate. The flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and a nitrogen inlet line, then was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen three times. The pale yellow solution was heated under a nitrogen atmosphere at 100° C. for 18-21 hours. The 1-propanol was evaporated under reduced pressure. The remaining liquid was dissolved in chloroform (100 mL), washed with water (100 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution using 0-30% CMA in chloroform). In Example 55, a gradient elution with 0-25% CMA in chloroform was used. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to yield a pale yellow solid that was recrystallized from boiling acetonitrile. White crystals were isolated, washed with cold acetonitrile, and dried overnight at 60° C. in a vacuum oven to provide the product.

Example 52

Isolated 0.18 g of 1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 286-288° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 8.46 (dd, J=4.7, 1.9, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J=7.8, 1.9, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J=7.8, 4.7, 1H), 7.05 (s, 2H), 4.42 (q, J=7.1, 2H), 3.24 (q, J=7.5, 2H), 1.47 (t, J=7.1, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=7.5, 3H);

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 154.6, 153.0, 146.9, 139.8, 135.2, 129.8, 117.0, 115.8, 114.2,44.5, 18.2, 15.9, 13.1;

Anal. calcd for C₁₃H₁₅N₅: C, 64.71; H, 6.27; N, 29.02. Found: C, 64.49; H, 6.31; N, 29.19.

Example 53

Isolated 90 mg of 1-ethyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 303-305° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 8.46 (dd, J=4.7, 1.9, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J =7.8, 1.9, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J=7.8, 4.7, 1H), 7.06 (s, 2H), 4.34 (q, J=6.9, 2H), 3.24 (q, J=7.5, 2H), 1.90 (sextet, J=7.1, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7.8, 3H), 0.91 (t, J=7.5, 3H);

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 153.0, 149.5, 146.9, 140.3, 135.2, 129.8, 117.0, 115.7, 114.2, 50.9, 23.6, 18.2, 13.1, 10.9;

Anal. calcd for C₁₄H₁₇N₅: C, 65.86; H, 6.71; N, 27.43. Found: C, 65.80; H, 6.67; N, 27.50.

Example 54

Isolated 0.156 g of 2-methyl-1-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 323-326° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 8.49 (dd, J=7.9, 1.9, 1H), 8.44 (dd, J =4.6, 1.6, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J=7.8, 4.7, 1H), 7.08 (s, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.23 (s, 2H), 0.99 (s, 9H);

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 154.8, 153.0, 147.0, 137.5, 135.0, 130.5, 117.5, 116.4, 114.4, 38.4, 37.0, 35.3, 29.4;

Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₉N₅: C, 66.89; H, 7.11; N, 26.00. Found: C, 66.95; H, 6.95; N, 26.08.

Example 55

Isolated 0.24 g of 2-benzyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 232-235° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 8.46 (dd, J=4.4, 1.6, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J =7.8, 1.9, 1H), 7.36-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.70 (s, 2H), 3.12 (d, J=8.5, 2H), 1.95 (septet, J=6.9, 1H), 0.92 (d, J=6.6, 6H);

¹³C NMR (75 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 154.8, 153.1, 147.1, 138.9, 136.9, 135.6, 130.2, 128.6, 126.7, 116.9, 114.1, 53.3, 33.2, 28.6, 21.8;

Anal calcd for C₂₀H₂₁N₅: C, 72.48; H, 6.39; N, 21.13. Found: C, 72.24; H, 6.56; N, 21.18.

Examples 52-55

EXAMPLES 52-55

Example Starting Material R₁ R₂ 52 4-Bromo-1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile —CH₂CH₃ —CH₂CH₃ (prepared Example 11) 53 4-Bromo-5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3- —CH₂CH₃ —CH₂CH₂CH₃ carbonitrile (prepared in Example 44) 54 4-Bromo-1-methyl-5-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-1H- —CH₂C(CH₃)₃ —CH₃ pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (prepared in Example 37) 55 4-Bromo-1-benzyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H- —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂ —CH₂C₆H₅ pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (prepared in Example 8)

Example 56 2-Butyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,6-naphthyridin-4-amine

Part A

A 2.5 M solution of n-butyl lithium in hexane (100 mL, 250 mmol) was added over 20 minutes to a stirred solution of tert-butyl pyridin-4-ylcarbamate (19.4 g, 100 mmol) and N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylenediamine (31.4 g, 270 mmol) in THF (500 mL) at −78° C. tert-Butyl pyridin-4-ylcarbamate is available from a literature procedure (Spivey, A. C. et al. J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 9430-9443). A white solid appeared and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at −78° C., then was allowed to warm slowly to −4° C. before cooling to −78° C. again. Trimethyl borate (39.5 g, 380 mmol) was added over 15 minutes. The solution was allowed to warm to 0° C., then was poured into saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (500 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes. After standing at ambient temperature overnight, the mixture was partitioned between diethyl ether and brine. The organic layer was separated and washed with brine. A white solid formed in the organic layer and was isolated by filtration. The solid was washed sequentially with diethyl ether, water, and diethyl ether, then was dried to provide 17.1 g of 4-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-3-ylboronic acid as a white solid.

Part B

2-Butyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,6-naphthyridin-4-amine was synthesized from 4-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-3-ylboronic acid (2.48 g, 10.4 mmol) and 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (prepared as described in Parts A-F of Example 4, 1.56 g, 5.49 mmol) according to the reaction conditions described in Examples 52-54. Additional palladium (II) acetate (50 mg) and triphenylphosphine (170 mg) were added after the reaction had been heated for 23 hours. After the addition, the flask was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen twice. The solution was heated at 100° C. for an additional 29 hours. The reaction was worked-up and purified as described in Example 54, but was not recrystallized from acetonitrile, to provide 25 mg of 2-butyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,6-naphthyridin-4-amine as an off-white solid.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 9.10 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J =5.4, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=5.4, 1H), 7.25 (s,2H), 4.37 (t, J=7.2, 2H), 3.17 (d, J=7.5, 2H), 2.10-1.86 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.32 (m, 2H), 0.99 (d, J=6.6, 6H), 0.92 (t, J=7.6, 3H);

HRMS Measured Mass (M+H)⁺ 298.2023.

Example 57 2-Propyl-1-[3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A mixture of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 46, 5.00 g, 15.8 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.04 g, 0.316 mmol), di-tert-butyldicarbonate (13.8 g, 63.12 mmol), and triethylamine (5.50 mL, 39.5 mmol) was heated at 90° C. for 20 minutes and a solution formed. The temperature was decreased to 60° C. and the solution was heated for I hour. The solution was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was partitioned between dichloromethane and 1 M aqueous potassium hydroxide. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to a yield an oil that was dried under vacuum. The oil was triturated with an approximately 1:1 diethyl ether/hexanes solution, resulting in the formation of a solid that was isolated by filtration and dried to provide 5.68 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a tan solid.

Part B

Potassium acetate (0.83 g, 8.432 mmol) and sodium iodide (16 g, 1.05 mmol) was added to a solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (2.18 g, 4.22 mmol) in DMF (15 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4.5 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressre. The resulting oil was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was isolated and washed with water (2×25 mL) and brine (3×20 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oil that was dried under vacuum to provide 1.76 g of 4-{4-[bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl}butyl acetate.

Part C

Potassium carbonate (6 mg, 0.041 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-{4-[bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl}butyl acetate (0.8823 g, 1.632 mmol) in methanol (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.3 hours. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, eluted with 100% ethyl acetate) to yield 0.1466 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-hydroxybutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate in about 87% purity.

Part D

To dichloromethane (5 mL) at −78° C. was added dimethylsulfoxide (0.12 mL, 1.6 mmol) and oxalyl chloride (0.11 mL, 1.2 mmol). After several minutes, a solution di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-hydroxybutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (0.5449 g, 1.093 mmol) and triethylamine (0.46 mL, 3.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added dropwise to the −78° C. solution. After 15 minutes, the cooling bath was removed and the solution was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, during which time more dichloromethane (20 mL) was added. The solution was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine. The solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was dried under vacuum to yield 0.5845 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-oxobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate that contained a small amount of dimethylsulfoxide, but was used without further purification.

Part E

Diethyl 1-diazo-2-oxopropylphosphonate (0.28 g, 1.3 mmol) was prepared by the method of Bestmann, H. J. et al., Synlett, 1996, 6, 521-522 and added to a stirred mixture of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-oxobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (0.543 g, 1.09 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.31 g, 2.2 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) at ambient temperature. After 4 hours, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure. The oil was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, eluted with 5% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to yield 0.2498 g of a white solid that was used without further purification in the next step.

Part F

N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.15 g, 1.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-pyridine aldoxime (0.13 g, 1.0 mmol ) in THF (5 mL). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 day. The material from Part E (0.2498 g, 0.5071 mmol) and anhydrous triethylamine (0.16 mL, 1.1 mmol) were added and the solution was heated at 60° C. for 20 hours. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to yield a brown oil that was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, sequential elution with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes, 40% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane, and finally 100% ethyl acetate) to yield 0.1105 g of material that was used without further purification in the next step.

Part G

A solution of the material from Part F (0.1105 g) in a solution of 1:1 ethanol/concentrated hydrochloric acid was heated at 60° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was dissolved in water and 1 drop of 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide was added to adjust the pH to 14. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane several times. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oil. The oil was dried under vacuum, then triturated with hexanes to yield a solid that was isolated by filtration. The solid was dried under vacuum at 70° C. to yield 0.0376 g of 2-propyl-1-[3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 192.0-193.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.99 (dm, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (dm, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (dm, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J =7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 4.29 (t, J =7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 3.03 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 1.98 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 0.99 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 412 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₄H₂₄N₆O.0.2C₂H₆O: C, 69.50; H, 6.02; N, 19.93. Found: C, 69.15; H, 5.75; N, 20.09.

Example 58 1-(2-Cyclohexylethyl)-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A mixture of 2-ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 41, 575 mg, 1.81 mmol) and platinum (IV) oxide (290 mg) in trifluoroacetic acid (8 mL) was shaken under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) for 22.5 hours on a Parr apparatus. The reaction mixture was filtered through a poly(tetrafluoroethylene) membrane to remove the catalyst. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution using 0-30% CMA in chloroform) and the appropriate fractions were concentrated to yield a solid that was slurried in hot acetonitrile. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature with stirring, then 318 mg of 1-(2-cyclohexylethyl)-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was isolated as a white powder, mp 177.0-179.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 327 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₀H₃₀N₄: C, 73.58; H, 9.26; N, 17.16. Found: C, 73.48; H, 9.01; N, 17.16.

Example 59 1-(2-Cyclohexylethyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A mixture of 1-(2-phenylethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 42, 400 mg, 1.21 mmol) and platinum (IV) oxide (200 mg) in trifluoroacetic acid (8 mL) was shaken under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) on a Parr apparatus for 18 hours and worked up using the method described in Example 58 to afford 217 mg of 1-(2-cyclohexylethyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 173-174.5° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 341 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₁H₃₂N₄: C, 74.07; H, 9.47; N, 16.45. Found: C, 73.77; H, 9.73; N, 16.49.

Example 60 2-Butyl-1-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Solid sodium hydride (60% dispersion in oil, 2.90 g, 72.3 mmol) was added in portions over 5 minutes to a stirred solution of 1-propanethiol (6.00 g, 78.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (262 mL). After 15 minutes, a thick white suspension had formed. To the suspension was added 1-chloro-3-butanone (7.00 g, 65.7 mmol), which caused the reaction mixture to warm and a cloudy solution to form. After 30 minutes, the cloudy solution was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a pale brown oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 9.0 g of 4-(propylthio)butan-2-one as a clear liquid.

Part B

A neat mixture of 4-(propylthio)butan-2-one (9.00 g, 61.5 mmol) and diethyl oxalate (9.00 g, 61.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of sodium tert-butoxide (5.90 g, 61.5 mmol) in ethanol (44 mL) at ambient temperature. Following the addition, the reaction was stirred for two hours. Acetic acid (35 mL) was added, followed by potassium acetate (7.24 g, 73.8 mmol). The mixture was cooled in a cold water bath. Butylhydrazine (11.0 g, 61.5 mmol) was added in portions. After 15 minutes, the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred for 2 hours. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to yield an oil. Saturated aqueous sodium carbonate was added to the oil until a pH of 10 was reached. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The orange oil was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 10.6 g of ethyl 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylthio)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as an orange oil.

Part C

To a stirred solution of 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylthio)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (10.6 g, 35.5 mmol) in chloroform (355 mL) was added mCPBA (20.4 g, 71.0 mmol) in portions over 15 minutes. After 1 hour, the mixture was partitioned between chloroform and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (100 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford 5.65 g of ethyl 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part D

To a solution of ethyl 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (5.00 g, 15.1 mmol) in ethanol (76 mL) at ambient temperature was added 6 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (5.0 mL, 30 mmol). The solution was stirred for 2 hours, then the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting oil was dissolved in water (100 mL). The aqueous solution was washed with dichloromethane (50 mL) and then the pH was adjusted with 1 M hydrochloric acid to pH 4. A precipitate formed and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to provide 4.6 g of 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid as a white powder.

Part E

To a solution of 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (4.00 g, 13.22 mmol) in dichloromethane (66 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (3.5 mL, 39.7 mmol) and a drop of DMF. The solution bubbled vigorously and was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (66 mL) and the resulting solution was cooled in an ice bath, then concentrated ammonium hydroxide (66 mL) was added dropwise. After the addition was complete, the ice bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to afford a slurry that was extracted with chloroform (2×100 mL). The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 4.0 g of 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white solid.

Part F

1-Butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (4.00 g, 13.27 mmol) in toluene (66 mL) was treated with phosphorous oxychloride (2.50 mL, 26.5 mol). The solution was heated at reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was diluted with water (50 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 3.8 g of 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a brown oil.

Part G

Bromine (0.8 mL, 14.7 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of potassium acetate (2.00 g, 20.1 mmol) and 1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile ( 3.80 g, 13.4 mmol) in acetic acid (27 mL). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature, then was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a solid. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added to the solid until the mixture was pH 9. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a brown oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield 2.85 g of 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part H

To a mixture of 4-bromo-1-butyl-5-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.35 g, 6.49 mmol) and powdered molecular sieves (1 g) in toluene (41 mL) was added 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (2.25 g, 12.97 mmol), potassium phosphate (6.90 g, 32.5 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.148 g, 0.162 mmol) and bis(2-diphenylphosphinophenyl)ether (0.105 g, 0.195 mmol). Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the mixture for 5 minutes. The mixture was heated at 110° C. for 20 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was filtered through a plug of CELITE filter agent, which was rinsed until clear with a solution of dichloromethane and methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a residue that was used in the next step.

Part I

The material from Part H was dissolved in ethanol (24 mL) and a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethanol (2.7 M, 7.0 mL, 19 mmol) was added. The solution was heated at reflux for 2.5 hours. Upon cooling to ambient temperature, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was dissolved in water and the pH was adjusted with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate to pH 10. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to yield an off-white foam (1.50 g) that was crystallized from ethanol (20 mL). The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol, and dried under vacuum at 65° C. for 10 hours to yield 2-butyl-1-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as tan crystalline plates, mp 169-171° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.90 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J =8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (bs, 2H), 4.42 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.70-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.18 (m, 2H) 1.90 (pentet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.74 (sextet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (sextet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.99 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H);

MS (ESI) m/z 375 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Cacld for C₁₉H₂₆N₄O₂S: C, 60.94; H, 7.00: N, 14.96. Found: C, 60.85; H, 6.92; N, 14.90.

Example 61 2-Butyl-1-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A solution of 2-butyl-1-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 60, 0.50 g, 1.3 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (6 mL) was treated with platinum (IV) oxide (0.5 g) and shaken under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) for 20 hours on a Parr apparatus. The reaction mixture was filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent, and the CELITE filter agent was rinsed with dichloromethane (100 mL) until the rinses were clear. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The oil was suspended in water (20 mL) and treated with 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide to adjust the mixture to pH 14, causing a precipitate to form. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour, then the precipitate was isolated by filtration and washed with water. The white powder was recrystallized from acetonitrile (5 mL). The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with acetonitrile, and dried under vacuum at 65° C. to afford 0.40 g of 2-butyl-1-[2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as white crystals, mp 173-175° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 6.02 (bs, 2H), 4.28 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.43-3.37 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.85 (bs, 2H) 2.56 (bs, 2H), 1.85 (pentet, J=7.5 Hz, 1.77-1.70 (m, 6H), 1.33 (sextet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.00 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H);

MS (ESI) m/z 379 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Cacld for C₁₉H₃₀N₄O₂S: C, 60.29; H, 7.99: N, 14.80. Found: C, 59.98; H, 8.34; N 15.11.

Example 62 1-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Part A

A solution of mesityl oxide (30.0 mL, 262 mmol) and diethyl oxalate (35.6 mL, 262 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of sodium tert-butoxide (54.1 g, 563 mmol) in ethanol (187 mL) at ambient temperature according to the procedure described in Part B of Example 60. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour, then was treated with acetic acid (131 mL), potassium acetate (38.6 g, 393 mmol), and ethylhydrazine oxalate (43.2 g, 288.2 mmol) according to the procedure described in Part B of Example 60. The mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with water and chloroform. 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added until pH 11 was reached. The mixture was extracted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a black oil that was used without purification in the next step.

Part B

A mixture of the material from Part A, concencentrated ammonium hydroxide (500 mL) and methanol (200 mL) were stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. A white solid was isolated from the mixture by filtration. More solid was isolated from the filtrate to yield a total for 13.9 g of 1-ethyl-5-(2-methylprop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide.

Part C

A mixture of 1-ethyl-5-(2-methylprop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (5.0 g, 25.9 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (18.5 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction vessel was cooled in an ice bath and reaction mixture was poured over ice (100 mL). The quenched reaction mixture was made basic with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate and was extracted with chloroform. The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1-ethyl-5-(2-methylprop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile, all of which was used in the next step.

Part D

A solution of the material from Part C and mCPBA (11.7 g, 34.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (115 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The resulting mixture was diluted with water and the pH was made basic with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The solution was extracted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 5-(3,3-dimethyloxiran-2-yl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile, all of which was used in the next step.

Part E

Bromine (1.7 mL, 33.0 mmol) was added to a solution of the material from Part D in chloroform at 0° C. The red solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours, then saturated aqueous sodium bisulfite was added and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with chloroform (100 mL) and the pH was adjusted with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate to pH 11. The cloudy mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and was extracted with chloroform (3×75 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 4.4 g of a cloudy oil that was used without purification in the next step.

Part F

To a mixture of the material from Part E in toluene (62 mL) at ambient temperature was added azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN, 512 mg, 3.12 mmol) and tributyltin hydride (4.0 mL, 15.0 mmol). Bubbles were observed for a short period of time. The pale yellow solution was heated at 90° C. for 1 hour. The solution was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and subjected to chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 1.1 g of 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a colorless oil.

Part G

To a mixture of 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.0 g, 3.7 mmol) and powdered molecular sieves (1 g) in toluene (23 mL) was added 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (1.28 g, 7.4 mmol), potassium phosphate (3.92 g, 18.5 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) chloroform adduct (96 mg, 0.093 mmol) and bis(2-diphenylphosphinophenyl)ether (60 mg, 0.111 mmol). Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the mixture for 5 minutes. The mixture was heated at 110° C. for 1 day. After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was filtered through a plug of silica gel, which was rinsed with a solution of 3:2 chloroform/methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a residue that was used in the next step.

Part H

The material from Part G was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethanol (4 M, 2.8 mL, 11 mmol) was added. The solution was heated at reflux for 2 hours. Upon cooling to ambient temperature, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resulting oil was added 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate until the pH was basic, then brine was added and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-30% CMA in chloroform) then was recrystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.2 g of 1-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as light tan crystals, mp 223-225° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 285 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₀N₄O: C, 67.58; H, 7.09; N, 19.70. Found: C, 67.38; H, 7.39; N, 19.94.

Example 63 2-Ethyl-1-[4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A mixture of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 19, 1.0 g, 3.3 mmol), 1-(2-pyridyl)piperazine (0.752 mL, 4.95 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.8 g, 13.2 mmol), and sodium iodide (123 mg, 0.825 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 1 hour, then at 90° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and white solid formed. Water (100 mL) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and the solid was isolated by filtration and dried to yield 1.4 g of 2-ethyl-1-[4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine monohydrate as a white solid, mp 183-184° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 430 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₅H₃₁N₇.H₂O: C, 67.09; H, 7.43; N, 21.91. Found: C, 66.86; H, 7.66; N 22.11.

Example 64 1-(2-Amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A neat mixture of tert-butyl 1,1-dimethyl-3-oxobutylcarbamate (prepared as described in B. Peschke et al., Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1999, 34, 363-380, 14.0 g, 65.0 mmol) and diethyl oxalate (9.50 g, 65.0 mmol) was added in one portion, followed by an ethanol rinse (20 mL), to a stirred solution of sodium tert-butoxide (6.25 g, 65.0 mmol) in ethanol (46 mL). A precipitate formed immediately. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours, then acetic acid (66.4 mL) was added. The resulting solution was cooled to 10° C. and propylhydrazine oxalate (10.7 g, 65.0 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction was stirred for 45 minutes and the internal temperature reached 19° C. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and water was added. The mixture was stirred while 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added until carbon dioxide evolution ceased. The mixture was extracted three times with tert-butyl methyl ether. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield 17.9 g of a yellow solid that was recrystallized from hexanes (130 mL). The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with cold hexanes, and dried to yield 11.68 g of ethyl 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a white solid, mp 109-111° C. MS (APCI) m/z 354 (M+H)⁺; Anal. cacld for C₁₈H₃₁N₃O₄: C, 61.17; H, 8.84; N, 11.89. Found: C, 61.18; H, 9.17; N, 11.97.

Part B

Methanol (39.9 mL), lithium hydroxide (5.06 g, 121 mmol), and water (13.3 mL) were added to ethyl 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (10.65 g, 30.1 mmol) in a 500 mL round bottom flask. The mixture was stirred vigorously for 5.5 hours. Acetic acid (8.0 mL) and water (200 mL) were added. A white solid formed and more acetic acid (61 mL) was added. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried. A second crop of solid was isolated from the filtrate. The crops were combined to yield 8.77 g of 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid as a white solid, mp 151-152° C. MS (APCI) m/z 326 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₇N₃O₄: C, 59.06; H, 8.36; N, 12.91. Found: C, 58.93; H, 8.59; N, 12.94.

Part C

1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (5.68 g, 29.6 mmol) was added to a solution of 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (8.77 g, 27.0 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (4.00 g, 29.6 mmol) in DMF (44 mL) at ambient temperature. The mixture was stirred for 5.5 hours until a solution formed, then was cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated ammonium hydroxide (5.5 mL) was added and the cloudy solution was stirred for 10 minutes, then was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir overnight. Water (150 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with chloroform (4×75 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was concentrated twice from xylene under reduced pressure to afford an oil that was purified on chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, elution with ethyl acetate) to yield 8.21 g of tert-butyl 2-[3-(aminocarbonyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate as a white solid.

Part D

A solution of trifluoroacetic anhydride (3.93 mL, 27.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (51 mL) was added slowly to a 0° C. solution of tert-butyl 2-[3-(aminocarbonyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate (8.21 g, 25.3 mmol) and triethylamine (10.6 mL, 75.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (51 mL). After the addition was complete, the cooling bath was removed and the solution was stirred for 90 minutes. The solution was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (200 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted twice with chloroform. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an off white solid that was recrystallized from 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes, isolated by filtration, and dried to yield 6.77 g of tert-butyl 2-(3-cyano-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate as a white crystals, mp 115-116° C. MS (ESI) m/z 307 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₁₆H₂₆N₄O₂: C, 62.72; H, 8.55; N, 18.28. Found: C, 62.61; H, 8.46; N, 18.52.

Part E

tert-Butyl 2-(3-cyano-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate (5.15 g, 16.8 mmol) was brominated using a modified version of the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. In the reaction, 1.4 equivalents of bromine were used instead of 1.1 equivalents, chloroform was used instead of dichloromethane in the work-up, and no chromatographic purification was performed. The product, tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-3-cyano-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate (6.97 g), was isolated as a clear, colorless oil that may have contained some chloroform.

Part F

The material from Part E (approximately 16.8 mmol) was dissolved in 1-propanol and concentrated under reduced pressure twice, then was diluted with approximately 29 mL of 1-propanol. To the resulting solution was added 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (25.2 mL, 50.4 mmol), then water (5.88 mL), triphenylphosphine (397 mg, 1.51 mmol), palladium (II) acetate (113 mg, 0.504 mmol), and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (4.37 g, 25.2 mmol). The flask was equipped with a reflux condenser with a nitrogen inlet and was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen four times. The reaction was heated under a nitrogen atmosphere at 100° C. for 8 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (388 mg), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (25.2 mL), and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (4.37 g) were added. The mixture was heated at 100° C. for 11 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, then was extracted with chloroform four times. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield a brown oil. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 40-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes followed by 20% CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to yield an oil that was purified again by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 35-40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford 2.65 g of a light brown oil.

Part G

A solution of the material from Part F in 1 M HCl in ethanol (50 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 hours, then was allowed to stand at ambient temperature overnight before being concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a solid suspended in ethanol (approximately 5 mL). The suspension was cooled in an ice bath and diethyl ether (75 mL) was added. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether, and dried to yield 2.3 g of a white solid. The solid was dissolved in water and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added. The mixture was extracted with chloroform five times. The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a white solid that was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 20-30% CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to a volume of a few mL. A solid was precipitated with hexanes and was isolated by filtration and dried. The white powder was recrystallized form aceonitrile to yield 1.17 g of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as white granular crystals, mp 193-195° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 298 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅: C, 68.66; H, 7.80; N, 23.55. Found: C, 68.59; H, 7.50; N, 23.30.

Example 65 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]acetamide

Acetyl chloride (221 μL, 3.14 mmol) was added to a 0° C. stirred solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 840 mg, 2.82 mmol) and triethylamine (591 μL, 4.24 mmol) in dichloromethane (25.2 mL). The solution was stirred for 20.5 h at ambient temperature, then was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a foam that was dissolved in methanol. To the solution was added concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 90 minutes, then heated at reflux for 40 minutes. After cooling to ambient temperature, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added until the pH was basic. The solution was extracted with chloroform. The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichlormethane (10 mL), then triethylamine (786 mL) and acetyl chloride (300 mL) were added. The reaction was worked up as before, then methanol (20 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL) were added. The solution was heated at reflux for 30 minutes, left to stand at ambient temperature overnight, then heated at reflux again for 30 minutes. After cooling to ambient temperature, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added until the pH was adjusted to pH 10-11. The solution was extracted with chloroform three times. The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified twice by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 20-30% CMA in chloroform for the first column; gradient elution with 4-10% methanol in chloroform for the second column). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a colorless foam that was crystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes. A white solid was isolated and dried under vacuum at elevated temperature to yield 698 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]acetamide as a white solid, mp 182-183° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 340 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₉H₂₅N₅O.0.25H₂O: C, 66.35; H, 7.47; N, 20.36. Found: C, 66.29; H, 7.68; N, 20.09.

Example 66 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]methanesulfonamide

Methanesulfonyl chloride (232 μL, 3.00 mmol) was added to a 0° C. stirred solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 892 mg, 3.00 mmol) and triethylamine (627 μL, 4.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (26.7 mL). After 3 hours at 0° C., the solution was stirred for 2 days at ambient temperature. To the solution was added 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with chloroform four times. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a white solid. The crude product was purified by IFC (silica gel, elution with 10% CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a white foam that was crystallized from acetonitrile, isolated by filtration, and dried to yield 600 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]methanesulfonamide as a white solid, mp 130-139° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 376 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₅N₅O₂S.0.25H₂O: C, 56.89; H, 6.76; N, 18.43. Found: C, 56.85; H, 7.09; N, 18.40.

Example 67 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]cyclohexanecarboxamide

Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (401 μL, 3.00 mmol) was added to a 0° C. stirred solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 892 mg, 3.00 mmol) and triethylamine (627 μL, 4.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (26.7 mL). After 3 hours at 0° C., the solution was stirred for 2 days at ambient temperature. More triethylamine (697 μL) and cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (602 μL) was added. After 30 minutes, 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added to the solution. The mixture was extracted with chloroform four times. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Methanol (20 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL) were added. The solution was heated at reflux for 4 hours, then left to stand at ambient temperature overnight, then heated at reflux again for brief periods of time during the next 2 days. In all, the solution was heated at reflux for a total of 7 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added to adjust the mixture to pH 10-11. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the methanol. Water was added and a solid was isolated from the mixture by filtration. The solid was washed with water. Chloroform was added to the solid, and the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by IFC. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to a white solid that was recrystallized from 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes. The crystals were isolated by filtration and dried to yield 896 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]cyclohexanecarboxamide as a white solid, mp 190-191° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 408 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₃₃N₅O: C, 70.73; H, 8.16; N, 17.18. Found: C, 70.58; H, 8.30; N, 16.91.

Example 68 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]nicotinamide

Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (1.62 g, 9.08 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 1.08 g, 3.63 mmol) and triethylamine (2.8 mL, 20 mmol) in dichloromethane (32.4 mL). After 2 h, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (20 mL). Concentrated hydrochloric acid (4 mL) was added and the solution was heated at reflux for 30 minutes, then was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. To the solution was added 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate until the pH was basic, then water was added. The mixture was extracted with chloroform four times. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield a brown oil that was purified by IFC (silica gel, elution with CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to produce a yellow foam that was crystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes. The solid was isolated by filtration and dried to yield 418 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]nicotinamide as a pale yellow solid, mp 203-205° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 403 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₆N₆O.1.5H₂O: C, 64.31; H, 6.80; N, 19.57. Found: C, 64.06; H, 6.56; N, 19.64.

Example 69 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]-2-methylpropanamide

2-Methylpropanoyl chloride (786 μL, 7.50 mmol) was added to a 0° C. stirred solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 892 mg, 3.00 mmol) and triethylamine (1.32 mL, 9.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (26.7 mL). After 10 minutes at 0° C., the solution was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated to afford a white solid that was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (4 mL). The solution was heated at reflux for 3.5 hours, then was left to stand at ambient temperature overnight. To the solution was added 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate until the pH was basic. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the methanol. The mixture was extracted with chloroform four times. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield an off-white solid that was purified by IFC (silica gel, eluted with CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a white foam that was crystallized from 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes, and dried to yield 815 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]-2-methylpropanamide as a white solid, mp 177-178.5° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 368 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₉N₅O: C, 68.64; H, 7.95; N, 19.06. Found: C, 68.49; H, 8.23; N, 18.97.

Example 70 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]-N′-isopropylurea

Isopropyl isocyanate (255 mg, 3.00 mmol) was added to a 0° C. stirred solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 892 mg, 3.00 mmol) in dichloromethane (26.7 mL). After 4 hours at 0° C., the solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated to afford a colorless resin that was purified by IFC (silica gel, elution with CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to yield a solid that was recrystallized from ethyl acetate in hexanes. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with ethyl acetate/hexanes, and dried to yield 130 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]-N,′-isopropylurea as a white solid, mp 190-191° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 383 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₃₀N₆O.0.25H₂O: C, 65.17; H, 7.94; N, 21.72. Found: C, 65.15; H, 8.03; N, 21.76.

Examples 71-85

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 9, 23 mg, 0.10 mmol) and potassium carbonate (approximately 40 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). A stirbar was added to each test tube. The test tubes were capped and stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation.

The compounds were purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography (prep HPLC) using a Waters FractionLynx automated purification system. The prep HPLC fractions were analyzed using a Waters LC/TOF-MS, and the appropriate fractions were centrifuge evaporated to provide the trifluoroacetate salt of the desired compound. Reversed phase preparative liquid chromatography was performed with non-linear gradient elution from 5-95% B where A is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/water and B is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/acetonitrile. Fractions were collected by mass-selective tiggering. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

EXAMPLES 71-85

Ex- Measured am- Mass ple Reagent R (M + H) 71 none —H 241.1455 72 Benzyl bromide

331.1935 73 1-Bromopropane

283.1894 74 1-Bromopentane

311.2221 75 5-Bromovaleronitrile

322.2037 76 2-Iodobutane

297.2060 77 4-Methylbenzyl bromide

345.2080 78 4-Cyanobenzyl bromide

356.1867 79 1-Iodo-3-methylbutane

311.2220 80 3-Methoxybenzyl bromide

361.2035 81 beta-Bromophenetole

361.2040 82 4-Chlorobenzyl bromide

365.1545 83 Methyl 4- (bromomethyl)benzoate

389.1986 84 4- (Trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide

399.1820 85 3,4-Dichlorobenzyl bromide

399.1148

Examples 86-197

A regent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride (prepared as described in Parts A-J of Example 50, 31 mg, 0.10 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.069 mL, 0.40 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The test tubes were capped, shaken for four hours at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

EXAMPLES 86-197

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 86 none

242.1400 87 Acetylchloride

284.1511 88 Methyl chloroformate

300.1460 89 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

310.1672 90 Butryl chloride

312.1812 91 Ethyl chloroformate

314.1607 92 Methoxyacetyl chloride

314.1599 93 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride

324.1807 94 Pivaloyl chloride

326.1982 95 2-Furoyl chloride

336.1455 96 3-Furoyl chloride

336.1483 97 Benzoyl chionde

346.1654 98 Cyclopentylacetyl chloride

352.2130 99 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

352.2140 100 m-Toluoyl chloride

360.1840 101 p-Toluoyl chloride

360.1839 102 Phenylacetyl chloride

360.1836 103 o-Toluoyl chloride

360.1823 104 4-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

371.1636 105 3-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

371.1608 106 Cinnamoyl chloride

372.1824 107 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

374.1956 108 3-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

376.1795 109 p-Anisoyl chloride

376.1804 110 2-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

380.1255 111 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

380.1294 112 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

380.1310 113 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

347.1617 114 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

347.1597 115 Picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride

347.1585 116 trans-2-Phenyl-1- cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

386.1975 117 4-Dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride

389.2125 118 3-Dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride

389.2104 119 (Phenylthio)acetyl chloride

392.1530 120 2-Naphthoyl chloride

396.1837 121 2,4-Dimethoxybenzoyl chloride

406.1906 122 3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride

414.1536 123 3,4-Dichlorobenzoyl chloride

414.0906 124 2,4-Dichlorobenzoyl chloride

414.0908 125 2,6-Dichlorobenzoyl chloride

414.0900 126 3,5-Dichlorobenzoyl chloride

414.0910 127 4-Biphenylcarbonyl chloride

422.2006 128 Methanesulfonyl chloride

320.1184 129 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

334.1332 130 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

348.1492 131 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

348.1521 132 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

349.1465 133 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

362.1653 134 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

374.0889 135 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

382.1341 136 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanesulfonyl chloride

388.1060 137 2-Thiophenesulfonyl chloride

388.0883 138 3-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

396.1499 139 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

396.1493 140 o-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

396.1525 141 p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

396.1475 142 2-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

400.1256 143 3-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

400.1277 144 4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

400.1235 145 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

407.1299 146 4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

407.1327 147 beta-Styrenesulfonyl chloride

408.1498 148 3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

412.1471 149 4-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

412.1478 150 2-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

416.0967 151 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

416.0960 152 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

416.0978 153 1-Naphthalenesulfonyl chloride

432.1494 154 2-Naphthalenesulfonyl chloride

432.1490 155 2,5-Dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

442.1533 156 3,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

442.1549 157 3- (Trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride

450.1183 158 2- (Trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride

450.1194 159 4- (Trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride

450.1187 160 2,3-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

450.0583 161 2,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

450.0587 162 2,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

450.0571 163 2,6-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

450.0598 164 3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

450.0583 165 10-Camphorsulfonyl chloride

456.2094 166 4- (Trifluoromethoxy)benzenesulfonyl chloride

466.1161 167 Methyl isocyanate

299.1630 168 Ethyl isocyanate

313.1789 169 Isopropyl isocyanate

327.1940 170 Pentyl isocyanate

355.2246 171 Phenyl isocyanate

361.1775 172 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

367.2263 173 Benzyl isocyanate

375.1959 174 m-Tolyl isocyanate

375.1939 175 o-Tolyl isocyanate

375.1937 176 p-Tolyl isocyanate

375.1939 177 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

378.1530 178 4-Cyanophenyl isocyanate

386.1752 179 Benzoyl isocyanate

389.1724 180 (R)-(+)-alpha-Methylbenzyl isocyanate

389.2057 181 2-Phenyl ethyl isocyanate

389.2061 182 2-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

391.1881 183 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

391.1856 184 4-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

391.1888 185 2-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

395.1394 186 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

395.1395 187 4-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

395.1357 188 3,4-Difluorophenyl isocyanate

397.1572 189 trans-2-Phenylcyclopropyl isocyanate

401.2105 190 3-Acetylphenyl isocyanate

403.1882 191 1-Naphthyl isocyanate

411.1963 192 2-Morpholinoethyl isothiocyanate

414.2108 193 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl isocyanate

419.1846 194 4-(Dimethylamino)isothiocyanate

420.1989 195 3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl isocyanate

421.1974 196 3,5-Dimethoxyphenyl isocyanate

421.1998 197 4-Methyl-1-piperazinecarbonyl chloride

368.2194

Examples 198-270

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 50, 25 mg, 0.10 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.035 mL, 0.20 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped, shaken for four hours at ambient temperature, and then were shaken overnight. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the served accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Examples 198-270

EXAMPLES 198-270

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 198 none

246.1712 199 Acetyl chloride

288.1845 200 Propionyl chloride

302.1989 201 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

314.1982 202 Butyryl chloride

316.2153 203 Methoxyacetyl chloride

318.1920 204 Methyl chlorothiolformate

320.1528 205 Cyclopentylacetyl chloride

356.2448 206 m-Toluoyl chloride

364.2139 207 p-Toluoyl chloride

364.2139 208 Phenylacetyl chloride

364.2135 209 3-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

368.1854 210 4-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

368.1859 211 3-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

375.1942 212 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

378.2286 213 2-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

380.2076 214 3-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

380.2078 215 p-Anisoyl chloride

380.2050 216 2-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

384.1574 217 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

351.1942 218 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

351.1934 219 Picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride

351.1912 220 trans-2-Phenyl-1- cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

390.2289 221 3,4-Dimethoxybenzoyl chloride

410.2179 222 3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride

418.1834 223 2,4-Dichlorobenzoyl chloride

418.1243 224 Methanesulfonyl chloride

324.1476 225 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

338.1645 226 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

352.1780 227 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

353.1751 228 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

366.1972 229 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

378.1198 230 1-Methylimidazole-4-sulphonyl chloride

390.1730 231 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanesulfonyl chloride

392.1344 232 3-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

400.1787 233 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

400.1801 234 2-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

404.1536 235 3-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

404.1560 236 4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

404.1543 237 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

411.1613 238 4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

411.1631 239 beta-Styrenesulfonyl chloride

412.1797 240 3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

416.1752 241 4-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

416.1774 242 2-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

420.1244 243 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

420.1227 244 2-Naphthalenesulfonyl chloride

436.1782 245 N-Acetylsulfanilyl chloride

443.1829 246 3,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

446.1832 247 3- (Trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride

454.1510 248 3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

454.0905 249 3,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

454.0891 250 Methyl isocyanate

303.1942 251 Ethyl isocyanate

317.2078 252 Isopropyl isocyanate

331.2234 253 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

345.1847 254 Cyclopropylmethyl isothiocyanate

359.2050 255 Phenyl isocyanate

365.2102 256 Benzyl isocyanate

379.2238 257 m-Tolyl isocyanate

379.2245 258 p-Tolyl isocyanate

379.2234 259 Phenyl isothiocyanate

381.1844 260 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

382.1807 261 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

395.2202 262 4-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

395.2234 263 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

399.1696 264 1-Naphthyl isocyanate

415.2243 265 2-Morpholinoethyl isothiocyanate

418.2388 266 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

317.2071 267 1-Piperidinecarbonyl chloride

357.2418 268 4-Morpholinylcarbonyl chloride

359.2209 269 4-Methyl-1-piperazinecarbonyl chloride

372.2527 270 N-Methyl-N-phenylcarbamoyl chloride

379.2267

Examples 271-306

A reagent (0.14 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 9, 32 mg, 0.13 mmol) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). A stirbar was added to each test tube. The test tubes were capped and stirred overnight (approximately 18 horus) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

EXAMPLES 271-306

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 271 2-Bromoethyl methyl ether

299.1857 272 Iodomethane

255.1599 273 Cyclobutylmethyl bromide

309.2067 274 2-Bromopropanamide

312.1841 275 Methyl bromoacetate

313.1661 276 Iodoethane

269.1758 277 2-Iodoethanol

285.1724 278 2-Bromo-4-hydroxvaleric acid gamma-lactone

339.1794 279 1-Iodobutane

297.2073 280 (1-Bromoethyl)benzene

345.2084 281 alpha-Bromo-m-xylene

345.2065 282 alpha-Bromo-o-xylene

345.2049 283 Iodoacetic acid

299.1503 284 2-Cyclohexylethyl bromide

351.2532 285 alpha-Bromo-m-tolunitrile

356.1871 286 2-Chlorobenzyl bromide

365.1530 287 3-Chlorobenzyl bromide

365.1534 288 2,3-Difluorobenzyl bromide

367.1741 289 2,4-Difluorobenzyl bromide

367.1734 290 2,6-Difluorobenzyl bromide

367.1718 291 3,4-Difluorobenzyl bromide

367.1704 292 4-Nitrobenzyl bromide

376.1784 293 2-(Bromomethyl)naphthalene

381.2071 294 1-Iodo-3,3,3-trifluoropropane

337.1628 295 4-(tert-Butyl)benzyl bromide

387.2564 296 Methyl 3- (bromomethyl)benzoate

389.1986 297 2-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide

399.1796 298 3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide

399.1790 299 2,6-Dichlorobenzyl bromide

399.1157 300 4-Bromomethylbiphenyl

407.2252 301 Bromodiphenylmethane

407.2248 302 3-(Trifluoromethoxy)benzyl bromide

415.1747 303 4-(Trifluoromethoxy)benzyl bromide

415.1759 304 1-Adamantyl bromomethyl ketone

417.2643 305 4-(Bromomethyl)benzophenone

435.2195 306 2-(Bromoacetyl)pyridine hydrobromide

332.1870

Examples 307-348

A solution of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride (prepared as described in Example 23, 33 mg, 0.10 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.070 mL, 0.40 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL) was treated with a reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below using the procedure described in Examples 23-33. The test tubes were capped and shaken overnight at ambient temperature, then were worked up and purified as described in Examples 23-33. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Examples 307-348

EXAMPLES 307-348

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 307 Acetyl chloride

298.1668 308 Propionyl chloride

312.1841 309 Methyl chloroformate

314.1601 310 Butryl chloride

326.1995 311 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride

338.1966 312 Cyclopentylacetyl chloride

366.2291 313 m-Toluoyl chloride

374.2002 314 3-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

385.1764 315 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

388.2147 316 3-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

390.1935 317 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

394.1436 318 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

394.1441 319 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

361.1778 320 Picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride

361.1762 321 3-Dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride

403.2254 322 Methanesulfonyl chloride

334.1329 323 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

348.1497 324 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

362.1642 325 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

376.1806 326 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

388.1048 327 1-Methylimidazole-4- sulfonyl chloride

400.1549 328 3-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

410.1651 329 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

410.1644 330 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

421.1447 331 3-Methoxylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

426.1591 332 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

430.1097 333 Methyl isocyanate

313.1771 334 Ethyl isocyanate

327.1921 335 Methyl isothiocyanate

329.1542 336 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

355.1706 337 Pentyl isocyanate

369.2397 338 Cyclopropylmethyl isothiocyanate

369.1848 339 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

381.2404 340 Benzyl isocyanate

389.2104 341 m-Tolyl isocyanate

389.2086 342 Phenyl isothiocyanate

391.1704 343 Cyclohexyl isothiocyanate

397.2166 345 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

405.2052 346 trans-2-Phenylcyclopropyl isocyanate

415.2250 347 4-Morpholinylcarbonyl chloride

369.2028 348 N-Methyl-N- phenylcarbamoyl chloride

389.2051

Examples 349-453

Part A

2-[4-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]isoindole-1,3-dione (prepared as described in Example 22, 7.10 g, 17.2 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (4.20 mL, 85.9 mmol), and ethanol (213 mL) were combined and heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The solution was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, then was cooled to 0° C. A white solid precipitated from the solution and was isolated by filtration and washed with ethanol. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica, gradient elution with 10%-75% CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 4.25 g of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine.

Part B

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (28 mg, 0.10 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.026 mL, 0.15 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and the test tubes were shaken overnight at room temperature and then two drops of water were added to each test tube. The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Examples 349-453

EXAMPLES 349-453

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 349 none

284.1877 350 Acetyl chloride

326.1978 351 Propionyl chloride

340.2140 352 Methyl chioroformate

342.1937 353 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

352.2149 354 Butyryl chloride

354.2276 355 Methoxyacetyl chloride

356.2112 356 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride

366.2305 357 Pivaloyl chloride

368.2444 358 3-Furoyl chloride

378.1927 359 Hexanoyl chloride

382.2627 360 Benzoyl chloride

388.2150 361 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

394.2607 362 m-Toluoyl chloride

402.2298 363 p-Toluoyl chloride

402.2291 364 Phenylacetyl chloride

402.2286 365 4-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

413.2110 366 3-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

413.2065 367 Cinnamoyl chloride

414.2303 368 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

416.2462 369 2-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

418.2260 370 3-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

418.2227 371 Benzyl chloroformate

418.2251 372 p-Anisoyl chloride

418.2253 373 2-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

422.1730 374 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

422.1746 375 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

422.1752 376 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

389.2069 377 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

389.2081 378 Picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride

389.2097 379 trans-2-Phenyl-1- cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

428.2440 380 3-Dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride

431.2560 381 2-Naphthoyl chloride

438.2295 382 3,4-Dimethoxybenzoyl chloride

448.2343 383 3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride

456.2019 384 4-Biphenylcarbonyl chloride

464.2492 385 3-(Trifluoromethoxy)benzoyl chloride

472.1953 386 Methanesulfonyl chloride

362.1651 387 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

376.1832 388 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

390.1955 389 Isopropanesulfonyl chloride

390.1954 390 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

391.1898 391 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

404.2154 392 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

416.1362 393 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

424.1826 394 1-Methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl chloride

428.1883 395 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanesulfonyl chloride

430.1515 396 3-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

438.1981 397 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

438.1944 398 p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

438.2003 399 3-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

442.1712 400 4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

442.1740 401 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

449.1736 402 4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

449.1800 403 beta-Styrenesulfonyl chloride

450.1969 404 3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

454.1942 405 4-Methoxybenzenensulfonyl chloride

454.1910 406 2-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

458.1417 407 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

458.1423 408 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

458.1418 409 2-Naphthalenesulfonyl chloride

474.1969 410 3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

492.1036 411 10-Camphorsulfonyl chloride

498.2510 412 3-(Trifluoromethoxy)benzenesulphonyl

508.1635 413 Methyl isocyanate

341.2076 414 Ethyl isocyanate

355.2278 415 Methyl isothiocyanate

357.1883 416 Isopropyl isocyanate

369.2388 417 Ethyl isothiocyanate

371.2035 418 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

383.2018 419 Isopropyl isothiocyanate

385.2171 420 Pentyl isocyanate

397.2738 421 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

397.2174 422 Isobutyl isothiocyanate

399.2336 423 Phenyl isocyanate

403.2256 424 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

409.2725 425 Benzyl isocyanate

417.2388 426 m-Tolyl isocyanate

417.2409 427 o-Tolyl isocyanate

417.2403 428 p-Tolyl isocyanate

417.2428 429 Phenyl isothiocyanate

419.2035 430 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

420.1951 431 Benzoyl isocyanate

431.2180 432 2-Phenylethyl isocyanate

431.2529 433 2-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

433.2350 434 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

433.2338 435 4-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

433.2359 436 2-(Thien-2-yl)ethyl isocyanate

437.2132 437 2-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

437.1870 438 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

437.1870 439 4-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

437.1896 440 3,4-Difluorophenyl isocyanate

439.2064 441 trans-2-Phenylcyclopropyl isocyanate

443.2563 442 3-Cyanophenyl isothiocyanate

444.1997 443 3-Acetyiphenyl isocyanate

445.2336 444 2-Morpholinoethyl isothiocyanate

456.2535 445 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl isocyanate

461.2263 446 4-(Dimethylamino)phenyl isocyanate

462.2433 447 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

355.2226 448 Dimethylthiocarbamoyl chloride

371.2020 449 1-Piperidinecarbonyl chloride

395.2556 450 2-Oxo-1-imidazolidinecarbonyl chloride

396.2154 451 4-Methyl-1-piperazinecarbonyl chloride

410.2647 452 N-Methyl-N-phenylcarbamoyl chloride

417.2386 453 N-Methyl-N-phenylthiocarbamoyl chloride

433.2192

Example 454-488

Part A

Ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate was prepared from 6-chloro-2-hexanone (50.0 g, 357 mmol) and diethyl oxalate (48.4 mL, 357 mmol) according to the procedure described in Part A of Example 19 using methyl hydrazine (19.0 mL, 357 mmol) in place of ethylhydrazine oxalate. Ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate was isolated as a dark oil that was used without purification in the next step.

Part B

The material from Part A was converted into ethyl 5-[4-(acetyloxy)butyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate according to the procedure used in Part B of Example 19. The crude product was used without purification in the next step.

Part C

A solution of the material from Part B in methanol (175 mL) was treated with ammonium hydroxide (250 mL) according to a modification of the method described in Part D of Examples 1-4. The reaction was heated overnight at 125° C. and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The methanol and water were removed under reduced pressure. Acetonitrile was added and the mixture was filtered through a plug of silica gel (eluted with 20% methanol in chloroform). The filtrate was concentrated to yield 5-(4-hydroxybutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide that was used in the next step without further purification.

Part D

A modification of the method described in Part E of Examples 1-4 was used to treat 5-(4-hydroxybutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (42.9 g, 218 mmol) with phosphorous oxychloride (130 mL). The reaction was heated for two hours at 90° C. before cooling to 0° C. and pouring into ice water. The mixture was adjusted to pH 12 with the addition of 2 N aqueous sodium carbonate and 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide. The mixture was extracted with chloroform. The combined extracts were passed through a layer of silica gel (eluting first with chloroform and then with ethyl acetate to provide 23.0 g of 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a dark oil that was used in the next step without further purification.

Part E

A modification of the method described in Part E of Example 19 was used to convert the material from Part D (23.0 g) into 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile. The reaction was allowed to stir for one day before an aqueous solution of sodium bisulfite was added to quench the excess bromine. The reaction was worked up as described for Part E of Example 19, except that after the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, they were passed through a plug of silica gel (eluted with 1:1 ethyl acetate/hexanes). The filtrate was concentrated and the crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 10-50% ethyl acetate/hexanes. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to yield 7.3 g of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a clear oil.

Part F

2-Aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (9.20 g, 53.0 mmol), potassium phosphate (28.0 g, 133 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) chloroform adduct (685 mg, 0.662 mmol), and bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (428 mg, 0.795 mmol) were added to a mixture of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (7.30 g, 26.5 mmol) and powdered molecular sieves (1 g) in toluene (165 mL). Nitrogen was bubbled through the reaction mixture, and then the reaction was heated at 110° C. for 24 hours. The mixture was filtered through a layer of silica gel (eluting with 3:2 chloroform/methanol). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in ethanol (130 mL). Hydrogen chloride (20 mL of a 4 M solution in ethanol) was added to the solution and the reaction was heated at reflux for two hours and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The reaction was worked up as described in Part F of Example 19. After purification by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system, the solid was stirred in acetonitrile and filtered to provide 1.0 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine that was used in the next step. The filtrate was concentrated to provide an additional 4.0 g of product.

Part G

A reagent (0.15 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (29 mg, 0.10 mmol) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and heated at 100° C. for approximately 22 hours. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

454-488

EXAMPLES 454-488

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 454 none

289.1205 455 Piperidine

338.2332 456 (R)-3-Hydroxypyrrolidine

340.2130 457 Morpholine

340.2120 458 Thiazolidine

342.1721 459 1-Methylpiperazine

353.2425 460 4-Hydroxypiperidine

354.2310 461 3-Hydroxypiperidine

354.2268 462 Thiomorpholine

356.1884 463 N-Methylfurfurylamine

364.2134 464 N,N′-Dimethyl-3- aminopyrrolidine

367.2619 465 2,6-Dimethylmorpholine

368.2448 466 2-Piperidinemethanol

368.2426 467 3-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

368.2443 468 4-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

368.2437 469 3-Azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonane

378.2622 470 1-Acetylpiperazine

381.2406 471 Isonipecotamide

381.2375 472 Nipecotamide

381.2426 473 1-Methyl-4- (methylamino)piperidine

381.2733 474 Nipecotic acid

382.2213 475 N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazine

383.2571 476 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinoline

386.2333 477 2-(2- Methylaminoethyl)pyridine

389.2438 478 N-(2- Piperidylmethyl)dimethylamine

395.2915 479 4-(1-Pyrrolidinyl)-piperidine

407.2894 480 1-(2-Ethoxyethyl)piperazine

411.2862 481 1-Phenylpiperazine

415.2572 482 1-(2-Pyrdiyl)piperazine

416.2568 483 4-Benzylpiperidine

428.2816 484 1-(2-Furoyl)piperazine

433.2371 485 2-Piperidin-1-ylmethyl- piperidine

435.3229 486 N,N-Diethylnipecotamide

437.3021 487 N-Isopropyl-1- piperazineacetamide

438.3000 488 1-Cinnamylpiperazine

455.2915

Example 489-518

Part A

Potassium phthalimide (4.90 mg, 26.4 mmol), sodium iodide (495 mg, 3.30 mmol), and DMF (22 mL) were added to 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (4.00 g, 13.2 mmol, prepared as described in Parts A-F of Examples 454-489), and the reaction was heated at 90° C. for two hours under a nitrogen atmosphere and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Water (100 mL) was added and a precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration to yield 3.7 g of 2-[4-(4-amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]-1H-isoindole-1,3 (2H)-dione that was used in the next step.

Part B

A solution of the material from Part A (3.7 g, 8.9 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (2.15 mL, 44.5 mmol) in ethanol (111 mL) was heated at reflux for 30 minutes, then was cooled to 0° C. and a white solid formed. The solid was isolated and washed with ethanol. The solid was combined with some material from another experiment and was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 5-50% CMA in chloroform). The appropriate fractions were combined, concentrated, and triturated with acetonitrile to afford a solid that was isolated by filtration to yield 880 mg of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan powder.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.23 (dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (td, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (td, J=8.1, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (br s, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 3.23 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H);

MS (APCI) m/z 270 (M+H)⁺.

Part C

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (27 mg, 0.01 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.033 mL, 0.20 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken overnight at room temperature and then two drops of water were added to each test tube. The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

EAMPLES 489-518

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 489 none H 270.1720 490 Acetyl chloride

312.1822 491 Propionyl chloride

326.1971 492 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

338.1985 493 Butyryl chloride

340.2134 494 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride

352.2128 495 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

408.1593 496 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

408.1610 497 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

375.1924 498 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

375.1945 499 Methanesulfonyl chloride

348.1503 500 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

362.1656 501 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

376.1838 502 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

390.1973 503 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

402.1238 504 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

410.1693 505 3-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

428.1566 506 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

435.1588 507 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

444.1227 508 Methyl isocyanate

327.1951 509 Ethyl isocyanate

341.2088 510 Isopropyl isocyanate

355.2279 511 Pentyl isocyanate

383.2570 512 Phenyl isocyanate

389.2083 513 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

395.2576 514 Benzyl isocyanate

403.2261 515 2-Phenylethyl isocyanate

417.2420 516 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

341.2114 517 4-Morpholinylcarbonyl chloride

383.2235 518 4-Methyl-1- piperazinecarbonyl chloride

396.2516

Examples 519-572

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing the bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (50 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 51) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.070 mL, 0.40 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken overnight at room temperature and then two drops of water were added to each test tube. The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

EXAMPLES 519-572

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 519 none H 274.2038 520 Acetyl chloride

316.2154 521 Propionyl chloride

330.2310 522 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

342.2291 523 Butyryl chloride

344.2472 524 Benzoyl chloride

378.2303 525 Cyclopentylacetyl chloride

384.2774 526 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

384.2748 527 Phenylacetyl chloride

392.2445 528 3-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

396.2219 529 4-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

396.2224 530 4-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

403.2255 531 3-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

403.2243 532 3-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

408.2416 533 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

412.1931 534 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

412.1929 535 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

379.2278 536 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

379.2258 537 Picolinoyl chloride hydrocloride

379.2265 538 Methanesulfonyl chloride

352.1819 539 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

366.1990 540 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

380.2133 541 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

380.2134 542 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

381.2080 543 1 -Butanesulfonyl chloride

394.2316 544 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

406.1540 545 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

414.1985 546 1-Methylimidazole-4- sulfonyl chloride

418.2029 547 3-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

428.2123 548 3-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

432.1890 549 4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

439.1953 550 3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

444.2095 551 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

448.1604 552 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

448.1575 553 Methyl isocyanate

331.2267 554 Ethyl isocyanate

345.2419 555 Isopropyl isocyanate

359.2592 556 Pentyl isocyanate

387.2903 557 Phenyl isocyanate

393.2431 558 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

399.2892 559 Benzyl isocyanate

407.2554 560 m-Tolyl isocyanate

407.2596 561 3-Pyridyl isothiocycante

410.2142 562 2-Phenylethyl isocyanate

421.2730 563 2-Methoxylphenyl isocyanate

423.2517 564 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

423.2527 565 4-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

423.2525 566 2-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

427.2018 567 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

427.2028 568 3,4-Difluorophenyl isocyanate

429.2248 569 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

345.2408 570 4-Morpholinylcarbonyl chloride

387.2500 571 4-Methyl-1- piperazinecarbonyl chloride

400.2845 572 N-Methyl-N- phenylcarbamoyl chloride

407.2571

Example 573 1,2-Diethyl-7-methoxy-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

To a stirred solution of N-(2-bromo-5-methoxyphenyl)-2,2-dimethylpropanamide (2.82 g, 9.85 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) at −78° C. was added slowly a solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (2.5 M, 8.30 mL, 20.7 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 minutes in a −40° C. bath, then was cooled back to −78° C. Triisopropyl borate (6.82 mL, 29.6 mmol) was added slowly. The solution was stirred for 1 hour at −40° C., then was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford a residue that was triturated with hexanes. The hexanes were decanted and the residue was stirred in methanol/water to precipitate a white solid that was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to yield 1.36 g of 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]-4-methoxyphenylboronic acid, m.p. 256-257° C. The material was used in the next step without further purification.

Part B

A 50 mL round bottom flask containing a mixture of 4-bromo-1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (prepared as described in Part E of Example 11, 1.12 g, 4.91 mmol) and 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]-4-methoxyphenylboronic acid (1.36 g, 5.40 mmol) in 1-propanol (25 mL) was evacuated and backfilled with nitrogen. To the flask was added triphenylphosphine (38.6 mg, 0.147 mmol), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (7.4 mL), water (5 mL), and palladium (II) acetate (11 mg, 0.048 mmol). The yellow suspension was heated at 100° C. After 3 hours, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, water (10 mL) was added, and the 1-propanol was removed under reduced pressure. The water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (50 mL), water (50 mL), and brine (50 mL), then dried over sodium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 0.54 g of N-[2-(3-cyano-1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-methoxyphenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide as a colorless liquid.

MS (ESI) m/z 355.28 (M+H)⁺

Part C

A solution of sodium ethoxide in ethanol (21% by weight, 2.29 mL, 13.9 mmol) was added to a solution of N-[2-(3-cyano-1,5-diethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-methoxyphenyl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide (0.5 g, 1.41 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes and then heated at reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was triturated with water to provide a solid that was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried. The material was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-20% CMA in chloroform) followed by crystallization from acetonitrile to yield 0.23 g of 1,2-diethyl-7-methoxy-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as beige needles, mp 210-211° C.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.8 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J=8.6, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 2H), 4.40 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 3.21 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H);

¹³C-NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃) δ158.0, 151.4, 145.6, 137.9, 135.3, 122.8, 116.8, 113.6, 110.6, 108.7, 55.3, 44.7, 18.6, 16.4, 13.6;

MS (ESI) m/z 271.2 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₈N₄O: C, 66.65; H, 6.71; N, 20.73. Found: C, 66.27; H, 6.59; N, 20.72.

Example 574 2-Ethyl-7-methoxy-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Using a modification on the method described in Part B of Example 573, 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-phenylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (prepared as described in Part E of Example 41, 10.3 g, 33.9 mmol) was coupled with 2-[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)amino]-4-methoxyphenylboronic acid (prepared as described in Part A of Example 573, 15.3 g, 60.9 mmol). The reaction was worked up and purified as described in Part B of Example 573 to yield 1.7 g of N-{2-[3-cyano-1-ethyl-5-(2-phenylethyl)-1H-pyrazol4-yl]-5-methoxyphenyl}-2,2-dimethylpropanamide as a colorless liquid, MS (ESI) m/z 431.17 (M+H)⁺.

Part B

A modification of the method described in Part C of Example 573 was used to convert the material from Part A into 2-ethyl-7-methoxy-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution with 0-30% CMA in chloroform) followed by crystallization from acetonitrile to yield 0.57 g of 2-ethyl-7-methoxy-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as an off-white solid, mp 162-163° C. MS (ESI) m/z 347.32 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₂₁H₂₂N₄O: C, 72.81; H, 6.40; N, 16.17. Found: C, 72.60; H, 6.53; N, 16.32.

Example 575 4-Amino-2-ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol hydrochloride

2-Ethyl-7-methoxy-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.37 g, 1.07 mmol) was added in one portion to boiling pyridinium chloride (3.70 g, 32.0 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours, and then was allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was triturated with ice water and the precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to yield 0.38 g of 4-amino-2-ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol hydrochloride as a light grey solid, mp>300° C.

MS (ESI) m/z 333.31 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₀H₂₀N₄O.1.1HCl.0.25H₂O: C, 63.72; H, 5.78; N, 14.86; Cl, 10.34. Found: C, 63.75; H, 5.96; N, 15.10; Cl, 10.61.

Example 576 4-Amino-2-ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate

N-Phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonamide (0.187 g, 0.447 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 4-amino-2-ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol hydrochloride (0.15 g, 0.41 mmol) and triethylamine (0.280 mL, 2.03 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). After 6 hours, water (25 mL) was added and a precipitate formed that was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried to yield 0.175 g of 4-amino-2-ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate as a white powder, mp 178-179° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.05 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (m, 6H), 7.09 (s, 2H), 4.18 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.54 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.00 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

MS (APCI) m/z 465.13 (M+H)⁺.

Example 577 1-(4-Aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A mixture of potassium phthalimide (6.61 g, 35.7 mmol), sodium iodide (0.669 g, 4.46 mmol) and 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 46, 5.65 g, 17.8 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature overnight, then was diluted with ice water (300 mL) and stirred for 10 minutes. A solid formed that was collected by filtration and dried to yield 7.14 g of 2-[4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]-1H-isoindole-1,3 (2H)-dione as a tan solid, mp 204-206° C. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.86-7.70 (m, 5H), 7.69-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 1H), 5.37 (br s, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.75 (m, 6H), 0.98 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H).

Part B

A mixture of 2-[4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]-1H-isoindole-1,3 (2H)-dione (7.21 g, 16.9 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (4.22 g, 84.3 mmol) in ethanol (400 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 hours. The resulting solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 3.52 g of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a yellow solid, mp 137-139° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 298.2 (M+H)⁺.

Example 578 1-(4-Aminobutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A solution of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (2.40 g, 8.06 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (20 mL) was treated with platinum (IV) oxide. The mixture was hydrogenated on a Parr apparatus at 50 psi (3.5×10⁵ Pa) for 1 day, and then was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and methanol (25 mL). The mixture was filtered through CELITE filter agent. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 6.0 g the bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine in residual trifluoroacetic acid as a yellow liquid.

MS (APCI) m/z 302.3 (M+H)⁺.

Examples 579-581

Part A

A solution of 1-butyl-2-tert-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 43, 1.43 g, 4.60 mmol) in 6 M HCl in water (40 mL) was heated at 100° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed too cool to room temperature and a white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water to provide 1-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride that was used in the next step without extensive drying. Alternatively, the product can be dried in a vacuum oven at 95° C.

Anal. calcd for C₁₄H₁₆N₄.0.8HCl: C, 56.31; H. 5.67; N, 18.76. Found: C, 56.64; H, 5.10; N, 18.68.

Part B

A solution of 1-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride (1 equivalent, 0.06 M), sodium tert-butoxide (3 equivalents), and an alkyl iodide from the table below (3 equivalents) in ethanol was heated at reflux for 1-4 days. Additional alkyl iodide was added if necessary. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and a precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried. The crude product was purified by IFC (silica gel, gradient elution with CMA in chloroform). In Example 579, the product was further purified by precipitation from ethanol/water. In Examples 580 and 581, the product was further purified by reverse phase chromatography (gradient elution with acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% formic acid). In all examples, the final product was dried at 90° C. under vacuum.

Example 579

1,2-Dibutyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was obtained as a white powder, mp 143.0-145.0° C.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.89 (dd, J=7.9, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (td, J=7.2, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (td, J=8.0, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (br s, 2H), 4.36 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 1.91-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.49 (sextet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (sextet, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 297 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₄N₄: C,72.94; H, 8.16; N, 18.90. Found: C, 72.70; H, 8.08; N, 19.05.

Example 580

The formic acid salt of 1-butyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was obtained as a white powder, mp 164-166° C.

¹H NMR (700 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.17 (s, 0.8H), 7.90-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.83 (br s, 2H), 4.34 (t, J=7 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (sextet, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (pentet, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (sextet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H);

¹³C NMR (175 MHz, DMSO) δ 163.34, 150.49, 143.04, 137.98, 135.33, 125.69, 125.12, 121.74, 121.65, 119.48, 116.25, 50.76, 30.62, 24.57, 23.53, 21.83, 13.66, 10.89;

MS (APCI) m/z 283 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₂N₄.1.0CH₂O₂.0.2H₂O: C,65.12; H. 7.41; N, 16.87. Found: C, 64.73; H, 7.53; N, 16.92.

Example 581

The formic acid salt of 1-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was obtained as a white powder, mp 202-203° C.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.17 (s, 0.8H), 7.92 (dd, J=7.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=8.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (td, J=7.1, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (td, J=7.9, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (br s, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.23 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (pentet, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (sextet, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H);

¹³C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO) δ 163.29, 150.38, 142.94, 138.15, 134.96, 125.70, 125.05, 121.73, 121.54, 119.39, 116.46, 37.23, 30.10, 24.67, 21.76, 13.62;

MS (APCI) m/z 255 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₈N₄.0.8 CH₂O₂.0.02 H₂O: C,65.10; H, 6.79; N, 19.22. Found: C, 64.75; H, 6.74; N, 19.22.

EXAMPLES 579-581

Example Alkylating agent in Part B R 579 1-iodobutane —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃ 580 1-iodopropane —CH₂CH₂CH₃ 581 iodomethane —CH₃

Examples 582 2-Isopropyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A poly(tetrafluoroethylene)-lined steel pressure vessel containing a solution of 2-benzyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 36, 0.8821 g, 3.06 mmol) in anhydrous hydrogen bromide in acetic acid (10 mL) was heated in a 140° C. oven for 17 hours. The vessel was allowed to cool to room temperature. A solid formed that was isolated by filtration and washed with water to yield 1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine that was used in the next step.

Part B

The general method described in Part B of Examples 579-581 was used to convert the material from Part A into 2-isopropyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine, using 2-iodopropane as the alkyl iodide. The purification method described for Example 579 was used to provide 0.0398 g of 2-isopropyl-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 221.0-222.0° C.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.02 (dd, J=7.9,1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.1, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (td, J=7.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (td, J=7.9, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (br s, 2H), 4.94 (septet, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 1.53 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H);

MS (APCI) m/z 241 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₄H₁₆N₄.0.15 H₂O: C,69.21; H, 6.76; N, 23.06. Found: C, 68.81; H, 6.60; N, 22.85.

Example 583 4-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl acetate

1-(4-Chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (3.8 g, 12.5 mmol, prepared as described in Example 19) was combined with potassium acetate (3.68 g, 37.5 mmol), sodium iodide (470 mg, 3.12 mmol), and DMF (21 mL). The mixture was heated at 90° C. for 2 hours, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, diluted with water (100 mL), stirred for 20 minutes, and then filtered to remove a black solid. The filtrate was allowed to stand for 1 week at which time crystals had formed. The crystals were isolated by filtration, purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (25+M cartridge eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 70:30), and then recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 55 mg of 4-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl acetate as a tan crystalline solid, mp 128-129° C. MS (APCI) m/z 327 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₂N₄O₂: C, 66.24; H, 6.79; N, 17.17. Found: C, 66.01; H, 6.89; N, 17.24.

Example 584 N-[-3-(4-Amino-2-tert-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)propyl]methanesulfonamide

Part A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture sodium tert-butoxide (88.45 g, 0.920 mol) and ethanol (625 mL) was stirred for 5 minutes and then cooled to 0° C. A solution of diethyl oxalate (119 mL, 0.877 mol) and 6-chloro-2-pentanone (100 mL, 0.877 mol) in a minimal amount of ethanol was added and a precipitate formed immediately. The reaction was stirred for 5 minutes, then acetic acid (438 mL of 2 M) was added and a solution was obtained. Potassium acetate (129.0 g, 1.314 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 minutes at which time it solidified. tert-Butylhydrazine oxalate hydrochloride (120.1 g, 0.964 mol) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature with stirring overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane and water and the mixture was adjusted to pH 11 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane; the combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide ethyl 1-tert-butyl-5-(3-chloropropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate that was used without purification.

Part B

The material from Part A was combined with 6 M sodium hydroxide (292 mL) and ethanol (219 mL), stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water. The solution was extracted with diethyl ether (2×100 mL) and then acidified to pH 4 with 3 N hydrochloric acid. A precipitate formed; the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and then filtered. The isolated solid was washed with water and then air dried for 48 hours to provide 65.9 g of 1-tert-butyl-5-(3-chloropropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid as a tan solid.

Part C

1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (8.63 g, 45.0 mmol) was added to a solution of material from Part B (10 g, 40.9 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (6.08 g, 45.0 mmol) in DMF (70 mL). The solution was stirred for 30 minutes and then cooled to 0° C. Ammonium hydroxide (8.1 mL of 15 M, 123 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and then extracted with diethyl ether (4×150 mL). The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1-tert-butyl-5-(3-chloropropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a brown oil.

Part D

The material from Part C, triethylamine (17.1 mL, 123 mmol), and dichloromethane (136 mL) were combined and then cooled to 0° C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (6.3 mL, 45 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 1 minute. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and then quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL). The reaction mixture was diluted with water and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1-tert-butyl-5-(3-chloropropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part E

Bromine (2.5 mL, 49 mmol) was added in a single portion to a mixture of the material from Part D, potassium acetate (8.0 g, 82 mmol), and acetic acid (82 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hours, quenched with sodium bisulfite, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane and water and the mixture was adjusted to pH 11 with aqueous sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a black oil. The oil was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 7:3 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to provide 7.5 g of a dark yellow oil. Analysis by NMR indicated that the oil contained 4-bromo-1-tert-butyl-5-(3-chloropropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile 5 and starting material in about a 9:1 ratio.

Part F

2-Aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (8.5 g, 49.2 mmol), potassium phosphate (15.6 g, 73.8 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) chloroform adduct (563 mg, 0.615 mmol), and bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (397 mg, 0.738 mmol) were added to a solution of the material from Part E in toluene (153 mL) containing powdered molecular sieves (1 g). Nitrogen was bubbled through the reaction mixture, and then the reaction was heated at 110° C. for 24 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and then filtered through a layer of silica gel (eluting with 3:2 chloroform/methanol). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethanol (120 mL). Hydrogen chloride (20 mL of a 4 M solution in ethanol) was added to the resulting solution, and the reaction was heated at reflux for two hours and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was adjusted to pH 10 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was diluted with brine and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65+M cartridge, eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 70:30). The cleanest fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 250 mg of off white crystals. The remaining fractions and the mother liquor from the recrystallization were combined and concentrated to provide 2 g of 2-tert-butyl-1-(3-chloropropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a yellow solid.

Part G

Methanesulfonamide (3.0 g, 31.5 mmol) was added to a chilled (0° C.) suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.2 g, 31.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL); the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for five minutes. The yellow solid from Part F, DMF (4 mL) and sodium iodide (235 mg, 1.57 mmol) were sequentially added. The reaction was heated at 90° C. for three hours, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and then poured into ice water (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour at which time a precipitate formed. The solid was isolated by filtration and then dissolved in a mixture of dichloromethane and chloroform. The solution was dried over sodium sulfate and then purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 70:30). The resulting solid was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 80 mg of N-[3-(4-amino-2-tert-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)propyl]methanesulfonamide as gray crystals, mp 223-224° C. MS (APCI) m/z 376 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₅N₅O₂S: C, 57.58; H, 6.71; N, 18.65 Found: C, 57.71; H, 7.00; N, 18.81.

Example 585 1-(4-Amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Part A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, sodium tert-butoxide (54.1 g, 0.564 mol) and ethanol (187 mL) were combined at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. A mixture of mesityl oxide (30 mL, 0.26 mol) and diethyl oxalate (35.6 mL, 0.26 mol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added over a period of 1 minute. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours at ambient temperature and then cooled to 0° C. Acetic acid (131 mL) and methyl hydrazine (15.3 mL, 0.288 mol) were added. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature with stirring overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with chloroform (500 mL) and water (1 L) and the mixture was adjusted to pH 11 with the addition of 50% sodium hydroxide. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (3×250 mL); the combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide ethyl 1-methyl-5-(2-methylprop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a black oil that was used without purification.

Part B

The material from Part B was combined with 6 M sodium hydroxide (87 mL) and ethanol (655 mL), stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water and the solution acidified to pH 4 by the addition of 3 N hydrochloric acid. A precipitate formed; the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and then filtered. The isolated solid was washed with water and then air dried for 24 hours to provide 39 g of 1-methyl-5-(2-methylprop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid as a tan solid.

Part C

The material from Part B was combined with dichloromethane (870 mL) and a drop of DMF. Oxalyl chloride (45.8 mL, 525 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes and then cooled to 0° C. Chilled (0° C.) ammonium hydroxide (250 mL of 15 M) was added in a single portion. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then extracted with chloroform. The combined extracts were dried and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 31.9 g of 1-methyl-5-(2-methylprop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a brown oil.

Part D

The material from Part C was combined with toluene (250 mL) and stirred until a solution was obtained. Phosphorous oxychloride (28.5 mL, 302 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours. The toluene layer was poured into ice water; the mixture was made basic by the addition of 2 N aqueous sodium carbonate and then extracted with chloroform. The extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1-methyl-5-(2-methylprop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a dark oil.

Part E

mCPBA (57 g of 50%) was added in a single portion to a solution of the material from Part D in dichloromethane (750 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight and then filtered to remove the chlorobenzoic acid. The filter cake was rinsed with a small amount of dichloromethane. The filtrate was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (1×200 mL). The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 5-(3,3-dimethyloxiran-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part F

Bromine (16.14 mL, 315 mmol) was added to a solution of the material from Part E in acetic acid (300 mL) at 0° C. The red solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours, and then saturated aqueous sodium bisulfite was added until the red color was gone. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the acetic acid. The residue was diluted with chloroform (100 mL) and the pH was adjusted with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate to pH 11. The cloudy mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with chloroform (3×75 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to a cloudy oil. The oil was combined with acetonitrile (300 mL) and aqueous hydrogen bromide (35 mL of 48%) and stirred for 1 hour. Aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate was added until the mixture was basic. The resulting solution was diluted with water and then extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a dark yellow oil. The oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from 9:1 to 1: 1) to provide 10.5 g of crude 4-bromo-5-(1-bromo-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part G

Azobisisobutyronitrile (600 mg, 3.6 mmol) and tributyltin hydride (7.3 mL, 27.3 mmol) were added to a mixture of portion of the material from Part E (6.4 g, 18 mmol) and toluene (91 mL). After bubbling had ceased, the pale yellow solution was heated at 90° C. for 1 hour. Analysis by TLC indicated that starting material was still present. An additional equivalent of tributyltin hydride was added and the reaction mixture was heated for an additional 30 minutes; this was repeated. The reaction mixture was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65+M cartridge eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate in a gradient from all hexane to 1:1) to provide 2.7 g of 4-bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a colorless oil.

Part H

2-Aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (3.6 g, 20.8 mmol), potassium phosphate (11.0 g, 52.0 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) chloroform adduct (238 mg, 0.26 mmol), and bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (167 mg, 0.312 mmol) were added to a solution of the material from Part G in toluene (65 mL) containing powdered molecular sieves (1 g). Nitrogen was bubbled through the reaction mixture, and then the reaction was heated at 110° C. for 24 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and then filtered through a layer of silica gel (eluting with 3:2 chloroform/methanol). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in ethanol (52 mL). Hydrogen chloride (4.8 mL of a 4 M solution in ethanol) was added to the resulting solution, and the reaction was heated at reflux for two hours and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was adjusted to pH 10 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The mixture was diluted with brine and chloroform. A white solid that did not dissolve in either layer was isolated by filtration and then recrystallized from ethanol to provide 300 mg of 1-(4-amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as gray crystals, mp 256-257° C. MS (APCI) m/z 271 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₈N₄O: C, 66.65; H, 6.71; N, 20.73. Found: C, 66.51; H, 6.89; N, 20.79.

Example 586 1-(4-Amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

The mother liquor from Example 585 Part H was concentrated to provide 1 g of 1-(4-amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol. This material was combined with platinum oxide (750 mg) and trifluoroacetic acid (25 mL) and shaken under hydrogen pressure on a Parr apparatus for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent and the filter cake was rinsed with dichloromethane. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL), the pH was adjusted to pH 12 with 50% sodium hydroxide, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and then purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 0 to 30% CMA in chloroform). The resulting solid was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 160 mg of 1-(4-amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as tan crystals, mp 228-234° C. MS (APCI) m/z 275 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₂₂N₄O: C, 65.67; H, 8.08; N, 20.42. Found: C, 65.53; H, 8.19; N, 20.47.

Example 587 1-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Using the method of Example 586, 1-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol (100 mg, prepared as described in Example 62) was reduced and purified to provide 25 mg of 1-(4-amino-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as a white powder, mp 202-204° C. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 5.96 (s, 2H), 4.55 (s, 1H), 4.46 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.57 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 4H), 1.39 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 6H); ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 6 149.11, 141.0, 135.20, 132.16, 123.77, 110.30, 70.70, 45.56, 37.93, 32.09, 30.18, 25.10, 23.46, 23.15, 15.91; MS (APCI) m/z 289 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₄N₄O: C, 66.64; H, 8.39; N, 19.43. Found: C, 66.46; H, 8.58; N, 19.23.

Example 588 5-Butyl-2,3-dimethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-7-amine

Part A

Methylhydrazine (6.2 mL, 117 mmol) was added to a chilled (0° C.) solution of methyl pyruvic acetate (15.0 mL, 107 mmol) in acetic acid (210 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water, made basic (pH 11) by the addition of aqueous saturated sodium carbonate, and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 14.6 g of ethyl 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a dark oil.

Part B

The material from Part A (3.0 g, 17.8 mmol) was combined in a stainless steel reactor with 7 N ammonia in methanol (30 mL). The reaction was sealed and heated at 150° C. for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.5 g of crude 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a dark brown solid.

Part C

The material from Part B, triethylamine (7.5 mL, 54 mmol), and dichloromethane (60 mL) were combined and then cooled to 0° C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (3.8 mL, 27 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 1 minute. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and then quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (30 mL). The reaction mixture was diluted with water and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part D

A solution of iodine monochloride (3.9 g, 24.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (12 mL) was added to a mixture of material from Part C (1.5 g, 12.3 mmol), dichloromethane (20 mL) and freshly ground potassium carbonate (3.2 g, 23 mmol). After 1 hour the reaction mixture was quenched with sodium bisulfite until all color was gone, diluted with water, and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 2.5 g of 4-iodo-1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part E

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, material from Part D (200 mg, 0.81 mmol), hexyne (0.18 mL, 1.6 mmol), copper(I) iodide (30 mg, 0.16 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (57 mg, 0.081 mmol), triethylamine (0.24 mL, 2.4 mmol) and acetonitrile (4 mL) were combined and then heated at reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with 7:3 hexanes:ethyl acetate, and then filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (25+M cartridge, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 140 mg of 4-(hex-1-ynyl)-1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a brown oil.

Part F

The material from Part E was combined in a stainless steel reactor with 7 N ammonia in methanol (10 mL). The reaction was sealed and heated at 150° C. for 58 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a brown oil. The oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% CMA in chloroform) to provide a tan solid. This material was triturated with acetonitrile to provide 60 mg of 5-butyl-2,3-dimethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-7-amine as a tan powder, mp 130-131° C. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.17 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 2.46-2.49 (m, 5H), 1.16 (m, 2H), 1.30 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, J=7.25 Hz, 3H); ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 149.15, 146.42, 133.04, 129.13, 122.17, 97.71, 36.10, 36.05, 30.44, 20.79, 12.80, 8.39; MS (APCI) m/z 219.2 (M+H)⁺; HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₁₂H₁₈N₄+H: 219.161, found 219.1594. Anal. calcd for C₁₂H₁₈N₄.0.15 H₂O: C, 65.22; H, 8.35; N, 25.35. Found: C, 65.52; H, 8.72; N, 25.64.

Example 589 N-[4-(4-Amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]morpholine-4-carboxamide

Part A

A mixture of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (2.8 g, 8.6 mmol, prepared as described in Part F of Examples 454-488), platinum oxide, and trifluoroacetic acid was shaken under hydrogen pressure on a Parr apparatus for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent and the filter cake was rinsed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL), the pH was adjusted to pH 12 with 50% sodium hydroxide, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% CMA in chloroform) to provide 2.0 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine as a yellow solid.

Part B

A mixture of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (385 mg, 1.31 mmol), potassium phthalimide (362 mg, 1.96 mmol), sodium iodide (50 mg, 0.327 mmol), and DMF (2 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and then diluted with water (30 mL) while stirring in an ice bath. A precipitate was isolated by filtration to obtain 2-[4-(4-amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]-1H-isoindole-1,3 (2H)-dione as a yellow solid.

Part C

The material from Part B was combined with hydrazine hydrate (0.3 mL, 6.55 mmol) and ethanol (15 mL) and heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was chilled to 0° C. A precipitate was removed by filtration and the filter cake was rinsed with ethanol. The filtrate was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (25+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 0 to 40% CMA in chloroform) to provide 290 mg of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine.

Part D

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of the material from Part C, triethylamine (290 μL, 2.12 mmol), and dichloromethane (5 mL) was cooled to 0° C. 4-Morpholinecarbonyl chloride (124 μL, 1.06 mmol) was added in 3 portions spaced 5 minutes apart. The reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, diluted with water, and then extracted with chloroform. The extract was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (25+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% CMA in chloroform) to provide a clear oil. The oil was dissolved in acetonitrile. The acetonitrile was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was placed under high vacuum with gentle heating to provide N-[4-(4-amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]morpholine4-carboxamide as a white powder, mp 95° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 6.48 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.51 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.22 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 4H), 3.07 (q, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.00 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (bs, 2H), 2.56 (bs, 2H), 1.74 (m, 4H) 1.51 (m, 4H); ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 156.51, 147.42, 139.56, 134.11, 133.45, 120.94, 108.33, 64.81, 42.72, 39.56, 36.15, 30.41, 28.38, 26.42, 23.40, 23.23, 21.90,21.57; MS (APCI) m/z 387 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₂₀H₃₀N₆O₂.H₂O: C, 59.39; H, 7.97; N, 20.78. Found: C, 59.04; H, 7.89; N, 20.74.

Example 590 1-(2-Amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (19.7 g, 142 mmol) was added to a mixture of ethyl 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (40 g, 129 mmol, prepared according to the method of Example 64 Part A using hydrazine hydrate in lieu of propylhydrazine oxalate) and sodium tert-butoxide (12.4 g, 129 mmol) in ethanol (128 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 5 hours; an additional 0.2 equivalents of both sodium tert-butoxide and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether were added, and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for an additional 21 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between water and tert-butyl methyl ether. The aqueous layer was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (×3). The combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 46.0 g of IFC (65 cartridge eluting with 1:1 tert-butyl methyl ether:hexanes) to provide a pale yellow oil. This material was triturated with 40 mL of 1:1 tert-butyl methyl ether:hexanes, seeded with product from an earlier run, stirred until a white solid formed, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 24.83 g of ethyl 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a white solid, mp 92-93° C. MS (APCI) m/z 370 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Cacld for C₁₈H₃₁ N₃O₅: C, 58.52; H, 8.46; N, 11.37. Found: C, 58.65; H. 8.69; N, 11.47.

Part B

Lithium hydroxide (17.1 g, 407 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (37.6 g, 102 mmol) in methanol (141 mL) and water (47 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 days and then most of the methanol was removed under reduced pressure. The aqueous residue was cooled in an ice bath and then combined with 1 N hydrochloric acid (350 mL) and tert-butyl methyl ether. The layers were separated. The volume of the organic layer was reduced under vacuum and then diluted with hexanes. A precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and suction dried to provide 13.09 g of 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid as a white solid. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform while maintaining the pH of the aqueous layer at pH 4-5 by the addition of 1 N hydrochloric acid. The chloroform extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in tert-butyl methyl ether, diluted with hexanes, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. A white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with hexanes, and suction dried to provide an additional 21.8 g of product.

Part C

1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (21.5 g, 112 mmol) was added to a solution of 5-{2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl}-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (34.8 g, 102 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (15.2 g, 112 mmol) in DMF (174 mL) at ambient temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours until a solution formed and then it was cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated ammonium hydroxide (20.4 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Water (445 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (×12). The extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was concentrated twice from xylene under reduced pressure to provide 38 g of an oil. The oil was combined with 100 mL of 1:1 tert-butyl methyl ether:hexanes, warmed until a solution was obtained, and then let stand. An oil formed; the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dried under vacuum at 50° C. until a solid formed. The solid was slurried with hexanes, isolated by filtration, washed with hexanes, and suction dried to provide 31.3 g of tert-butyl 2-[3-(aminocarbonyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate as a white solid.

Part D

Using the method of Example 64 Part D, tert-butyl 2-[3-(aminocarbonyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate (31.1 g) was dehydrated. The crude product was purified by IFC (65+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 50 to 60% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 28.12 g of tert-butyl 2-[3-cyano-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate as a white solid.

Part E

Bromine (19.5 g, 122 mmol) was added in a single portion to a solution of tert-butyl 2-[3-cyano-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate (28.07 g, 87.1 mmol) and potassium acetate (12.8 g, 131 mmol) in acetic acid (174.2 mL). After 16 hours saturated aqueous sodium bisulfite was added until the reaction mixture was colorless. The acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure at about 30° C. The residue was made basic with 2 M sodium carbonate and then extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (×3). The extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Analysis by HPLC indicated that the BOC group had been partially removed. The material was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL), combined with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, and stirred for 9 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by IFC (65+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 40 to 50% tert-butyl methyl ether in hexanes) to provide 32.1 g of tert-butyl 2-[4-bromo-3-cyano-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate as a colorless, viscous resin.

Part F

Using the method of Example 64 Part F, tert-butyl 2-[4-bromo-3-cyano-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate (32.1 g, 80.0 mmol) was coupled with 2-aminophenylboronic acid. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and tert-butyl methyl ether. The aqueous layer was extracted with tert-butyl methyl ether (×2). The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to provide a brown oil. The oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 1 to 20% CMA in chloroform) to provide 11.4 g of an orange resin. This material was purified IFC (65+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 35 to 55% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 4.85 g of tert-butyl 2-[4-(2-aminophenyl)-3-cyano-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate as an orange glassy resin.

Part G

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, acetyl chloride (100 mmol) was added to ice cold ethanol (100 mL). The ice bath was removed; the mixture was stirred for 3 hours and then combined with the material from Part F. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was combined with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (50 mL) and then extracted with chloroform (×4). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to provide 3.84 g of an orange solid. This material was purified by IFC (40+M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 25 to 55% CMA in chloroform) to provide 2.15 g of a white solid. This material was refluxed with 3:1 ethyl acetate:hexanes (100 mL), chilled in an ice bath, isolated by filtration, rinsed with a small amount of the solvent mixture, and then suction dried to provide 1.94 g of a white solid. A portion (165 mg) of this material was recrystallized from acetonitrile (10 mL) to provide 109 mg of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white solid, mp 199-200 ° C. MS (APCI) m/z 314 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅O: C, 65.15; H, 7.40; N, 22.35. Found: C, 64.83; H, 7.38; N, 22.70.

Example 591 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}isonicotinamide

Using the method of Example 68, isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (710 mg, 4.00 mmol) was reacted with 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (500 mg, 1.60 mmol, prepared as described in Example 590). The crude product was purified as described in Example 68 to provide 551 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}isonicotinamide as a white solid, mp 166-168° C. MS (ESI) m/z 419 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₆N₆O₂: C, 66.01; H, 6.26; N, 20.08. Found: C, 65.93; H, 6.41; N, 20.44.

Example 592 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide

Using the method of Example 66, methanesulfonyl chloride (399 mg, 3.48 mmol) was reacted with 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (1.09 g, 3.48 mmol, prepared as described in Example 590). The crude product was purified by IFC (40M cartridge eluting with a gradient of 15 to 35% CMA in chloroform) to provide a white foam. The foam was refluxed with 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes (50 mL), ethyl acetate was added until a free flowing white solid appeared, and then the mixture was cooled on ice. The solid was isolated by filtration and dried to provide 809 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide as a white solid, mp 211-213° C. MS (ESI) m/z 392 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₅N₅O₃S: C, 55.22; H, 6.44; N, 17.89. Found: C, 55.05; H, 6.38; N, 17.98.

Example 593 4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butan-1-ol

A solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-hydroxybutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (prepared as described in Parts A-C of Example 57, 0.507 g, 1.02 mmol) in 6 M HCl in ethanol (5 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 1.5 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oil. The oil was triturated with ether to obtain a solid that was isolated by filtration. The solid was dissolved in methanol and the solution was adjusted to approximately pH 14 with 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, elution with 5% CMA in chloroform) followed by crystallization from hexanes/ethyl acetate to provide 0.084 g of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butan-1-ol as white needles, mp 135.0-136.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 7.92 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (s, 2H), 4.43 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (q, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.85-1.99 (m, 2H) 1.70-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.66 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 299 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₂N₄O: C, 68.43; H, 7.43; N, 18.78. Found: C, 68.47; H, 7.62; N, 18.84.

Example 594 4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butan-1-ol

4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butan-1-ol (prepared as described in Example 593, 0.118 g, 0.396 mmol) was hydrogenated for 1.8 days using the method described in Example 59. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oil that was dissolved in 6 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (20 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 day, then a white solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried at 70° C. under vacuum to provide 0.719 g of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butan-1-ol as a white powder, mp 194.0-200.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 5.95 (s, 2H), 4.41 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.00 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 2H), 1.82-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.74 (s, 4H), 1.49-1.59 (m, 4H), 0.89 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 303 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₆N₄O.0.2 H₂O.0.3 C₂F₃HO₂: C, 62.13; H, 7.91; N, 16.47. Found: C, 62.10; H, 7.75; N, 16.40.

Example 595 1-[3-(3-Methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A solution of acetaldoxime (1.00 g, 16.9 mmol) and N-chlorosuccinimide (2.26 g, 16.9 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was heated at 50° C. for 1.5 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield 1.0545 g of α-chloroacetaldoxime as a clear colorless oil that was used directly in the next step.

Part B

The oil from Part A (0.14 g, 1.5 mmol) was added to a solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (prepared as described in Parts A-E of Example 57, 0.590 g, 1.20 mmol) and triethylamine (0.25 mL, 1.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). The solution was heated at 40° C. for 42 hours, during which time more of the material from Part A (0.357 g) was added. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then was diluted with dichloromethane. The solution was washed with an aqueous potassium carbonate solution, water, and brine, then was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, eluted with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 0.4705 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-[3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a colorless oil.

Part C

A solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-[3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (0.471 g, 0.856 mmol) in 6 M HCl in ethanol (5 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 1 hour. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, then was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oil that was dissolved in water (20 mL). The solution was adjusted to pH 12 with a few drops of 50% aqueous potassium hydroxide and then to pH 14 with 1 M aqueous potassium hydroxide. A precipitate formed that was isolated by filtration and crystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes. The crystals were isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum at 70° C. to afford 0.123 g 1-[3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as white needles, mp 183.0-184.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.78 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.30 (m, 1H), 5.85 (s, 1H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 4.26 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.24 (m, 2H) 1.93-2.04 (m, 2H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 350 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₀H₂₃N₅O: C, 68.75; H, 6.63; N, 20.04. Found: C, 68.62; H, 6.80; N, 20.00.

Example 596 1-[3-(3-Phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

α-Chlorobenzaldoxime was prepared according to the method described in Part A of Example 595 by reacting benzaldoxime (11.5 g, 94.9 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) with N-chlorosuccinimide (12.6 g, 94.9 mmol). α-Chlorobenzaldoxime (13.7 g, 93%) was obtained as a white solid.

Part B

α-Chlorobenzaldoxime (0.64 g, 4.1 mmol) was added to a solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-pent4-ynyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (prepared as described in Parts A-E of Example 57, 1.36 g, 2.76 mmol) and triethylamine (0.60 mL, 4.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). The solution was heated at 40° C. for 19 hours, during which time additional α-chlorobenzaldoxime (0.65 g) was added. The reaction was worked up as described in Part B of Example 595. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, sequential elution with 20% then 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 1.35 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-[3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a white solid.

Part C

A solution of the material from Part B in 6 M hydrochloric acid in ethanol (10 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was slurried with 1 N potassium hydroxide for 16 hours. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration, rinsed with a 6:4 mixture of hexanes/ethyl acetate, and dried at 80° for 3 hours to provide 0.7353 g of 1-[3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 176-178.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.77-7.83 (m, 3H), 7.71 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.48 (m, 4H), 7.23-7.80 (m, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 4.27 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.2 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.01 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (p, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.99 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 0.98 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 412 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₅H₂₅N₅O.0.6 H2O: C, 71.10; H, 6.25; N, 16.58. Found: C, 70.93; H, 6.36; N, 16.48.

Example 597 1-Pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (prepared as described in Parts A-E of Example 57, 0.400 g, 0.812 mmol) in 6 M HCl in ethanol (3 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 1.7 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oil. The oil was treated with 1 M aqueous potassium hydroxide to generate a white precipitate, which was isolated by filtration. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution with 5-10% CMA in chloroform) followed by crystallization from hexanes/ethyl acetate to afford 0.061 g of 1-pent4-ynyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as white crystals, mp 144.0-145.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 7.96 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 4.34 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H) 3.35 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.14 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 1.95-2.03 (m, 4H), 1.00 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 293 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₀N₄: C, 73.94; H, 6.89; N, 19.16. Found: C, 73.58; H, 6.90; N, 19.24.

Example 598 1-[4-(3-Methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en4-yl)butyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A mixture of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (prepared as described in Part A of Example 57, 6.82 g, 13.2 mmol), sodium azide (1.74 g, 26.4 mmol), and sodium iodide (0.50 g, 3.30 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 21 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, then was poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and dried under vacuum to afford 6.21 g of a brown solid that was used without further purification in the next step.

Part B

A mixture of the material from Part A (6.21 g, 11.9 mmol), triphenylphosphine (4.7 g, 17.8 mmol), water (7 mL), and tetrahydrofuran (70 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting oil was dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was placed onto a column of silica gel and was eluted with ethyl acetate, followed by 5% methanol in dichloromethane, followed by 15% methanol in dichloromethane. The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to afford 3.37 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate.

Part C

A mixture of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (1.50 g, 3.01 mmol), cyclopentanone (1 mL, 11.31 mmol), and magnesium sulfate in dichloromethane (9 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure; and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL). To the solution was added α-chloroacetaldoxime (prepared as described in Part A of Example 595, 0.56 g, 6.03 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and triethylamine (1.00 mL, 7.54 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 1 day. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel, washed with an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate, water, and brine, then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, elution with 40% hexanes in ethyl acetate) to afford a 0.75 g of material that was used in the next step.

Part D

A solution of the material from Part C (0.75 g, 1.21 mmol) in 6 M HCl in ethanol (6 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 2 hours. The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, then was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield an oil. The oil was treated with 6 M aqueous potassium hydroxide. The aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane several times. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution with 5-15% CMA in chloroform) to afford 0.131 g of 1-[4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en4-yl)butyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 101.0-105.0° C.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.87 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.03 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.56-1.89 (m, 15H), 1.00 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 421 (M+H)³⁰ ;

Anal. calcd for C₂₄H₃₂N₆O.0.8 H2O: C, 66.27; H, 7.79; N, 19.32. Found: C, 66.34; H, 7.62; N, 19.21.

Example 599 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}acetamide

Triethylamine (5 mmol) and acetyl chloride (4.0 mmol) were added to a solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (496 mg, 1.60 mmol, prepared as described in Example 590) in dichloromethane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (10 mL), and then combined with concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL). The mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours, diluted with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with chloroform. The extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by IFC (RS-90 column, eluting with a gradient of 20 to 35% CMA in chloroform) to provide 0.67 g of a colorless resin. This material was refluxed with 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes (50 mL), cooled to ambient temperature, and then the mixture was cooled on ice. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration, rinsed with some of the solvent mix, and dried to provide 443 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}acetamide as a white solid, mp 170-171° C. MS (ESI) m/z 356 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₁₉H₂₅N₅O₂: C, 64.20; H, 7.09; N, 19.70. Found: C, 63.89; H, 7.41;N, 19.63.

Example 600 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}nicotinamide

Using the method of Example 68, nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (668 mg, 4.75 mmol) was reacted with 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (470 mg, 1.5 mmol, prepared as described in Example 590). The crude product was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 10 to 40% CMA in chloroform) to provide a pale yellow resin. The resin was refluxed with 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (75 mL) and cooled to ambient temperature with stirring. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration, rinsed with 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes, and dried to provide 278 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}nicotinamide as a light beige solid, mp 212-214° C. MS (APCI) m/z 419 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₆N₆O₂: C, 66.01; H, 6.26; N, 20.08. Found: C, 65.74; H, 6.50; N, 20.09.

Example 601 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]4-fluorobenzamide

Using the general method of Example 68, except that the acid chloride was added at 0° C., 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 770 mg, 2.59 mmol) was reacted with 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (1.03 g, 6.48 mmol) to provide 2.1 g of crude product as pale yellow resin. This material was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 5 to 20% CMA in chloroform) to provide about 1 g of a white foam. The foam was stirred with 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration, rinsed with the same solvent mix, and then dried to provide 503 mg of a white solid (A). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a white solid. This material was dissolved in dichloromethane, precipitated with hexanes, isolated by filtration, rinsed with hexanes, and dried to provide 340 mg of a white solid (B). White solids A and B were combined, refluxed in 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes, cooled to ambient temperature, and then in an ice bath. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration, rinsed with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes, and dried to provide 706 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]-4-fluorobenzamide as a white solid, mp 168-169° C. MS (APCI) m/z 420 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₂₆FN₅O: C, 68.72; H, 6.25; N, 16.69. Found: C, 68.69; H, 6.15; N, 16.90.

Example 602 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]-3,4-difluorobenzamide

Using the method of Example 601, 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 770 mg, 2.59 mmol) was reacted with 3,4-difluorobenzoyl chloride (1.14 g, 6.48 mmol). The crude product was purified as described in Example 601 to provide 896 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]-3,4-difluorobenzamide as a white solid, mp 165-166° C. MS (APCI) m/z 438 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₂₅F₂N₅O: C, 65.89; H, 5.76; N, 16.01. Found: C, 65.84; H, 5.58; N, 15.92.

Example 603 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]isonicotinamide

Using the method of Example 68, 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 770 mg, 2.59 mmol) was reacted with isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (1.15 mg, 6.48 mmol). The crude product was purified as described in Example 68 to provide 708 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]isonicotinamide as an off-white solid, mp 148-150° C. MS (APCI) m/z 403 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Cacld for C₂₃H₂₆N₆O: C, 68.63; H, 6.51; N, 20.88. Found: C, 68.30; H, 6.49; N, 20.92.

Example 604 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}-3,4-difluorobenzamide

Using the general method of Example 599, 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.52 g, 1.66 mmol, prepared as described in Example 590) was reacted with 3,4-difluorobenzoyl chloride. The crude product was purified as described in Example 599 to provide 382 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}-3,4-difluorobenzamide as a white solid, mp 199-200° C. MS (ESI) m/z 454 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H₂₅F₂N₅O₂: C, 63.57; H, 5.56; N, 15.44. Found: C, 63.37; H, 5.50; N, 15.58.

Example 605 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]propionamide

Using the method of Example 68, 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 595 mg, 2.00 mmol) was reacted with propionyl chloride (463 mg, 5.00 mmol). The crude product was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 15 to 25% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexanes to provide 545 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]propionamide as a white solid, mp 158-159° C. MS (APCI) m/z 354 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₀H₂₇N₅O: C, 67.96; H, 7.70; N, 19.81. Found: C, 67.80; H, 8.08; N, 19.77

Example 606 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}propionamide

Using the general method of Example 599, 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (500 mg, 1.60 mmol, prepared as described in Example 590) was reacted with propionyl chloride (370 mg, 4.00 mmol). The crude product was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 15 to 50% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexanes to provide 434 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}propionamide as a white solid, mp 157-158° C. MS (APCI) m/z 370 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₀H₂₇N₅O₂: C, 65.02; H, 7.37; N, 18.96. Found: C, 64.79; H, 7.58; N, 18.94.

Example 607 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}-4-fluorobenzamide

Using the general method of Example 599, 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-Z4-amine (500 mg, 1.60 mmol, prepared as described in Example 590) was reacted with 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (634 mg, 4.00 mmol). The crude product was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 5 to 20% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexanes to provide 551 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}-4-fluorobenzamide as a white solid, mp 187-189° C. MS (ESI) m/z 436 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₄H26FN₅O₂: C, 66.19; H, 6.02; N, 16.08. Found: C, 65.92; H, 5.93; N, 15.87.

Example 608 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide

Boron tribromide (1 M in dichloromethane, 2.15 mL, 2.15 mmol) was added over a period of 2 minutes to a chilled (0° C.) slurry of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide (337 mg, 0.861 mmol, prepared as described in Example 592) in dichloromethane (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 14 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was combined with 6 M hydrochloric acid and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The resulting precipitate was isolated by filtration and rinsed with water and chloroform. The precipitate was combined with the chloroform layer and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from ethyl acetate/hexanes/acetonitrile to provide 184 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide as a white solid, mp 203-204° C. MS (ESI) m/z 378 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₂₇H₂₃N₅O₃S: C, 54.09; H, 6.14; N, 18.55. Found: C, 54.11; H, 5.97; N, 18.42.

Example 609 2-(4-Amino-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-2-yl)ethanol

Part A

A solution of 2-hydroxyethylhydrazine (15.2 g, 200 mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) was added over a period of 30 minutes to a solution of ethyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (31.6 g, 200 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 20 minutes and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 45 g of ethyl 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate a light brown oil. A portion (31.1 g) of this material was combined in a Parr vessel with methanol (25 mL) and concentrated ammonium hydroxide (25 mL). The vessel was sealed and the mixture was heated for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a brown resin. The resin was stirred with a mixture of chloroform and methanol until a solid appeared. The solid was isolated by filtration and then recrystallized from isopropanol to provide 7.01 g of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white solid. The rest of the ester was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 50 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 6.6 g of a pale yellow oil. This material was dissolved in concentrated ammonium hydroxide (25 mL) and allowed to stand at ambient temperature for 48 hours. A precipitate was isolated by filtration, rinsed with water, and dried to provide 3.74 g of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as white needles, mp 170-172° C. Anal. Calcd for C₇H₁₁N₃O₂: C, 49.70; H, 6.55; N, 24.84. Found C, 49.59; H, 6.65; N, 24.92.

Part B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, triethylamine (17.9 g, 177 mmol) was added to a slurry of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (7.0 g, 41.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (70 mL). The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and then a solution of trifluoroacetic anhydride (15.6 g, 74.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (70 mL) was added over a period of 10 minutes. All of the solids dissolved to provide a cloudy solution. After 1 hour additional triethylamine (70.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (35.3 mmol) was added neat over a period of 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes then the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (100 mL) and water (100 mL) then extracted with chloroform (×3). The extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 11.5 g of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile a brown oil.

Part C

Potassium acetate (5.2 g, 53 mmol) and bromine (7.9 g, 49.4 mmol) were added sequentially to a solution of the material from Part B in acetic acid (70 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 hours and then quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bisulfite. The acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was made basic with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate and then extracted with chloroform (×3). The extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 11 g of a brown oil. The oil was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 50 to 75% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 3.48 g of 4-bromo-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil.

Part D

2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (11.8 mL), 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (2.04 g, 11.8 mmol), water (2.76 mL), triphenylphosphine (186 mg, 0.709 mmol), and palladium (II) acetate (53 mg, 0.236 mmol) were added sequentially to a solution of 4-bromo-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.812 g, 7.88 mmol) in propanol (13.8 mL) in a 100 mL round bottom flask. The flask was evacuated then filled with nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 22 hours. The reaction mixture was extracted with chloroform (×4). The extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a yellow oil. The oil was refluxed with tert-butyl methyl ether to provide about 1 g of a gummy solid. This material was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 30 to 75% CMA in chloroform) to provide about 400 mg of a pale yellow solid. This material was recrystallized from acetonitrile (50 mL) to provide 187 mg of 2-(4-amino-1-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-2-yl)ethanol as a white solid, mp 226-228° C. MS (APCI) m/z 243 (M+H)⁺; Anal. Calcd for C₁₃H₁₄N₄O: C, 64.45; H, 5.82; N, 23.12. Found: C, 64.31; H, 6.01; N, 23.18.

Example 610 2-Ethyl-1-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,7-naphthyridin-4-amine

Propanol (5 mL) and 2 M hydrochloric acid (1.6 mL) were added to 3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-4-ylboronic acid (1.04 g, 4.37 mmol), prepared as described in Example 15 using tert-butyl N-(3-pyridyl)carbamate in lieu of tert-butyl N-(2-pyridyl)carbamate. The mixture was refluxed for 30 minutes to remove the BOC group. Solid sodium carbonate (710 mg, 6.7 mol), 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (786 mg, 2.91 mmol), prepared as described in Example 38, bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (47 mg, 0.087 mmol), and palladium (II) acetate (19.5 mg, 0.087 mmol) were added. The flask was evacuated and then filled with nitrogen three times. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours and then partitioned between water and chloroform. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (×3). The combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a yellow oil. The oil was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 2 to 45% CMA in chloroform) to provide 180 mg of a yellow resin. This material was purified by IFC (silica gel eluting with 15% CMA in chloroform) to provide 120 mg of product. This material was refluxed in 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes (15 mL) then diluted with hexanes (15 mL) and chilled. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration and dried to provide 54 mg of a white solid. Analysis by ¹H NMR and IR indicated the presence of the biaryl intermediate and a nitrile group. Acetyl chloride (393 mg) and anhydrous ethanol (5 mL) were combined and stirred for 30 minutes. The white solid was added and the mixture was refluxed under nitrogen for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to stand for 48 hours; then it was diluted with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with chloroform (x 4). The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a white solid. This material was dissolved in a minimal amount of dichloromethane and then precipitated with hexanes. The solid was isolated by filtration and dried to provide 28 mg of 2-ethyl-1-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,7-naphthyridin4-amine as a white solid, mp>260° C. HRMS (ESI) Cacld for C₁₆H₂₁N₅+H 284.1875, found 284.1860.

Example 611 1-(3-Benzenesulfonylpropyl)-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Sodium metal (23 mg, 1 mmol) was added to 25 mL of methanol. After the sodium metal was consumed, methyl acetoacetate (1.16 g, 10 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred for 15 minutes. A solution of phenyl vinyl sulfone (1.68 g, 10 mmol) was added dropwise to the solution and maintained for several hours. The slightly yellow solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford a clear oil. The material was purified via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with hexane:ethyl acetate in a gradient from 3:2 to 2:3) to afford 1.40 g of ethyl 2-(2-benzenesulfonylethyl)-3-oxo-butyrate.

Part B

Hydrochloric acid was added (150 mL of 3 N) to a solution of ethyl 2-(2-benzenesulfonylethyl)-3-oxo-butyrate (21.7 g, 76.3 mmol) in 100 mL of ethanol and heated to reflux overnight. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with several portions of ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 16.8 g of 5-benzenesulfonylpentan-2-one as a yellow oil.

Part C

Sodium tert-butoxide (15.4 g, 160 mmol) was combined with ethanol (53 mL) and allowed to stir for 30 minutes. 5-Benzenesulfonylpentan-2-one (16.8 g, 74.2 mmol) and diethyl oxalate (10.1 mL, 74.2 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture in 20 mL of ethanol via an addition funnel. The reaction was maintained for 1 hour and the solution changed in color from orange to red. Potassium acetate (10.9 g, 111 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, followed by addition of acetic acid (37 mL, 2M). The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and butyl hydrazine oxalate (13.2 g, 74.2 mmol) was added. The resultant slurry was stirred for 2 hours and turned yellow. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with water, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 11 by addition of sodium carbonate. The reaction mixture was extracted with chloroform while adding additional water to minimize elusion formation. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a red oil. The material was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with hexane:ethyl acetate in a gradient from 3:1 to 1:1) to yield 13.3 g of ethyl 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as an orange oil.

Part D

Sodium hydroxide (12 mL, 6M) was added to a solution of ethyl 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (13.3 g, 35.1 mmol) in 100 mL of ethanol and heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with 100 mL of water. The aqueous layer was extracted with several portions of ethyl acetate. The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to approximately 2-3 with aqueous hydrochloric acid and was then extracted with several portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers originating from extraction of the aqueous layer were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 10.5 g of 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid.

Part E

Oxalyl chloride (7.8 mL, 90.0 mmol) was added slowly via syringe to a solution of 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (10.5 g, 30.0 mmol) in 100 mL of dichloromethane containing one drop of DMF. After 2 hours of stirring, saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the reaction was maintained for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with dichloromethane and washed with water. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 10.4 g of 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide.

Part F

Phosphorus oxychloride (25 mL) was added to 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (10.4 g, 30.0 mmol) and heated to 90° C. for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and poured into ice water cooled by an ice bath. Additional ice was added to the reaction mixture and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8-9 by addition of 30% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 8.60 g of 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part G

Potassium acetate (3.82 g, 38.9 mmol) was added to a solution of 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (8.60 g, 25.9 mmol) in 50 mL of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred until all solids had dissolved, followed by dropwise addition of bromine (1.33 mL, 25.9 mmol) over 5 minutes. The resultant red solution was stirred for 5 hours and aqueous sodium thiosulfate was added to quench excess bromine. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with 200 mL of water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8-9 by slow addition of solid sodium carbonate followed by extraction with several portions of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an orange oil. Purification via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with hexane:ethyl acetate in a gradient from 3:1 to 1:1) afforded 4.80 g of 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-4-bromo-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a colorless oil that crystallized upon standing.

Part H

2-Aminophenyl boronic acid hydrochloride (693 mg, 4.00 mmol) and potassium phosphate tribasic (2.12 g, 10.0 mmol) were added sequentially to a solution of 5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)4-bromo-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (550 mg, 1.30 mmol) in 15 mL of toluene in a pressure tube. Nitrogen was bubbled through the resultant slurry for 15 minutes. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (104 mg, 0.10 mmol), bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (65 mg, 0.12 mmol), and 4 angstrom molecular sieves were then added to the reaction mixture. The pressure tube was sealed and heated in a 110° C. oil bath. After 20 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through CELITE filter aid. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to an orange oil. Purification via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with hexane:ethyl acetate in a gradient from 2:1 to 2:3) afforded 550 mg of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a thick pale yellow oil.

Part I

Hydrochloric acid (0.98 mL, 3.90 mmol) in ethanol was added dropwise to a solution of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-5-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-1-butyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (550 mg, 1.30 mmol) in 10 mL of ethanol. The resultant solution was stirred for 2 hours, concentrated under reduced pressure, and diluted with water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8-9 by slow addition of solid sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with several portions of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a pale yellow solid. The material was purified via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with a 97:3 mixture of dichloromethane/methanol) to afford 350 mg of 1-(3-benzenesulfonylpropyl)-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white crystalline solid, mp 206-207° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.87 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (dd, J=1.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=0.9, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 5.37 (br s, 2H), 4.35 (app t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.22 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.40 (qd, J=7.2, 14.6 Hz, 2H), 0.98 (t. J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 423 (M+H⁺); Anal. calcd for C₂₃H₂₆N₄O₂S: C, 65.38; H, 6.20; N, 13.26. Found: C, 65.40; H, 6.01; N, 13.26.

Example 612 1-(4-Methanesulfonylbutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

2-Aminophenyl boronic acid hydrochloride (9.10 mg, 26.3 mmol) and freshly ground potassium phosphate tribasic (27.8 g, 131 mmol) were added sequentially to a solution of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (8.00 g, 26.3 mmol), prepared as described in Example 46, in 100 mL of toluene in a pressure tube. Nitrogen was bubbled through the resultant slurry for 15 minutes. Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (1.36 g, 1.31 mmol), bis[(2-diphenylphosphino)phenyl]ether (851 mg, 1.58 mmol), and 4 angstrom molecular sieves were then added to the reaction mixture. The pressure tube was sealed and heated in a 110° C. oil bath. After 24 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through CELITE filter aid. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to a red oil. Purification via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 2:1 hexane:ethyl acetate) afforded 7.60 g of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a red oil.

Part B

Hydrochloric acid (18 mL, 71.0 mmol) in ethanol was added dropwise to a solution of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (7.50 g, 23.7 mmol) in 150 mL of ethanol. The resultant solution was heated to reflux overnight, concentrated under reduced pressure, and diluted with water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 9-10 by slow addition of solid sodium carbonate. The aqueous layer was extracted with several portions of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a reddish solid. The material was purified via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with a 96:4 mixture of dichloromethane/methanol) to afford 4.78 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine.

Part C

Sodium thiomethoxide (0.3 g, 3.79 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (1.0 g, 3.16 mmol) in 15 mL of DMF and heated for 3 hours at 80° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, diluted with dichloromethane, and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with several additional portions of dichloromethane and the combined organic layers were washed with water, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to afford 1.04 g of 1-(4-methylthiobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a yellow solid.

Part D

3-Chloroperoxybenozic acid (mCPBA) (75% pure, 1.60 g, 6.97 mmol, 2.2 eq) was added portion wise to a solution of 1-(4-methylthiobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (1.04 g, 3.16 mmol) in 50 mL of chloroform over several minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours and became darker red in color. The mixture was then washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, the layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a dark oil. The material was purified via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with dichloromethane/methanol in a gradient from 97:3 to 93:7), diluted with acetonitrile, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and purified a second time via flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with dichloromethane/methanol in a gradient from 97:3 to 93:7). The product was recrystallized from acetonitrile to afford 960 mg of 1-(4-methanesulfonylbutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a yellow crystalline solid, mp 155-157° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=1.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dt, J=1.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dt, J=1.2, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.54 (br s, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.12-1.93 (m, 6H), 1.02 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 361 (M+H⁺); Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₄N₄O₂S (containing 0.5 CH₃CN): C, 59.90; H, 6.75; N, 16.54. Found: C, 59.89; H, 6.83; N, 16.77.

Example 613 Alternative preparation of 1-(4-Aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Using the method of Example 593, the protecting groups were removed from di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (0.368 mg), prepared as described in Example 598. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient of 95:5 to 8:2) to provide 0.0993 g of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 156.0-157.0° C. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.90 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 2H), 4.34 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.67-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.57 (m, 4H), 0.92 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H);

MS (APCI) m/z 298 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅.0.3 H₂O: C, 67.43; H, 7.86; N, 23.13. Found: C, 67.61; H, 7.98; N, 23.20.

Example 614 2-Propyl-1-[4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol4(5H)-yl)butyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Using the general method of Example 598 Part C, di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (1.50 g, 3.01 mmol), prepared as described in Example 598, was reacted with acetone to form an imine intermediate and the imine was treated with α-chloroacetaldoxime. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, elution with a gradient of 40 to 80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 0.66 g of di(tert-butyl) 2-propyl-1-[4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol4(5H)-yl)butyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a white solid.

Part B

The Boc protecting groups were removed from the material from Part A by acid hydrolysis as described in Example 598 Part D. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, elution with 9:1 chloroform/CMA) and dried under high vacuum at 65° C. to provide 0.0874 g of 2-propyl-1-[4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white solid, mp 144.0-146.0° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.77 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 4.22 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.18 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.63-1.77 (m, 7H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 395 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₂₂H₃₀N₆O.0.3 H2O: C, 66.07; H, 7.71; N, 21.01. Found: C, 65.82; H, 7.74; N, 20.90.

Example 615 1-Pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A mixture of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (19.45 g, 61.39 mmol), prepared as described in Example 46, platinum oxide (10.00 g) and trifluoroacetic acid (200 mL) was placed under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE filter aid. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a dark oil. The oil was chilled in an ice bath, ice was added, and the mixture was made basic (pH 14) by the addition of 1 N potassium hydroxide. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration and then dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed sequentially with 1 N potassium hydroxide, water, and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dried under vacuum for 2 days to provide 18.0 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as an oil.

Part B

Using the method of Example 57 Part A, the material from Part A was reacted with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (49 g, 4 eq) to provide a quantitative yield of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a black oil.

Part C

Using the method of Example 57 Part B, the material from Part B was reacted with potassium acetate (11.0 g, 2.0 eq) to provide 29.25 g of 4-{4-[bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl}butyl acetate as a black oil.

Part D

Using the method of Example 57 Part C, the acetate protecting group was removed from the material from Part C to provide 24.2 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-hydroxybutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a brown solid.

Part E

The material from Part D was oxidized using the method of Example 57 Part D. The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, elution with 1:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) and dried under vacuum at ambient temperature over the weekend to provide 15.5 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-oxobutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as an amber, glassy, semi-solid.

Part F

Using the method of Example 58 Part E, the material from Part E was reacted with freshly prepared diethyl 1-diazo-2-oxopropylphosphonate (10.22 g, 1.5 eq) to provide 15.33 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-pent4-ynyl-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a tan solid.

Part G

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of a portion (0.75 g) of the material from Part F in 6 M hydrochloric acid in ethanol (10 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 1.7 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was made basic with 1 N potassium hydroxide and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel, elution with a gradient of 5-20% CMA in chloroform) to provide 0.327 g of a tan solid. This material was twice triturated with boiling diethyl ether and isolated by filtration to provide 0.2823 g of 1-pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white solid, mp 167.0-169.0° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.25 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.18-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.00 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.81-1.87 (m, 6H), 0.97 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 297 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₄N₄O.0.3H₂O: C, 71.63; H, 8.22; N, 18.56. Found: C, 71.60; H, 7.96; N, 18.71.

Example 616 1-[3-(3-Methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Using the method of Example 595 Part B, di(tert-butyl) 1-pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (4.00 g, 8.05 mmol), prepared as described in Example 615, was reacted with α-chloroacetaldoxime (1.13 g, 12.1 mmol). The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica gel, elution with a gradient of 20-40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 1.55 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-[3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a glassy solid.

Part B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of the material from Part A in 6 M hydrochloric acid in ethanol (10 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was made basic with 1 N potassium hydroxide and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dried under vacuum over the weekend and then triturated with a mixture of hexanes and diethyl ether. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration and dried to provide 0.3342 g of 1-[3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white solid, mp 144.0-145.0° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.86 (s, 1H), 5.06 (bs, 2H), 4.17 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.79-2.86 (m, 4H), 2.71-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.89-2.07 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.84 (m, 4H), 0.95 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 354 (M+H)⁺; Anal. calcd for C₂₀H₂₇N₅O: C, 67.96; H, 7.70; N, 19.81. Found: C, 67.67; H, 7.83; N, 19.68.

Example 617 1-[3-(3-Phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of di(tert-butyl) 1-pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (4.00 g, 8.05 mmol), prepared as described in Example 615, α-chlorobenzaldoxime (2.51 g, 16.1 mmol), prepared as described in Example 596, anhydrous triethylamine (1.7 mL, 12.1 mmol), and anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL) was heated at 40° C. for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was loaded onto a silica gel column (250 g) and eluted with a gradient of 30-40% ethyl acetate in hexanes. The fractions containing product were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.97 g of di(tert-butyl) 1-[3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate as a pale yellow solid.

Part B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of the material from Part A in 6 M hydrochloric acid in ethanol (20 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 1.7 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was made basic with 1 N potassium hydroxide and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1.75 g of a yellow solid. This material was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, elution with a gradient of 10-20% CMA in chloroform) to provide 1.324 g of product. This material was triturated twice with hot diethyl ether to provide 0.85 g of a pale yellow solid. The solid was recrystallized twice from ethanol to provide 1-[3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white solid, mp 154.0-155.0° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.75-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 3H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 5.01 (bs, 2H), 4.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.09 (p, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.80-1.84 (m, 4H), 0.95 (t,J=7.4 Hz, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 416 (M+H)⁺.

Example 618 2-Propyl-1-[3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, N-chlorosuccinimide (2.1 g, 16 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-pyridine aldoxime (2.0 g, 16 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours. A solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-pent-4-ynyl-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (4.00 g, 8.05 mmol), prepared as described in Example 615, and anhydrous triethylamine (2.5 mL, 18 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added and the reaction solution was heated at 60° C. for 18 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a black oil. The oil was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed sequentially with potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, elution with a gradient of 20-80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 1.0877 g of di(tert-butyl) 2-propyl-1-[3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate.

Part B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of the material from Part A in 6 M hydrochloric acid in ethanol (20 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was made basic with 1 N potassium hydroxide and then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, elution with a gradient of 5-20% CMA in chloroform) to provide 0.385 g of product. This material was triturated twice with hot diethyl ether to provide 0.2185 g of 2-propyl-1-[3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white solid, mp 168.0-170.0° C. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.98-9.01 (md, 1H), 8.68-8.7 (mt, 1H), 8.11-8.15 (md, 1H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 5.17 (bs, 2H), 4.20 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.80-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.11 (p, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.70-1.89 (m, 4H), 0.96 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); MS (APCI) m/z 417 (M+H)³⁰ ; Anal. calcd for C₂₄H₂₈N₆O.0.6H₂O: C, 67.46; H, 6.89; N, 19.67. Found: C, 67.19; H, 6.61; N, 19.65.

Examples 619-643

A reagent (0.15 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (32 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 615 Part A) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and heated at 90° C. for approximately 16 hours. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 619 None-starting material

321.1830 620 Pyrrolidine

356.2833 621 Piperidine

370.2978 622 Morpholine

372.2796 623 Hexamethyleneimine

384.3158 624 3-Hydroxypiperidine

386.2952 625 4-Hydroxypiperidine

386.2952 626 Thiomorpholine

388.2558 627 1-Methylpiperazine

385.3067 628 3-(Dimethylamino) pyrrolidine

399.3262 629 N,N′-Dimethyl-3- aminopyrrolidine

399.3273 630 N-Methylhomopiperazine

399.3264 631 3-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

400.3107 632 Isonipecotamide

413.3041 633 Nipecotamide

413.3047 634 1-Acetylpiperazine

413.3029 635 bis(2-Methoxyethyl)amine

418.3217 636 2-(2- Methylaminoethyl)pyridine

421.3109 637 1-(2-Methoxyethyl)piperazine

429.3309 638 4-(1-Pyrrolidinyl)-piperidine

439.3506 639 4-Phenylpiperidine

446.3255 640 1-(2-Pyridyl)piperazine

448.3183 641 1-(4-Pyridyl)-piperazine

448.3232 642 1-(2-Pyrimidyl)piperazine

449.3107 643 4-Chlorophenol

413.2120

Examples 644-700

Part A

A mixture of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (3 g, prepared as described in Example 19), platinum (IV) oxide (3 g), and trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) was placed under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) on a Parr shaker for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent and the filter cake was rinsed with dichloromethane. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was made basic (p H 14) by the addition of 50% sodium hydroxide and then extracted with chloroform. The extract was dried over sodium sulfate and then purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with chloroforn/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 70:30) to provide 1.75 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a light yellow solid.

Part B

A reagent (0.15 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (31 mg, 0.10 mmol) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and heated at 70° C. for approximately 17 hours. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 644 None-starting material

307.1694 645 Pyrrolidine

342.2682 646 Piperidine

356.2845 647 Morpholine

358.2638 648 Thiazolidine

360.2237 649 1-Methylpiperazine

371.2937 650 4-Hydroxypiperidine

372.2795 651 3- (Dimethylamino)pyrrolidine

385.3103 652 N,N′-Dimethyl-3- aminopyrrolidine

385.3098 653 N-Ethylpiperazine

385.3092 654 N-Methylhomopiperazine

385.3118 655 2-Piperidinemethanol

386.2896 656 3-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

386.2888 657 4-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

386.2893 658 N-Methylbenzylamine

392.2845 659 Isonipecotamide

399.2902 660 Nipecotamide

399.2894 661 (3S)-(−)-3- Acetamidopyrrolidine

399.2876 662 1-Acetylpiperazine

399.2906 663 1-Methyl-4- (Methylamino)piperidine

399.3218 664 2-Piperidineethanol

400.3098 665 4-Piperidineethanol

400.3116 666 N-(2- Hydroxyethyl)piperazine

401.3050 667 1,2,3,4- Tetrahydroisoquinoline

404.2845 668 (R)-(+)-N-Methyl-1- Phenylethylamine

406.3002 669 (S)-(−)-N-Methyl-1- Phenylethylamine

406.3007 670 4- (Ethylaminomethyl)pyridine

407.2958 671 4-(1-Pyrrolidinyl)-piperidine

425.3405 672 1-(2-Ethoxyethyl)piperazine

429.3372 673 1-Phenylpiperazine

433.3121 674 1-(2-Pyridyl)piperazine

434.3068 675 1-(4-Pyridyl)-piperazine

434.3066 676 1-(2-Pyrimdyl)piperazine

435.3006 677 4-Piperidinopiperidine

439.3589 678 4-Benzylpiperidine

446.3323 679 4-Hydroxy-4- phenylpiperidine

448.3083 680 1-(2-Furoyl)piperazine

451.2848 681 Phenol

365.2370 682 2-Cyanophenol

390.2276 683 3-Cyanophenol

390.2332 684 4-Cyanophenol

390.2289 685 3-Methoxyphenol

395.2413 686 4-Methoxyphenol

395.2477 687 Guaiacol

395.2485 688 2-Chlorophenol

399.1955 689 3-Chlorophenol

399.1946 690 4-Chlorophenol

399.1913 691 4-Hydroxybenzamide

408.2427 692 Salicylamide

408.2430 693 2-Acetamidophenol

422.2584 694 3-Acetamidophenol

422.2597 695 4-Hydroxyphenylacetamide

422.2587 696 Acetaminophen

422.2594 697 2- Dimethylaminomethylphenol

422.2943 698 4- Dimethylaminomethylphenol

422.2960 699 3,4-Dichlorophenol

433.1546 700 4- Hydroxybenzenesulfonamide

444.2099

Examples 701-775

A reagent (0.15 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (32 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 46) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and heated at 85° C. for approximately 18 hours. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 701 None-starting material

317.1542 702 2-(Methylamino)ethanol

356.2476 703 Piperidine

366.2679 704 (R)-3-Hydroxypyrrolidine

368.2467 705 Morpholine

368.2443 706 2-Ethylaminoethanol

370.2610 707 1-Methylpiperazine

381.2777 708 4-Hydroxypiperidine

382.2585 709 3-Hydroxypiperidine

382.2575 710 Thiomorpholine

384.2242 711 N-Methylfurfurylamine

392.2450 712 N-Methylcyclohexylamine

394.2995 713 N- Propylcyclopropanemethylamine

394.3004 714 N,N′-Dimethyl-3- aminopyrrolidine

395.2964 715 N-Ethylpiperazine

395.2957 716 N-Methylhomopiperazine

395.2915 717 2,6-Dimethylmorpholine

396.2796 718 3-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

396.2732 719 4-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

396.2764 720 N-Ethylaniline

402.2686 721 N-Methylbenzylamine

402.2680 722 1-Acetylpiperazine

409.2697 723 Isonipecotamide

409.2709 724 Nipecotamide

409.2695 725 1-Methyl-4- (methylamino)piperidine

409.3067 726 2-Piperidineethanol

410.2938 727 4-Piperidineethanol

410.2953 728 N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazine

411.2862 729 N-Methylphenethylamine

416.2831 730 2-(2-Methylaminoethyl)pyridine

417.2759 731 4-(Ethylaminomethyl)pyridine

417.2796 732 2-Amino-1-phenylethanol

432.2751 733 1-(2-Ethoxyethyl)piperazine

439.3194 734 1-Phenylpiperazine

443.2926 735 1-(2-Pyridyl)piperazine

444.2854 736 4-Piperidinopiperidine

449.3390 737 4-Benzylpiperidine

456.3132 738 4-Hydoxy-4-phenylpiperidine

458.2898 739 1-(2-Furoyl)piperazine

461.2658 740 N-Isopropyl-1- piperazineacetamide

466.3321 741 Dibenzylamine

478.3015 742 2,2′-Dipicolylamine

480.2880 743 Phenol

375.2155 744 m-Cresol

389.2325 745 o-Cresol

389.2318 746 p-Cresol

389.2358 747 2-Fluorophenol

393.2096 748 3-Fluorophenol

393.2087 749 4-Fluorophenol

393.2070 750 2-Cyanophenol

400.2164 751 3-Cyanophenol

400.2127 752 4-Cyanophenol

400.2151 753 2,4-Dimethylphenol

403.2482 754 3,4-Dimethylphenol

403.2458 755 3-Methoxyphenol

405.2332 756 2-Methoxyphenol

405.2296 757 4-Methoxyphenol

405.2310 758 2-Chlorophenol

409.1817 759 3-Chlorophenol

409.1787 760 4-Chlorophenol

409.1805 761 4-Hydroxybenzamide

418.2222 762 Salicylamide

418.2272 763 3-Dimethylaminophenol

418.2630 764 3-tert-Butylphenol

431.2794 765 4-Hydroxyphenylacetamide

432.2422 766 4-Acetamidophenol

432.2377 767 2-Acetamidophenol

432.2415 768 3-Acetamidophenol

432.2396 769 2-Dimethylaminomethylphenol

432.2734 770 3-Hydroxybenzotrifluoride

443.2042 771 4-Hydroxybenzotrifluoride

443.2050 772 2,3-Dichlorophenol

443.1438 773 2,4-Dichlorophenol

443.1372 774 2,5-Dichlorophenol

443.1427 775 3,4-Dichlorophenol

443.1422

Examples 776-799

Part A

Platinum (IV) oxide (4 g) was added to a solution of 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (approximately 24 mmol, prepared as described in Part A of Examples 349-453) in trifluoroacetic acid (80 mL), and the mixture was shaken under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) for two days and subsequently filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent. The filter cake was washed with methanol, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (10 mL) was added, and the resulting solution was adjusted to pH 14 with the addition of 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide. The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, and the extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine.

Part B

A reagent (0.048 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-ethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (12.5 mg, 0.044 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 15 μL, 2 equivalents) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken for four hours. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 776 Acetyl chloride

330.2275 777 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

356.2417 778 Isobutyryl chloride

358.2600 779 Cyclopentanecarbonyl chloride

384.2771 780 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

398.2882 781 Phenylacetyl chloride

406.2586 782 3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride

460.2296 783 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

394.2255 784 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

394.2260 785 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

408.2441 786 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

420.1678 787 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

428.2078 788 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanesulfonyl chloride

434.1819 789 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

442.2266 790 Ethyl isocyanate

359.2540 791 Isopropyl isocyanate

373.2689 792 N-Propyl isocyanate

373.2713 793 N-Butyl isocyanate

387.2856 794 Cyclopentyl isocyanate

399.2846 795 Phenyl isocyanate

407.2519 796 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

413.3038 797 p-Tolyl isocyanate

421.2720 798 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

437.2661 799 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

441.2194

Examples 800-819

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride (27.6 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Part A of Examples 579-581) and potassium carbonate (55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 800 None-starting material —H 241.1441 801 1-Bromopentane

311.2222 802 2-Iodoethanol

285.1711 803 1-Iodobutane

297.2054 804 2-Iodobutane

297.2053 805 1-(3- Bromopropyl)pyrrole

348.2174 806 2-Cyclohexylethyl bromide

351.2527 807 2-Cyanobenzyl bromide

356.1855 808 2-Bromoacetophenone

359.1871 809 1-Bromo-3- Phenylpropane

359.2220 810 3-Chlorobenzyl bromide

365.1521 811 4-Chlorobenzyl bromide

365.1548 812 2,6-Difluorobenzyl bromide

367.1742 813 2-Bromo-4′- methylacetophenone

373.1996 814 2-Bromo-4′- fluoroacetohenone

377.1789 815 4-Cyanophenacyl bromide

384.1801 816 2-Bromo-3′ Methoxyacetophenone

389.2006 817 2-Bromo-4′- Methoxyacetophenone

389.1953 818 2,6-Dichlorobenzyl bromide

399.1115 819 3,4-Dichlorobenzyl bromide

399.1170

Examples 820-904

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride (34 mg, 0.098 mmol, prepared as described in Parts A through H of Example 51) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 70 μL, 4 equivalents) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken for six hours. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 820 None–starting material

270.1707 821 Acetyl chloride

312.1855 822 Propionyl chloride

326.1965 823 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

338.1994 824 Butyryl chloride

340.2110 825 Methoxyacetyl chloride

342.1953 826 Pivaloyl chloride

354.2304 827 Benzoyl chloride

374.1986 828 Cyclopentylacetyl chloride

380.2487 829 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

380.2419 830 m-Toluoyl chloride

388.2146 831 Phenylacetyl chloride

388.2168 832 3-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

392.1925 833 4-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

392.1896 834 4-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

399.1963 835 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

402.2307 836 3-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

404.2108 837 p-Anisoyl chloride

404.2093 838 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

408.1565 839 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

408.1616 840 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

375.1937 841 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

375.1913 842 Picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride

375.1948 843 trans-2-Phenyl-1- cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

414.2304 844 3-Dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride

417.2423 845 4-Chlorophenylacetyl chloride

422.1747 846 3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride

442.1840 847 3,4-Dichlorobenzoyl chloride

442.1196 848 4-(Trifluoromethoxy)benzoyl chloride

458.1784 849 Methanesulfonyl chloride

348.1522 850 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

362.1672 851 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

376.1812 852 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

376.1808 853 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

377.1767 854 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

390.2003 855 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

402.1206 856 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

410.1689 857 1-Methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl chloride

414.1732 858 2,2,2-Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

416.1376 859 2-Thiophenesulfonyl chloride

416.1233 860 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

424.1842 861 3-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

428.1556 862 4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

428.1568 863 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

435.1585 864 4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

435.1617 865 3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

440.1798 866 4-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

440.1721 867 2-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

444.1277 868 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

444.1272 869 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

444.1278 870 3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride

478.1482 871 4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride

478.1519 872 2,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

478.0887 873 2,6-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

478.0858 874 3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

478.0838 875 3,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

478.0890 876 Methyl isocyanate

327.1915 877 Ethyl isocyanate

341.2110 878 Isopropyl isocyanate

355.2263 879 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

369.1870 880 Pentyl isocyanate

383.2596 881 Isobutyl isothiocyanate

385.2207 882 Phenyl isocyanate

389.2116 883 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

395.2597 884 Benzyl isocyanate

403.2283 885 m-Tolyl isocyanate

403.2268 886 o-Tolyl isocyanate

403.2238 887 Phenyl isothiocyanate

405.1867 888 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

406.1828 889 2-Phenethyl isocyanate

417.2416 890 2-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

419.2187 891 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

419.2167 892 2-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

423.1716 893 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

423.1736 894 4-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

423.1716 895 3,4-Difluorophenyl isocyanate

425.1877 896 trans-2-Phenylcyclopropyl isocyanate

429.2428 897 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl isocyanate

447.2178 898 3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl isocyanate

449.2318 899 3,5-Dimethoxyiphenyl isocyanate

449.2270 900 2-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl isocyanate

473.1876 901 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

341.2104 902 2-Oxo-1-imidazolidinecarbonyl chloride

382.1967 903 4-Methyl-1-piperazinecarbonyl chloride

396.2530 904 N-Methyl-N-Phenylcarbamoyl chloride

403.2245

Examples 905-941

A reagent (0.15 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (31 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 19) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and heated at 50° C. for approximately 18 hours and then at 85° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 905 None-starting material

303.1352 906 2-(Methylamino)ethanol

342.2295 907 Cyclopentylamine

352.2509 908 Piperidine

352.2497 909 (R)-3-Hydroxypyrrolidine

354.2297 910 Morpholine

354.2301 911 Thiazolidine

356.1942 912 Cyclohexylamine

366.2661 913 1-Methylpiperazine

367.2617 914 4-Hydroxypiperidine

368.2452 915 Thiomorpholine

370.2053 916 Diethanolamine

372.2402 917 3-Picolylamine

375.2289 918 N-Methylfurfurylamine

378.2289 919 N-Ethylpiperazine

381.2749 920 N-Methylhomopiperazine

381.2764 921 2,6-Dimethylmorpholine

382.2625 922 N,N-Dimethyl-N′- ethylethylenediamine

383.2944 923 N-Methylbenzylamine

388.2493 924 3-Azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonane

392.2816 925 1-Acetylpiperazine

395.2555 926 Isonipecotamide

395.2561 927 1-Methyl-4- (methylamino)piperidine

395.2888 928 4-Piperidineethanol

396.2765 929 4-(2-Aminoethyl)morpholine

397.2720 930 N-(2-Hydroxyethyl) piperazine

397.2731 931 bis(2- Methoxyethyl)amine

400.2716 932 1,2,3,4- Tetrahydroisoquinoline

400.2487 933 1,1- Dioxidotetrahydrothien- 3-ylamnie

402.1963 934 Methyl isonipecotate

410.2554 935 N-(3- Aminopropyl)morpholine

411.2876 936 4-(1-Pyrrolindinyl)- piperidine

421.3071 937 1-(2- Ethoxyethyl)piperazine

425.3028 938 1-Phenylpiperazine

429.2729 939 1-(2-Pyridyl)piperazine

430.2732 940 4-Benyzylpiperidine

442.2974 941 1-(2-Furoyl)piperazine

447.2495

Examples 942-1019

A reagent (0.11 nmmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (27 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 589) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 34 μL, 2 equivalents) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken for about 16 hours. Water (50 μL) was added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 942 None-starting material

274.2038 943 Propionyl chloride

330.2314 944 Methyl chloroforrnate

332.2068 945 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

342.2281 946 Butyryl chloride

344.2462 947 Isobutyryl chloride

344.2468 948 Methoxyacetyl chloride

346.2242 949 Methyl chlorothiolformate

348.1872 950 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride

356.2471 951 Isovaleryl chloride

358.2617 952 Cyclopentanecarbonyl chloride

370.2637 953 Benzoyl chloride

378.2315 954 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

384.2777 955 2-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

396.2228 956 3-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

396.2219 957 4-Fluorobenzoyl chloride

396.2228 958 3-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

403.2255 959 4-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

403.2274 960 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

406.2613 961 2-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

408.2415 962 3-Methoxybenzoyl chloride

408.2403 963 p-Anisoyl chloride

408.2409 964 2-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

412.1929 965 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

412.1936 966 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

412.1929 967 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

379.2263 968 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

379.2217 969 Picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride

379.2234 970 Methanesulfonyl chloride

352.1825 971 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

366.1987 972 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

380.2142 973 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

380.2150 974 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

381.2038 975 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

394.2293 976 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

414.1946 977 1-Methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl chloride

418.2022 978 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanesulfonyl chloride

420.1650 979 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

428.2090 980 o-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

428.2122 981 p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

428.2105 982 2-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

432.1891 983 3-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

432.1877 984 4-Fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

432.1838 985 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

439.1921 986 4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

439.1921 987 3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

444.2036 988 4-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

444.2082 989 2-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

448.1583 990 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

448.1584 991 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

448.1583 992 Methyl isocyanate

331.2276 993 Ethyl isocyanate

345.2416 994 Isopropyl isocyanate

359.2588 995 N-Propyl isocyanate

359.2568 996 Isopropyl isothiocyanate

375.2342 997 Cyclopentyl isocyanate

385.2722 998 Cyclopropylmethyl isothiocyanate

387.2356 999 Phenyl isocyanate

393.2427 1000 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

399.2901 1001 Benzyl isocyanate

407.2578 1002 m-Tolyl isocyanate

407.2584 1003 o-Tolyl isocyanate

407.2581 1004 p-Tolyl isocyanate

407.2563 1005 Phenyl isothiocyanate

409.2182 1006 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

410.2164 1007 2-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

423.2523 1008 3-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

423.2486 1009 4-Methoxyphenyl isocyanate

423.2512 1010 2-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

427.2027 1011 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

427.2027 1012 4-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

427.2030 1013 trans-2-Phenylcyclopropyl isocyanate

433.2676 1014 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

345.2416 1015 1-Pyrrolidinecarbonyl chloride

371.2584 1016 2-Oxo-1-imidazolidinecarbonyl chloride

386.2310 1017 4-Morpholinylcarbonyl chloride

387.2515 1018 4-Methyl-1-Piperazinecarbonyl chloride

400.2810 1019 N-Methyl-N-Phenylcarbamoyl chloride

407.2577

Examples 1020-1097

A reagent (0.12 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine tris-trifluoroacetate (64 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 578) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 90 μL, 5 equivalents) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken for about 16 hours. Water (30 μL) was added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 1020 None-starting material

302.2356 1021 Methyl chloroformate

360.2431 1022 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

370.2581 1023 Butryrl chloride

372.2793 1024 Isobutyryl chloride

372.2797 1025 Ethyl chloroformate

374.2581 1026 Methoxyacetyl chloride

374.2524 1027 Methyl chlorothiolformate

376.2200 1028 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride

384.2800 1029 Isovaleryl chloride

386.2942 1030 Pentanoyl chloride

386.2930 1031 Pivaloyl chloride

386.2955 1032 tert-Butylacetyl chloride

400.3100 1033 Benzoyl chloride

406.2637 1034 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

412.3082 1035 3-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

431.2566 1036 4-Cyanobenzoyl chloride

431.2582 1037 Cinnamoyl chloride

432.2789 1038 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

434.2884 1039 2-Methoxylbenzoyl chloride

436.2724 1040 2-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

440.2225 1041 3-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

440.2231 1042 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride

440.2261 1043 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

407.2575 1044 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

407.2576 1045 Picolinoyl chloride hydrochloride

407.2582 1046 trans-2-Phenyl-1- cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

446.2876 1047 Methanesulfonyl chloride

380.2112 1048 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

394.2269 1049 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

408.2450 1050 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

408.2448 1051 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

409.2384 1052 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

422.2617 1053 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

442.2272 1054 1-Methylimidazole-4- sulfonyl chloride

446.2353 1055 3-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

456.2474 1056 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

456.2435 1057 o-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

456.2475 1058 p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

456.2390 1059 3-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

467.2200 1060 4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride

467.2187 1061 3-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

472.2384 1062 4-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride

472.2398 1063 2-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

476.1908 1064 3-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

476.1861 1065 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

476.1846 1066 1-Naphthalenesulfonyl chloride

492.2451 1067 2-Naphthalenesulfonyl chloride

492.2414 1068 N-Acetylsulfanilyl chloride

499.2519 1069 Methyl isocyanate

359.2596 1070 Ethyl isocyanate

373.2702 1071 Isopropyl isocyanate

387.2855 1072 N-Propyl isocyanate

387.2852 1073 N-Butyl isocyanate

401.3009 1074 sec-Butyl isocyanate

401.3026 1075 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

401.2458 1076 Cyclopentyl isocyanate

413.2993 1077 Cyclopropylmethyl isothiocyanate

415.2605 1078 Phenyl isocyanate

421.2702 1079 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

427.3229 1080 m-Tolyl isocyanate

435.2876 1081 Phenyl isothiocyanate

437.2459 1082 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

438.2480 1083 2-Tetrahydrofurfuryl isothiocyanate

445.2741 1084 Benzoyl isocyanate

449.2674 1085 2-Phenylethyl isocyanate

449.3064 1086 2-Methoxylphenyl isocyanate

451.2864 1087 3-Methoxylphenyl isocyanate

451.2798 1088 4-Methoxylphenyl isocyanate

451.2860 1089 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

455.2350 1090 4-Chlorophenyl isocyanate

455.2345 1091 trans-2- Phenylcyclopropyl isocyanate

461.3076 1092 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl isocyanate

479.2800 1093 N,N-Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

373.2736 1094 1-Pyrrolidinecarbonyl chloride

399.2891 1095 1-Piperidinecarbonyl chloride

413.2986 1096 4-Morpholinecarbonyl chloride

415.2802 1097 4-Methyl-1- Piperazinecarbonyl chloride

428.3176

Examples 1098-1115

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-aminobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (30 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 577) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 36 μL, 2 equivalents) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken for about 4 hours. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Exam- Measured Mass ple Reagent R (M + H) 1098 None-starting

298.2036 1099 Propionyl chloride

354.2326 1100 Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride

380.2464 1101 Benzoyl chloride

402.2332 1102 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

408.2801 1103 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

403.2280 1104 Methanesulfonyl chloride

376.1839 1105 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

404.2154 1106 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

404.2087 1107 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

405.2098 1108 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

438.1996 1109 1-Methylimidazole-4- sulfonyl chloride

442.2025 1110 2,2,2- Trifluoroethanesulfonyl chloride

444.1700 1111 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

397.2207 1112 Cyclopentyl isocyanate

409.2737 1113 Phenyl isocyanate

417.2438 1114 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

423.2903 1115 3-Pyridyl isothiocyanate

434.2153

Examples 1116-1129

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (32 mg, 0.10 mmol, prepared as described in Example 64) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 27 μL, 1.5 equivalents) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). Test tubes were capped and shaken for about 4 hours. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Exam- Measured Mass ple Reagent R (M + H) 1116 None-starting material

298.2029 1117 Acetyl chloride

340.2144 1118 Benzoyl chloride

402.2336 1119 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

430.2639 1120 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

403.2256 1121 trans-2-Phenyl-1- cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

442.2607 1122 Methanesulfonyl chloride

376.1814 1123 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

405.2071 1124 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

438.1994 1125 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

452.2145 1126 Isopropyl isocyanate

383.2566 1127 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

397.2189 1128 Phenyl isocyanate

417.2445 1129 N-Methyl-N- Phenylcarbamoyl chloride

431.2592

Examples 1130-1176

Part A

A mixture of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride (2.8 g, prepared as described in Examples 454-488), platinum (IV) oxide (2.1 g), and triflouroacetic acid (43 mL) was placed under hydrogen pressure (50 psi, 3.4×10⁵ Pa) on Parr shaker for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent and the filter cake was rinsed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL), made basic (pH 14) by the addition of 50% sodium hydroxide and then extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge eluting with chloroform/CMA in a gradient from 100:0 to 80:20) to provide 2.0 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a light yellow solid.

Part B

A reagent (0.15 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (29 mg, 0.10 mmol) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and heated at 70° C. (amines) or 85° C. (phenols) for approximately 17 hours. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 1130 None-starting material

293.1557 1131 Pyrrolidine

328.2524 1132 Piperidine

342.2643 1133 Morpholine

344.2464 1134 2-Ethylaminoethanol

346.2614 1135 3-Hydroxypiperidine

358.2613 1136 4-Hydroxypiperidine

358.2633 1137 3-(Dimethylamino)pyrrolidine

371.2914 1138 N-Methylhomopiperazine

371.2959 1139 2-Piperidinemethanol

372.2749 1140 3-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

372.2794 1141 4-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

372.2793 1142 N-Methylbenzylamine

378.2680 1143 Isonipecotamide

385.2697 1144 (3s)-(-)-3- Acetamidopyrrolidine

385.2710 1145 1-Acetylpiperazine

385.2723 1146 2-Piperidineethanol

386.2931 1147 4-Piperidineethanol

386.2928 1148 N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazine

387.2910 1149 4-(Ethylaminomethyl)pyridine

393.2790 1150 1-(2-Methoxyethyl)piperazine

401.3011 1151 4-(1-Pyrrolidinyl)-piperidine

411.3260 1152 1-(2-Ethoxyethyl)piperazine

415.3208 1153 1-Phenylpiperazine

419.2944 1154 1-(2-Pyridyl)piperazine

420.2886 1155 4-Piperidinopiperidine

425.3397 1156 1-Hydroxyethylethoxypiperazine

431.3148 1157 1-(2-Furoyl)piperazine

437.2685 1158 2-Piperidin-1-ylmethyl- piperidine

439.3556 1159 1-Cinnamylpiperazine

459.3239 1160 1-Phenyl-1,3,8- triazospiro[4.5]decan-4-one

488.3132 1161 Phenol

351.2188 1162 2-Cyanophenol

376.2125 1163 3-Cyanophenol

376.2157 1164 4-Cyanophenol

376.2140 1165 3-Methoxyphenol

381.2270 1166 4-Methoxyphenol

381.2278 1167 Guaiacol

381.2270 1168 2-Chlorophenol

385.1785 1169 4-Chlorophenol

385.1780 1170 4-Hydroxybenzamide

394.2255 1171 3-Dimethylaminophenol

394.2589 1172 2,4-Dichlorophenol

419.1378 1173 2,5-Dichlorophenol

419.1363 1174 3,4-Dichlorophenol

419.1374 1175 3,5-Dichlorophenol

419.1381 1176 4-Hydroxybenzenesulfonamide

430.1886

Examples 1177-1191

Part A

DMF (50 mL) was added to a mixture of 1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (3 g, 12.5 mmol, prepared as described in Example 9), 4-bromobutylphthalimide (3.9 g, 13.7 mmol), and potassium carbonate (5.2 g, 37.5 mmol).

The reaction mixture was heated at 60° C. with stirring under a nitrogen atmosphere for about 18 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove excess potassium carbonate. The filtrate was diluted with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, eluting first with ethyl acetate and then with a gradient of methanol in ethyl acetate) to provide 2.0 g of 2-{4-[4-amino-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-2-yl]butyl}-1H -isoindole-1,3 (2H)-dione.

Part B

The material from Part A was combined with hydrazine monohydrate (1.1 mL. 5 eq) and ethanol (100 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.8 g of 2-(4-aminobutyl)-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine.

Part C

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 2-(4-aminobutyl)-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (31 mg, 0.10 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 35 μL, 2 equivalents) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken for about 16 hours. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Example Reagent R Measured Mass (M + H) 1177 None-starting material

312.2203 1178 Acetyl chloride

354.2316 1179 Benzoyl chloride

416.2444 1180 Hydrocinnamoyl chloride

444.2769 1181 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

417.2406 1182 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

418.2296 1183 Dimethylsulfamoyl chloride

419.2213 1184 Trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride

444.1689 1185 Benzenesulfonyl chloride

452.2150 1186 alpha-Toluenesulfonyl chloride

466.2242 1187 Ethyl isocyanate

383.2586 1188 Cyclopropyl isothiocyanate

411.2358 1189 Cyclopropylmethyl isothiocyanate

425.2496 1190 Phenyl isocyanate

431.2590 1191 Benzyl isocyanate

445.2752

Examples 1192-1197

A reagent (0.12 mmol, 1.2 equivalents) from the table below and a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (150 μL of 1 M in THF, 1.5 eq) were added to a test tube containing 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (30 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The tubes were capped and stirred (magnetic stir bar) at ambient temperature for about 65 hours. Aqueous hydrochloric acid (300 μL of 1 N) and peracetic acid (57 μL of 32 wt %) were added to each tube; then stirring was continued for an additional 3 hours. The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 1192 None-starting material

303.1352 1193 Ethanethiol

361.1699 1194 2-Propanethiol

375.1861 1195 Methyl thioglycolate

405.1585 1196 Thiophenol

409.1690 1197 Furfuryl mercaptan

413.1659

Example 1198

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, potassium tert-butoxide (218 μL of 1 M in THF, 1.5 eq) was added to a solution of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-4-amine (44 mg, 0.145 mmol) and butanethiol (19 μL, 0.174 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Peracetic acid (76 μL of 32 wt %) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was acidified (pH 3) by the addition of 1 N hydrochloric acid and then loaded onto a solid phase extraction cartridge (Waters, MCX 6 cc). The reaction mixture was pushed through the cartridge with light nitrogen pressure to provide fraction 1. The cartridge was eluted sequentially with methanol (5 mL) and ammonia/methanol (5 mL of 1 N) to provide fractions 2 and 3 respectively. The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation to provide 1-[4-(butylsulfonyl)butyl]-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine, measured mass (M+H): 389.1989.

Example 1199 4-Amino-1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol

Dichloromethane (1 mL) was added to a vial containing 1,2-diethyl-7-methoxy-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (20 mg, 0.074 mmol, prepared as described in Example 573). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 5 minutes. Cold boron tribromide (370 μL of 1 M in dichloromethane, 0.37 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for about 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated. The residue was combined with methanol (2 mL) and 6 N hydrochloric acid (500 μL); and then stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was made basic by the addition of 6 M sodium hydroxide and a portion of the solvent was evaporated. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (25 mL) and water (25 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was evaporated to provide a yellow solid. The solid was suspended in methanol. The methanol was evaporated and the residue was purified as described in Examples 71-85 to provide the trifluoroacetate salt of 4-amino-1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol, measured mass (M+H): 257.1408.

Example 1200 7-(Benzyloxy)-1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Chloroform (2 mL) and cesium carbonate (32.6 mg, 0.1 mmol) were added to a vial containing 4-amino-1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol (17 mg, 0.05 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 minutes. Benzyl bromide (6.54 μL, 0.055 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 30 minutes. Analysis by LCMS indicated that only a small amount of product had formed. The chloroform was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for about 1 hour. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified as described in Examples 71-85 to provide the trifluoroacetate salt of 7-(benzyloxy)-1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine, measured mass (M+H): 423.2190.

Examples 1201 & 1202

N,N-Dimethylacetamide (2 mL) and cesium carbonate (32.6 mg, 0.1 mmol) were added to vials containing 4-amino-1,2-diethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol (17 mg, 0.05 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 minutes. A reagent (6.54 μL, 0.055 mmol) from the table below was added to a vial and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagents used, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M +H) 1201 alpha-Bromo-p- xylene

437.2349 1202 4-Chlorobenzyl bromide

457.1809

Examples 1203-1206

A boronic acid (2.1 eq, 0.11 mmol) from the table below and n-propyl alcohol (720 μL) were added to a vial containing 4-amino-2-ethyl-1-(2-phenylethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (23 mg, 0.05 mmol, prepared as described in Example 576). The vial was purged with nitrogen. Palladium (II) acetate (1.12 mg, 10 mole %), 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (250 μL), water (50 μL), and triphenylphosphine (2.6 mg (20 mole %) in 100 μL of n-propyl alcohol) were sequentially added. The reaction mixture was heated at 80° C. with stirring for 1 hour, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and then filtered through a plug of glass wool. The plug was washed with n-propyl alcohol, methanol, and dichloromethane. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagents used, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 1203 Phenylboronic acid

393.2108 1204 4-Methylphenylboronic acid

407.2201 1205 Pyridine-3-boronic acid

394.2031 1206 Furan-3-boronic acid

383.1852

Examples 1207-1216

Part A

1-(2-Methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (2.4 g, 9.99 mmol, prepared as described in Example 9), potassium carbonate (5.5 g, 39.9 mmol), 3-chloroiodopropane (1.2 mL, 11.0 mmol), and DMF (110 mL) were combined and heated at 40° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified twice by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate) to provide 2-(3-chloropropyl)-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine.

Part B

A reagent (0.15 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 2-(3-chloropropyl)-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (32 mg, 0.10 mmol) and potassium carbonate (approximately 55 mg, 0.40 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL). The test tubes were capped and heated at 70° C. (amines) or 85° C. (phenols) for approximately 18 hours. The reaction mixtures were filtered and the solvent was removed from the filtrates by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Mass Example Reagent R (M + H) 1207 Morpholine

368.2472 1208 2-(Propylamino)ethanol

384.2784 1209 N,N′-Dimethyl-3- aminopyrrolidine

395.2943 1210 3-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine

396.2797 1211 N-Methylbenzylamine

402.2664 1212 1-Acetylpiperazine

409.2721 1213 Nipecotamide

409.2733 1214 Phenol

375.2200 1215 3-Methoxyphenol

405.2329 1216 3-Chlorophenol

409.1805

Examples 1217-1241

Part A

A mixture of 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid (11.37 g, 47.78 mmol, prepared as described in Example 15), n-propanol (80 mL), and 1 M hydrochloric acid (60 mL) was heated in an oil bath at 80° C. for 1 hour and then allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Solid sodium carbonate was added with stirring to neutralize the hydrochloric acid and to serve as a base in the next step.

Part B

tert-Butyl 2-(4-bromo-3-cyano-1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate (11.36 g, 312.84 mmol, prepared as described in Example 51), n-propanol (20 mL), and palladium (II) acetate (143 mg, 0.64 mmol) were added to the mixture from Part A. The reaction mixture was degassed and backfilled with nitrogen three times and then heated at 100° C. for two days. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and the n-propanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with chloroform (250 mL), washed with water (2×100 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and than concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a light yellow solid. This material was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 0-45% of 80:20 CMA:chloroform in chloroform) to provide 2.47 g of a light yellow solid. This material was suspended in acetonitrile (25 mL), sonicated for about 15 seconds, isolated by filtration, rinsed with acetonitrile, and dried to provide 2.25 g of tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate as a white solid.

Part C

Hydrochloric acid (3 mL of 2.7 M in ethanol) was added to a suspension of tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate (0.52 g) in ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was heated at 80° C. for about 1 hour and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between water (50 mL) and dichloromethane (30 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was made basic with ammonium hydroxide and then extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (1×50 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.29 g of crude product as a white solid. The reaction was repeated using 2.05 g of starting material to provide 1.18 g of crude product as a white solid. The two lots were combined and purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel eluting with a gradient of 20-60% of 80:20 CMA:chloroform in chloroform) to provide 0.48 g of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-4-amine as a white solid.

Part D

A reagent (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) from the table below was added to a test tube containing 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-4-amine (26 mg, 0.10 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (approximately 36 μL, 2 equivalents) in chloroform (2 mL). The test tubes were capped and shaken for about 4 hours. Two drops of water were added to each test tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified as described in Examples 71-85. The table below shows the reagent added to each test tube, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.

Measured Example Reagent R Mass (M + H) 1217 None-starting material only

271.1696 1218 Acetyl chloride

313.1781 1219 Propionyl chloride

327.1962 1220 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

339.1948 1221 Butyryl chloride

341.2108 1222 Isobutyryl chloride

341.2107 1223 Benzoyl chloride

375.1966 1224 Cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride

381.2433 1225 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

376.1888 1226 Methanesulfonyl chloride

349.1472 1227 Ethanesulfonyl chloride

363.1638 1228 1-Propanesulfonyl chloride

377.1736 1229 Isopropylsulfonyl chloride

377.1794 1230 1-Butanesulfonyl chloride

391.1938 1231 1-Benzenesulfonyl chloride

411.1636 1232 2,2,2- Trifluoroethanesulfonyl chloride

417.1358 1233 Methyl isocyanate

328.1909 1234 Ethyl isocyanate

342.2059 1235 Isopropyl isocyanate

356.2222 1236 N-Propyl isocyanate

356.2213 1237 Cyclopentyl isocyanate

382.2394 1238 Cyclohexyl isocyanate

396.2547 1239 1-Pyrrolidinecarbonyl chloride

368.2217 1240 1-Piperidinecarbonyl chloride

382.2379 1241 4-Morpholinecarobonyl chloride

384.2181

Example 1242 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]cyclopropylamide

Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (454 μL, 5.00 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 64, 595 mg, 2.00 mmol) and triethylamine (895 μL, 6.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (18 mL). The solution was stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature and then was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a yellow solid that was dissolved in methanol (20 mL). Concentrated hydrochloric acid (4 mL) was added to the resulting solution, and the reaction was heated at reflux for 20 hours and allowed to cool to room temperature. Aqueous sodium carbonate (15 mL of 2 M) was added, and the methanol was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting mixture was extracted four times with chloroform. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product (1.2 g) was purified by IFC using a silica cartridge followed by recrystallization from 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes (50 mL). The crystals were dried overnight on the filter funnel and then dried overnight under vacuum at 98° C. to provide 463 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]cyclopropylamide as a white solid, mp 192-193° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 366 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₇N₅O: C, 69.01; H, 7.45; N, 19.16. Found: C, 68.66; H, 7.46; N, 19.13.

Example 1243 N-{2-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}cyclopropylamide

The methods described in Example 1242 were used treat 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.500 g, 1.60 mmol), prepared as described in Example 590, with cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride and to isolate and purify the final product to provide 267 mg of N-{2-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}cyclopropylamide as a white solid, mp 180-181° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 382 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₇N₅O₂: C, 66.12; H, 7.13; N, 18.36. Found: C, 66.06; H, 7.48; N, 18.35.

Example 1244 1-(2-Amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

The methods described in Parts A through C of Example 64 were followed using ethylhydrazine oxalate in lieu of propylhydrazine oxalate in Part A to provide tert-butyl 2-[3-(aminocarbonyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate, which was recrystallized from 75:25 ethyl acetate:hexanes to yield a white solid, mp 178-180° C. Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₂₆N₄O₃: C, 58.04; H, 8.44; N, 18.05. Found: C, 58.08; H, 8.72; N, 18.14.

The methods described in Parts D through G of Example 64 were then used to convert tert-butyl 2-[3-(aminocarbonyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate to 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine. The final crude product (5.08 g) was recrystallized from a mixture of 35% ethyl acetate in hexanes (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (200 mL). The mother liquor was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by IFC (silica cartridge) to provide 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a beige solid, mp 234-235° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 284 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₆H₂₁N₅: C, 67.82; H, 7.47; N, 24.71. Found: C, 67.60; H, 7.38; N, 24.57.

Examples 1245-1251

The method described in Example 65 can be used to treat 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine with the acid chlorides shown in the following table to provide the compounds shown in the following table.

Example Reagent Name R 1245 Acetyl chloride N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1- dimethylethyl]acetamide

1246 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-l,1- dimethylethyl]nicotinamide

1247 Isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1- dimethylethyl]isonicotinamide

1248 4-Fluorobenzoyl chloride N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1- dimethylethyl]-4-fluorobenzamide

1249 3,4-Difluorobenzoyl chloride N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1- dimethylethyl]-3,4- difluorobenzamide

1250 Propionyl chloride N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1- dimethylethyl]propionamide

1251 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin--yl)-1,1- dimethylethyl]cyclopropylamide

Example 1252 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]methanesulfonamide

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of 1-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (609 mg, 2.15 mmol) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Triethylamine (326 mg, 3.22 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (246 mg, 2.15 mmol) were sequentially added. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for five hours and then allowed to warm to room temperature slowly and stirred overnight. Water was added, and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted four times with chloroform. The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by IFC (silica cartridge) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile. The crystals were dried overnight on the vacuum filter funnel to provide 363 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl]methanesulfonamide as a white solid, mp 229-230° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 362 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅O₂S: C, 56.49; H, 6.41; N, 19.37. Found: C, 56.46; H, 6.77; N 19.70.

Example 1253 1-(4-Chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (163 g) was prepared using a modification of the procedure described in Part A of Example 19. Methylhydrazine was used instead of ethylhydrazine oxalate. After all the reagents were added, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight instead of two hours. Dichloromethane was used for extraction during the work-up procedure, and the combined extracts were not dried. The product was obtained as a dark oil, which was treated according to the method of Part B of Example 46 to provide 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid.

Part B

To a solution of the carboxylic acid from Part A (0.666 mol) in dichloromethane (1 L) and DMF (0.5 mL) at 0° C. was added oxalyl chloride (64.0 mL, 0.73 mol). The reaction was stirred for one hour at ambient temperature. An analysis by HPLC indicated the presence of starting material, and additional oxalyl chloride (35 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for one hour and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in a small volume of dichloromethane and added slowly to concentrated ammonium hydroxide (888 mL of 15 M) cooled to approximately 0° C. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for two days. A precipitate was present and was isolated by filtration and washed with water. The filtrate was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic fraction was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a tan solid that was combined with the isolated precipitate to provide 103 g of 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide.

Part C

A solution of 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (39 g, 0.181 mol) and triethylamine (75 mL, 0.54 mol) in dichloromethane (600 mL) was cooled to approximately 0° C., and trifluoroacetic anhydride (31 mL, 0.22 mol) was added. The reaction was stirred for one hour, and then saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL) was added. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic fractions were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a dark brown oil.

Part D

Potassium acetate (35.5 g, 0.362 mol) and bromine (12 mL, 0.235 mol) were added to a solution of the material from Part C in acetic acid (362 mL), and the reaction was stirred for two hours at ambient temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and additional bromine (0.5 equivalent) was added. The reaction was stirred for two more hours and again was found to be incomplete. Additional bromine (0.5 equivalent) was added, and the reaction was stirred for one hour. Aqueous sodium bisulfite (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred until it became colorless. The acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure, and water was added to the residue. The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified through a plug of silica gel (eluting with 70:30 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to provide 51 g of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a dark oil.

Part E

The method described in Part F of Example 46 was used to couple 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (16.0 g, 60.0 mmol) and 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (20.8 g, 0.120 mol). After the mixture was heated at 115° C. for 24 hours, it was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through a plug of silica gel (eluting with 3:2 chloroform/methanol). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in ethanol (300 mL). Hydrogen chloride (45 mL of a 4 M solution in ethanol) was added to the solution, and the reaction was heated at reflux for two hours and then cooled to ambient temperature. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration and washed with ethanol to provide 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and water. The pH of the solution was raised to 14 using 50% aqueous NaOH while keeping the temperature at 0° C. by adding ice. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with additional dichloromethane, the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to a dark yellow oily solid. The residue was purified by chromatography using a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with 0-30% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile to provide 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine. This solid was purified as light tan crystals, mp 188-189° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 289 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₇ClN₄: C, 62.39; H, 5.93; N, 19.40. Found: C, 62.60; H, 5.99; N, 19.67.

Example 1254 N-[4-(4-Amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]methanesulfonamide

Methanesulfonamide (1.5 g, 16.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.660 g, 16.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL); the reaction was stirred for five minutes. 1-(4-Chlorobutyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.952 g, 3.3 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and sodium iodide (123 mg, 0.825 mmol) were sequentially added. The reaction was heated at 80° C. for four hours, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and poured into ice water (70 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (6×50 mL), and the combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified twice by chromatography using a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with 0-30% CMA in chloroform first and 5-10% methanol in dichloromethane second) followed by recrystallizafion from acetonitrile to provide 440 mg of N-[4-(4-amino-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butyl]methanesulfonamide as light tan crystals, mp 188-189° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 289 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₇CIN₄: C, 62.39; H, 5.93; N, 19.40. Found: C, 62.60; H, 5.99; N, 19.67.

Example 1255 1-(4-Chlorobutyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (175 g) was prepared using a modification of the procedure described in Part A of Example 19. Hydroxyethylhydrazine was used instead of ethylhydrazine oxalate. After all the reagents were added, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight instead of two hours.

Part B

A solution of ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (165 g, 0.600 mol) and iodomethane (187 mL, 3.00 mol) in THF (1.2 L) was cooled to 0° C. Sodium hydride (28.8 g of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.720 mol) was added slowly while maintaining the temperature below 10° C. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred overnight. Aqueous ammonium chloride and water were added, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide ethyl 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a dark brown oil.

Part C

A solution of the material from Part B in ethanol (500 mL) was combined with 6 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (200 mL, 1.20 mol), and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 hours. The ethanol was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was stirred with water for five minutes. The solution was adjusted with 3 N aqueous hydrochloric acid to pH 4; a precipitate formed. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and the precipitate was then isolated by filtration, washed with water, dried on the filter funnel for two hours to provide 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid, which was dissolved in dichloromethane. The resulting solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then used in Part D.

Part D

A modification of the method described in Part B of Example 1253 was followed. After the second additional of oxalyl chloride, the reaction was stirred for 18 hours at ambient temperature. After the reaction with ammonium hydroxide was stirred for three hours, the precipitate was not isolated by filtration, but the mixture was extracted several times with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried, filtered, and concentrated to provide 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a dark oil, which was treated with trifluoroacetic anhydride according to the method of Part C of Examples 1253 to provide 5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a dark brown oil.

Part E

Potassium acetate (193 g, 1.97 mol) and bromine (69 mL, 1.4 mol) were added to a solution of the carbonitrile from Part D in acetic acid (1 L), and the reaction was stirred for 24 hours at ambient temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and additional bromine (15 mL) was added. The reaction again was found to be incomplete. Additional bromine (15 mL) was added, and the reaction was then treated according to the work-up procedure described in Part D of Example 1253 to provide 144 g of 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a brown oil, which was used without purification.

Part F

2-Aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (16.2 g, 93.5 mmol), potassium carbonate (42.5 g, 308 mmol), DME (333 mL), water (166 mL), and 4-bromo-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (30 g, 93.5 mmol) were combined in a flask, which was then evacuated three times and filled with nitrogen. Dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.65 g, 0.94 mmol) was then added, and the reaction was heated at 110° C. for one hour. An analysis by HPLC indicated the presence of starting material, and additional 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (16.2 g, 93.5 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.65 g, 0.94 mmol) were added. The reaction was then heated at reflux overnight and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Water (30 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting sequentially with 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes and 75% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 18 g of 4-(2-aminophenyl)-5-(4-chlorobutyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a maroon oil.

Part G

Acetyl chloride (15 mL, 216 mmol) was added to ethanol (170 mL) at 0° C. A solution of the material from Part F in ethanol (100 mL) was added, and the resulting solution was heated at reflux for two hours and allowed to cool to ambient temperature overnight. The ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL) and adjusted to pH 12 with the addition of ice and 50% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide. The aqueous fraction was extracted with dichloromethane (3×100 mL), and the combined organic fractions dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a semi-solid. The semi-solid was triturated with diethyl ether and isolated by filtration to provide 10 g of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine. A small portion of the product was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide white crystals, mp 156-157° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 333 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₁CIN₄O: C, 61.35; H, 6.36; N, 16.83. Found: C, 61.51; H, 6.65; N, 17.01.

Example 1256 N-{4-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]butyl}methanesulfonamide

The method described in Example 1254 was used to treat 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (1.1 g, 3.3 mmol) with methanesulfonamide pretreated with sodium hydride in the presence of sodium iodide. The crude was purified by chromatography using a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with 0-30% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile to provide 600 mg of N-{4-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]butyl}methanesulfonamide as white crystals, mp 159-161° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 392 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₅N₅O₃S: C, 55.22; H, 6.44; N, 17.89. Found: C, 55.40; H, 6.33; N, 18.13.

Example 1257 N-[3-(4-Amino-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)propyl]methanesulfonamide hydrochloride

A mixture of N-[3-(4-amino-2-tert-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)propyl]methanesulfonamide (Example 584, 0.410 g, 1.37 mmol), hydrogen bromide (0.7 mL of a 48% solution in water, 13.7 mmol) and acetonitrile (7 mL) was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in water and treated with 50% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide. The resulting solution was washed with dichloromethane and then adjusted to pH 4 with the addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid. A precipitate formed, was isolated by filtration, and was dried on the filter funnel to provide 0.39 g of N-[3-(4-amino-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)propyl]methanesulfonamide hydrochloride as a white powder, mp>250° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 320 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₄H₁₇N₅O₂S.H₂O.HCl: C, 44.98; H, 5.39; N, 18.73. Found: C, 44.88; H, 5.27; N, 18.57.

Example 1258 1-(4-Amino-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Part A

A mixture sodium tert-butoxide (23.0 g, 0.240 mol) and ethanol (200 mL) was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C.; most of the solid was dissolved. A mixture of diethyl oxalate (32.6 mL, 0.240 mol) and 4-hydroxy4-methyl-2-pentanone (25.0 mL, 0.200 mol) was added slowly, and the reaction was stirred for ten minutes at 0° C. before the addition of acetic acid (100 mL). The reaction was warmed to ambient temperature and stirred for ten minutes. Potassium acetate (29.4 g, 0.300 mol) and butylhydrazine oxalate (30.0 g, 0.200 mol) were sequentially added. The reaction was stirred overnight at ambient temperature, and the acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was adjusted to pH 14 with the addition of 50% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide while maintaining the temperature at 0° C. with the addition of ice. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane; the combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65+M cartridge, eluting with 0 to70% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 26 g of ethyl 1-butyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a yellow oil.

Part B

Ethyl 1-butyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (26 g, 97 mmol) and ammonia (160 mL of a 7 N solution in methanol) were heated at 150° C. in a stainless steel reactor for 42 hours and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide 1-butyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a black oil, which was treated with trifluoroacetic anhydride (40 mL, 289 mmol) and triethylamine (53 mL, 386 mmol) according to a modification of the method of Part C of Example 1253 to provide 2-(1-butyl-3-cyano-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl trifluoroacetate as a dark brown oil. The reaction with trifluoroacetic anhydride was stirred for three hours.

Part C

Potassium carbonate (20 g, 145 mmol) was added to a solution of the trifluoroacetate from Part B in ethanol (192 mL) and water (57 mL), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for two hours and then filtered to remove a solid. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The aqueous fraction was extracted with dichloromethane, and the combined organic fractions were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPLC system (60I cartridge, eluting with 0 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide 18 g of 1-butyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil.

Part D

The method described in Part F of Examples 1 through 4 was used to treat 1-butyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (18 g, 81 mmol) with potassium acetate (16.7 g, 171 mmol) and bromine (4.6 mL, 89 mmol). After the acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL) and adjusted to pH 12 with the addition of 50% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide and ice while maintaining the temperature at 0° C. The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, and the combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (60I cartridge, eluting with 0 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide 13 g of 1-butyl4-bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil.

Part E

A modification of the method described in Part H of Example 1255 was used to treat 1-butyl-4-bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.7 g, 9.2 mmol). Two equivalents of 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (3.2 g, 18.4 mmol) and 2 mol % dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.126 g, 0.18 mmol) were added at the beginning of the reaction, and the reaction was heated at reflux for five hours. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with 0 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide 4-(2-aminophenyl)-1-butyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part F

The method described in Part G of Example 1255 was used to treat the material from Part E with the modification that the reaction was heated at reflux for three hours. The crude product was purified by chromatography and recrystallization according to the methods described in Example 1256 to provide 210 mg of 1-(4-amino-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as white crystals, mp 171-172° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 313 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₄N₄O: C, 69.20; H, 7.74; N, 17.93. Found: C, 69.00; H, 8.07; N, 18.13.

The mother liquor from the recrystallization was concentrated to provide an additional 0.78 g of product.

Example 1259 1-(4-Amino-2-butyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

The methods described in Example 586 were used to hydrogenate 1-(4-amino-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol (0.78 g, 2.5 mmol) in the presence of platinum (IV) oxide (0.78 g) and trifluoroacetic acid (20 mL) and purify the product to provide 0.21 g of 1-(4-amino-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as off-white crystals, mp 130° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 317 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₈N₄O.0.12 H₂O: C, 67.86; H, 8.93; N, 17.58. Found: C, 67.54; H, 9.15; N, 17.57.

Example 1260 1-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Part A

The method described in Part A of Example 1258 was followed using hydroxyethylhydrazine (13.5 mL, 0.200 mol) instead of butylhydrazine oxalate. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65+M cartridge, eluting with 0 to 70% ethyl acetate in hexanes followed by ethyl acetate) to provide 24 g of ethyl 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a dark yellow oil.

Part B

A solution of ethyl 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (24.6 g, 95.9 mmol) in THF (191 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Sodium hydride (4.6 g of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 110 mmol) was added, and iodomethane (6.6 mL, 105 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of ten minutes. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for six hours. The work-up procedure described in Part B of Example 1255 was followed to provide ethyl 5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a light brown oil.

Part C

The methods described in Part B of Example 1258 were used to treat the material from Part B with ammonia (160 mL of a 7 N solution in methanol) followed by trifluoroacetic anhydride (60 mL, 287 mmol) to provide 2-[3-cyano-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl trifluoroacetate.

Part D

The method described in Part C of Example 1258 was used to treat the trifluoroacetate from Part C with the modification that the reaction was stirred overnight. The product, 5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile, was treated according to the method described in Part D of Example 1258 with the modification that the crude product was not purified. 4-Bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (10 g) was obtained as a yellow oil.

Part E

The methods described in Parts E and F of Example 1258 were followed using 4-bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (7.0 g, 23 mmol) as the starting material to provide 2.0 g of 1-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol as tan crystals, mp 171-172° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 315 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₂N₄O₂: C, 64.95; H, 7.05; N, 17.82. Found: C, 64.79; H, 6.99; N, 17.89.

The mother liquor from the recrystallization of the final product was concentrated to provide additional material.

Example 1261 1-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol

The methods described in Example 586 were used to hydrogenate 1-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol (1.75 g, 5.5 mmol) in the presence of platinum (IV) oxide (1.5 g) and trifluoroacetic acid (20 mL) and purify the product with the modification that before recrystallization, the product was also triturated with acetonitrile. 1-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol (1.0 g) was obtained as white crystals, mp 163-165° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 319 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₆N₄O₂: C, 64.13; H, 8.23; N, 17.6. Found: C, 64.01; H, 8.37; N, 17.74.

Example 1262 1-[4-Amino-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, boron tribromide (6 mL of a 1 M solution in dichloromethane) was added to a solution of 1-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol (0.500 g, 1.59 mmol) in dichloromethane (8 mL), and the reaction was stirred for four hours. The dichloromethane was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol and 3 N hydrochloric acid. A solution of 7 N ammonia in methanol was added, and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The treatment with ammonia and the concentration were repeated two more times. The crude product was purified by chromatography using a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with 0-30% CMA in chloroform) followed by trituration with acetonitrile and recrystallization from acetonitrile to provide 115 mg of 1-[4-amino-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol as white crystals, mp 196-198° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 301 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₀N₄O: C, 63.98; H, 6.71; N, 18.65. Found: C, 64.05; H, 6.97; N, 18.82.

Example 1263 1-(7-Amino-2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-3-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Part A

The method described in Part A of Example 1258 was followed using ethylhydrazine oxalate (100 g, 666 mmol) instead of butylhydrazine oxalate. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (1.6 kg, eluting sequentially with 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes and ethyl acetate) to provide 75 g of ethyl 1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part B

The methods described in Part B of Example 1258 were used to treat the material from Part A with ammonia (500 mL of a 7 N solution in methanol) followed by trifluoroacetic anhydride (132 mL, 936 mmol) and triethylamine (174 mL, 1.25 mol) to provide 2-(3-cyano-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl trifluoroacetate.

Part C

The method described in Part C of Example 1258 was used to treat the trifluoroacetate from Part B with potassium carbonate (65 g, 470 mmol). The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel (600 g, eluting sequentially with 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes and 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 44 g of 1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a dark yellow oil.

Part D

A solution of iodine monochloride in dichloromethane (10.8 mL of 2 M, 21.6 mmol) was added to a mixture of 1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.0 g, 10.3 mmol), dichloromethane (17 mL) and freshly ground potassium carbonate (2.9 g, 22 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 18 hours. The work-up and purification procedures described in Part D of Example 588 were followed to provide 1.8 g of 1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-4-iodo-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part E

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)4-iodo-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (900 mg, 2.81 mmol), propargyltrimethylsilane (0.8 mL, 5.6 mmol), copper(I) iodide (107 mg, 0.562 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (197 mg, 0.281 mmol), triethylamine (1.2 mL, 8.4 mmol) and acetonitrile (14 mL) were combined and then heated at reflux for five hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, and then filtered through a layer of silica gel. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)4-(3-trimethylsilylprop-1-ynyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a yellow oil.

Part F

The method described in Part F of Example 588 was used to treat the material from Part E with ammonia (30 mL of a 7 N solution in methanol) with the modification that the reaction was heated for 48 hours. Following chromatographic purification according to the method described in Part F of Example 588, the product was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 40 mg of 1-(7-amino-2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-3-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as yellow crystals, mp 134-135° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 249 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₃H₂₀N₄O: C, 62.88; H, 8.12; N, 22.56. Found: C, 62.86; H, 8.03; N, 22.62.

Examples 1264-1273

Part A

1-(2-Aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine dihydrochloride, prepared according to the method described in Parts A through H of Example 51 was stirred with aqueous sodium hydroxide at pH 13. The mixture was adjusted to pH 8 with the addition of hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine.

Part B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (1.0 equivalent) and triethylamine (3.0 equivalents) in chloroform (starting material is at a concentration of 0.008 M) was cooled to 0° C., and a solution of a reagent from the table below (1.0 equivalent) in chloroform was added. The reaction was stirred for between two and four hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. In some examples, the residue was mixed with water and extracted twice with chloroform or dichloromethane. The combined extracts were then concentrated under reduced pressure. For each example, the residue was purified by chromatography once or twice using an INTELLIFLASH system (eluting with a gradient of either CMA in chloroform or methanol in chloroform). The pure product was dried in a vacuum oven overnight at 75° C. to 90° C. to provide the product shown in the table below. Additional purification methods, and analytical data for each compound are given below the table.

Examples 1264-1273

Example Reagent R 1264 Cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride

1265 Isopropyl isocyanate

1266 3,4-Difluorophenyl isocyanate

1267 Nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride

1268 Acetyl chloride

1269 Propionyl chloride

1270 Methanesulfonyl chloride

1271 Ethyl isocyanate

1272 4-Fluorophenyl isocyanate

1273 Ethyl chloroformate

Example 1264

The reaction was carried out with the starting material at a concentration of 0.3 M. N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (4 equivalents) was used instead of triethylamine. The chromatography fractions were concentrated to a small volume, and hexanes were added to form a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried as described above to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]cyclopropanecarboxamide was obtained as a white powder, mp 215-217° C.

MS (APCD) m/z 338 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₉H₂₃N₅O₁: C, 67.63; H, 6.87; N, 20.76. Found: C, 67.30; H, 6.73; N, 20.51.

Example 1265

N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-N′-isopropylurea was obtained as a white powder, mp 197.0-198.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 355 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₉H₂₆N₆O₁: C, 64.38; H, 7.39; N, 23.71. Found: C, 64.06; H, 7.65; N, 23.73.

Example 1266

The chromatography fractions were concentrated to a small volume, and hexanes were added to form a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried as described above in Part B to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-N′-(3,4-difluorophenyl)urea as a white powder, mp 211-212° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 425 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₂H₂₂F₂N₆O₁: C, 62.25; H, 5.22; N, 19.8. Found: C, 61.90; H, 5.08, N, 19.57.

Example 1267

N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]nicofinamide was obtained as a white powder, mp 219.0-221.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 375 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₁H₂₂N₆O₁: C, 67.36; H, 5.92; N, 22.44. Found: C, 67.08; H, 5.84; N, 22.32.

Example 1268

N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]acetamide was obtained as a white powder, mp 185.0-186.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 312 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₁N₅O₁: C, 65.57; H, 6.80; N, 22.49. Found: C, 65.42; H, 6.70; N, 22.69.

Example 1269

After the product was dried, it was dissolved in 2 M sodium carbonate, and the resulting solution was extracted twice with chloroform. The combined extracts were concentrated to a small volume, and hexanes were added to form a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried as described above in Part B to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]propanamide as an off-white solid, mp 184.0-185.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 326 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₃N₅O₁: C, 64.44; H, 7.24; N, 20.88. Found: C, 64.13; H, 6.91; N, 20.94.

Example 1270

The addition purification methods described for Example 1269 were followed to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]methanesulfonamide as a white powder, mp 187.0-188.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 355 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₁N₅O₂S₁: C, 55.31; H, 6.09; N, 20.16. Found: C, 55.05; H, 6.22; N, 20.13.

Example 1271

After the product was purified twice by chromatography as described in Part B above, it was recystallized from acetonitrile. The crystals were dried in a vacuum oven for two days at 90° C. to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-N′-ethylurea as a white powder, mp 206.0-207.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 341 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₄N₆O₁: C, 63.51; H, 7.11; N, 24.69. Found: C, 63.58; H, 6.89; N, 24.78.

Example 1272

The addition purification methods described for Example 1269 were followed. Before the precipitate was dried, it was purified by chromatography using a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with 0% to 15% methanol in chloroform). It was then dried as described in Part B above to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-N′-(4-fluorophenyl)urea as a white solid, mp 201.0-202.0° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 407 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₂H₂₃F₁N₆O₁: C, 65.01; H, 5.70; N, 20.68. Found: C, 64.64; H, 5.72; N, 20.63.

Example 1273

It was determined that much of the product remained in the aqueous layer during the work-up procedure. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 9 with the addition of 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate and then extracted three times with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were concentrated to a small volume, and hexanes were added to form a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried as described above in Part B to provide ethyl 2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate as a light yellow solid, mp 143-144° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 342 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₃N₅O₂: C, 63.32; H, 6.79; N, 20.51. Found: C, 62.98; H, 6.84; N, 20.37.

Example 1274 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-4-fluorobenzamide

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.250 g, 0.928 mmol), triethylamine (0.30 g, 3.0 mmol), and 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (0.18 g, 1.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (7 mL) was stirred for two hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol, and 1 N hydrochloric acid was added. The reaction was stirred for three days at room temperature and then heated at reflux overnight. A precipitate was present and was isolated by filtration and stirred with 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate. The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography using an INTELLIFLASH system (eluting with 0% to 30% CMA in chloroform). The pure product was dried in a vacuum oven overnight at 90° C. to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-4-fluorobenzamide as a white powder, mp 198-199° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 392 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₂H₂₂FN₅O: C, 67.50; H, 5.66; N, 17.89. Found: C, 67.20; H, 6.01; N, 18.10.

Example 1275 1-[2-(1,1-Dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.228 g, 0.848 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.604 mL, 3.39 mmol) in chloroform (6.67 mL) was cooled to 0° C. A solution of 3-chloropropanesulfonyl chloride (0.113 mL, 0.933 mmol) in chloroform (10 mL) was added. An analysis by HPLC indicated that the reaction was not progressing. N-Methylpyrrolidone (12 mL) was added, and the reaction went to completion. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-3-chloropropane-1-sulfonamide.

Part B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of the material from Part A and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene (0.161 g, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by chromatography twice using an INTELLIFLASH system (eluting with 0% to 40% CMA in chloroform). The chromatography fractions were concentrated to a small volume, and hexanes were added to form a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in a vacuum oven overnight at 90° C. to provide 1-[2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 201-202° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 374 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₃N₅O₂S: C, 57.89; H, 6.21; N, 18.75. Found: C, 57.78; H, 6.51; N, 18.56.

Example 1276 (4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)methanol

Part A

Pyridine (40 mL, 492 mmol) was added in a single portion to a chilled solution (0° C.) solution of indole (48 g, 410 mmol) in diethyl ether (820 mL). Ethyl chlorooxoacetate (50 mL, 451 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was allowed to warm to ambient temperature over a period of 20 hours. The solid was isolated by filtration and washed with diethyl ether. The solid was combined with water (1 L), stirred for 1 hour, and then isolated by filtration to provide 75 g of ethyl (1H-indol-3-yl)(oxo)acetate.

Part B

Acetyl chloride (19 mL, 273 mmol), acetic acid (30 mL), and ethylhydrazine oxalate (41 g, 272 mmol) were added sequentially to a suspension of methyl 1H-indol-3-yl(oxo)acetate (37 g, 180 mmol) in ethanol (910 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours, cooled to ambient temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure to a small volume. Dichloromethane (100 mL) and ice were added, and the mixture was adjusted to pH 14 with the addition of 50% w/w sodium hydroxide. A precipitate formed. The dichloromethane was removed under reduced pressure, and the precipitate was isolated by filtration, triturated with hot acetonitrile, and isolated by filtration to provide 26 g of 2-ethyl-2,5-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one as a tan solid.

Part C

Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of 2-ethyl-2,5-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one (10 g, 46.8 mmol), N,N,N,N-tetramethylethylenediamine (31 mL), and THF (520 mL) was chilled to 0° C. A solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (56 mL of 2.5 M) was added dropwise. After the addition was complete the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then DMF (72 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature and stirred for 1 hour. 1 N hydrochloric acid was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to about half the original volume and then diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a dark yellow oil. The oil was combined with acetonitrile and stirred for 20 minutes. A bright yellow solid was isolated by filtration to provide 4 g of 2-ethyl-4-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-1-carbaldehyde as a yellow powder. An additional 3 g of material was isolated from the mother liquor.

Part D

2-Ethyl-4-oxo-4,5-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline-1-carbaldehyde (1.0 g, 4.1 mmol) was combined with phosphorus oxychloride (4 mL) and heated at 90° C. for 10 minutes. Analysis by LCMS showed the desired product with a small amount of a trichloro species in which chloride had replaced the 4-hydroxy group and the aldehyde to provide a geminal dichloride group. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, poured into a mixture of ammonium hydroxide (50 mL) and ice, and then stirred for 20 minutes. A solid was isolated by filtration and air dried to provide a tan solid.

Part E

Sodium borohydride (310 mg) was added in portions over a period of 20 minutes to a suspension of material from Part D in methanol (20 mL). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes; a precipitate was present. The precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried on the vacuum filter funnel to provide (4-chloro-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)methanol.

Part F

The material from Part E was combined with ammonia (50 mL of a 7 N solution in methanol), and the reaction was heated in a pressure vessel for 18 hours at 150° C., allowed to cool to room temperature, and further cooled to 0° C. A precipitate was present and was isolated by filtration, washed with a small volume of methanol, and recrystallized from a mixture of acetonitrile and methanol to provide 0.19 g of (4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)methanol as gold crystals, mp 255-256° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 243 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₃H₁₄N₄O: C, 64.45; H, 15.82; N, 23.12. Found: C, 64.31; H, 1 5.66; N, 23.14.

Examples 1277-1281

Part A

Acetyl chloride (2 equivalents), acetic acid (methyl 1H-indol-3-yl(oxo)acetate is at a concentration of 6 M), and the hydrazine or hydrazine salt indicated in the table below (1.5 equivalents) were added sequentially to a 0.2 M suspension of methyl 1H-indol-3-yl(oxo)acetate in ethanol. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, and further cooled to 0° C. if necessary to form a precipitate. For Examples 1278 and 1281, acetonitrile was added after most of the reaction solvent was removed under reduced pressure to cause the precipitate to form. The product was purified according to the method shown in the table below.

Part B

A 0.3 M solution of the material from Part A in phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into a mixture of ammonium hydroxide (50 mL) and ice, and then stirred for 20 minutes to one hour. A solid was isolated by filtration and air-dried. For Example 1278, the reaction was heated at reflux for three hours, and the ammonium hydroxide mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M column, eluting with 0% to 30% CMA in chloroform), and dried under high vacuum.

Part C

The material from Part B was combined with ammonia (7 N solution in methanol), and the reaction was heated in a pressure vessel for 18 to 24 hours at 150° C. and allowed to cool to room temperature. The table below shows the structure of the product. The isolation and purification of the product are given below the table.

Examples 1277-1281

Example Hydrazine Purification Method in Part A R 1277 Methylhydrazine Trituration with acetonitrile —CH₃ 1278 Ethylhydrazine oxalate Chromatography (silica gel, —CH₂CH₃ eluting with 0% to 30% CMA in chloroform) 1279 Propylhydrazine oxalate Recrystallized from —CH₂CH₂CH₃ acetonitrile 1280 Butylhydrazine oxalate Recrystallized from —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃ acetonitrile 1281 Methoxyethyl hydrazine None —CH₂CH₂OCH₃ dihydrochloride

Example 1277

Upon cooling to room temperature, a precipitate formed. The precipitate was isolated by filtration and recrystallized from 9:1 acetonitrile:methanol to provide 2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as tan crystals, mp 218-219° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 199 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₁H₁₀N₄: C, 66.65; H, 5.08; N, 28.26. Found: C, 66.70; H, 5.13; N, 28.22.

Example 1278

The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned dichloromethane and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane, and the combined organic fractions were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a white solid. The solid was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40+M column, eluting with 0% to 30% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile to provide 2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as white crystals, mp 240-241° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 213 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₂H₁₂N₄: C, 67.91; H, 5.70; N, 26.40. Found: C, 67.69; H, 5.80; N, 26.60.

Example 1279

Crystals formed upon cooling to room temperature, and the crystals were dissolved in hot methanol and purified by chromatography using an INTELLIFLASH system (silica gel, eluting with 0% to 30% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from a mixture of acetonitrile and methanol to provide 2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as colorless needles, mp 225-227° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 227 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₃H₁₄N₄: C, 69.00; H, 6.24; N, 24.76. Found: C, 69.24; H, 6.27; N, 25.04.

Example 1280

Crystals formed upon cooling to room temperature, and the crystals were dissolved in hot methanol and purified by chromatography using an INTELLIFLASH system (silica gel, eluting with 0% to 30% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile to provide 2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as pink crystals, mp 194-195° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 241 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₄H₁₆N₄: C, 69.97; H, 6.71; N, 23.31. Found: C, 69.92; H, 6.74; N, 23.49.

Example 1281

Upon cooling to 0° C., a precipitate formed. A portion of the precipitate was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as tan crystals, mp 230-231° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 243 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₃H₁₄N₄O: C, 64.45; H, 5.82; N, 23.12. Found: C, 64.43; H, 5.93; N, 23.02.

Example 1282 2-(4-Amino-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-2-yl)ethanol

2-(2-Methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine was treated with boron tribromide to give 2-(4-amino-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-2-yl)ethanol.

Anal. calcd for C₁₂H₁₂N₄O: C, 63.15; H, 5.30; N, 24.55. Found: C, 63.06; H, 5.27; N, 24.69.

Example 1283 1-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,7]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

4-Bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (Parts A-F of Example 62) (1.36 g, 5.00 mmol), 4-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-3-ylboronic acid (Part A of Example 56) (2.38 g, 10.0 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.04 g, 7.50 mmol), DME (16 mL), water (8 mL), and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.0175 g, 0.025 mmol) were combined in a flask, which was then evacuated three times and filled with nitrogen. The reaction was heated at 95° C. for two days. Water was added, and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted four times with chloroform. The combined organic fractions were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by IFC (silica cartridge) to provide 211 mg of a yellow solid. The solid was heated at reflux in 1 M hydrogen chloride in ethanol for 19 hours. Aqueous sodium carbonate (35 mL of 2 M) was added, and the ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The mixture was extracted four times with chloroform, and the combined extracts were treated as described above. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica cartridge) followed by recrystallization from acetonitrile to provide 130 mg of 1-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,7]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as a white solid, mp 277-279° C. MS (APCI) m/z 286 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅H₁₉N₅O: C, 63.14; H, 6.71; N, 24.54. Found: C, 62.98; H, 7.02; N, 24.77.

Example 1284 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,7]naphthyridin-1-yl)ethyl]-4-fluorobenzamide

Part A

A modification of the method described in Example 610 was used to couple tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate (2.08 g, 5.82 mmol) (Example 51, Parts A through G) with 3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-4-ylboronic acid (2.77 g, 11.6 mmol). After the first purification by IFC, 0.44 g of tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,7]naphthyridin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate was obtained as a yellow solid.

Part B

The material from Part A was mixed with methanol (20 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL) and heated at reflux for 30 minutes and allowed to cool to room temperature. Dichloromethane (25 mL), triethylamine (3 mL), and 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (0.476 g, 3.0 mmol) were sequentially added. The reaction was carried out as described in Example 1242. Following purification by IFC, the product was purified by chromatography again using HORIZON HPFC system (40+M cartridge, eluting with methanol in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from 1:1 ethanol:propyl acetate. The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol:propyl acetate, and dried overnight on the vacuum filter funnel to provide 114 mg of N-[2-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,7]naphthyridin-1-yl)ethyl]4-fluorobenzamide as a white solid, mp 317-318° C.

MS (APCl) m/z 393 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₂₁H₂₁FN₆O: C, 64.27; H, 5.39; N, 21.41. Found: C, 64.11; H, 5.45; N, 21.67.

Example 1285 3-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile

Part A

4,4-Dimethyl-5-nitropentan-2-one was made according to the literature procedure; see Kloetzel, M. C. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 69, pp.2271-2275 (1947). Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of nitropentanone (9.55 g, 60.0 mmol) was cooled to 0° C. Diethyl azodicarboxylate (11.5 g, 66 mmol) and tributylphosphine (26.71 g, 132 mmol) were sequentially added. The reaction was stirred for one hour at 0° C. and then for one hour at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with dichloromethane). The resulting oil was treated with hexane; a precipitate formed and was removed by fitration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with 45% to 55% ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide 5.17 g of 2,2-dimethyl4-oxopentanenitrile as a pale yellow oil.

Part B

The methods described in Parts A through C of Example 64 were followed. In the final step, the product precipitated from the reaction mixture and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried on the vacuum filter funnel to provide 3.50 g of 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a white solid.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₂H₁₈N₄O: C, 61.52; H, 7.74; N, 23.91. Found: C, 61.31; H, 7.54; N, 24.18. The filtrate was concentrated and treated according to the work-up and purification procedures described in Part C of Example 64.

Part C

The methods described in Parts D and E of Example 64 were used to convert 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (4.9 g, 20.9 mmol) into 5.88 g of 4-bromo-5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile. Purification by IFC was carried out after each step.

Part D

A modification of the method described in Example 1283 was used to couple 4-bromo-5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.48 g, 5.00 mmol) with 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (1.73 g, 10.0 mmol). The reaction was completed in one hour. The coupling product was purified by IFC (silica cartridge, eluting with 40% to 60% ethyl acetate in hexane). The reaction with hydrogen chloride was heated at reflux for a total of about seven hours. 3-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile (840 mg) was obtained as a white solid, mp 248-250° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 308 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₁N₅: C, 70.33; H, 6.89; N, 22.78. Found: C, 70.18; H, 6.88; N, 23.02.

Example 1286 3-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile

Part A

The method described in Part A of Example 64 was used to convert 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentanenitrile (8.19 g, 65.4 mmol) into 13.7 g of ethyl 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part B

A solution of ethyl 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (6.12 g, 23.1 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was cooled to approximately 0° C. under nitrogen, and iodomethane (3.28 g, 23.1 mmol) was added. Sodium hydride (0.924 g of 60% in mineral oil, 23.1 mmol) was added in one portion. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature slowly and stirred overnight. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was added, and the mixture was extracted three times with tert-butyl methyl ether. The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a yellow oil. The oil was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (65I cartridge, eluting with ethyl acetate) to provide 3.68 g of ethyl 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a pale yellow oil.

Part C

The methods described in Parts B and C of Example 64 were used to treat ethyl 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (3.66 g, 13.1 mmol). The final product was not purified by chromatography but was recrystallized from a mixture of 50% ethyl acetate in hexane (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (35 mL). The crystals were washed with 50% ethyl acetate in hexane and dried on the vacuum filter funnel to provide 2.676 g of 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide, mp 130-131° C.

Anal. Calcd for C₁₂H₁₈N₄O₂: C, 57.58; H, 7.25; N, 22.38. Found: C, 57.78; H, 6.92; N, 22.44.

Part D

The methods described in Parts D and E of Example 64 were used to convert 5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide into 4-bromo-5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile. Purification by IFC was carried out after each step.

Part E

A modification of the method described in Part B of Example 1283 was used to couple 4-bromo-5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.56 g, 5.00 mmol) with 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (1.73 g, 10.0 mmol). The reaction was completed in one hour. The coupling product was purified by IFC (silica cartridge, eluting with 50% to 90% ethyl acetate in hexane). The reaction with hydrogen chloride was heated at reflux for two hours and allowed to cool to room temperature overnight. 3-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile (676 mg) was obtained as white crystals, mp 206-208° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 324 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Cacld for C₁₈H₂₁N₅O: C, 66.85; H, 6.55; N, 21.66. Found: C, 66.81; H, 6.67; N, 21.82.

Example 1287 3-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanamide

3-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile (657 mg, 2.14 mmol), ethanol (10 mL), concentrated ammonium hydroxide (2.1 mL), and 30% w/w hydrogen peroxide (2.8 g) were combined in a sealed glass tube and heated at 70° C. for seven hours. During this time, the reaction was periodically cooled and the pressure released. Additional hydrogen peroxide (1.4 g) was added, and the reaction was heated at 70° C. for five hours, with periodic cooling and venting. The reaction was cooled to 0° C., and water (25 mL) was added. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC instrument (40M cartridge), and recrystallized from acetonitrile. The crystals were dried on the vacuum filter funnel for two hours to provide 485 mg of 3-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanamide as a white solid, mp 224-225° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 326 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₃N₅O.0.25 H₂O: C, 65.53; H, 7.18; N, 21.23. Found: C, 65.52; H, 7.30; N, 21.19.

Example 1288 3-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide

3-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile (436 mg, 1.35 mmol), ethanol (5 mL), sodium hydroxide (0.056 mL of 6 N), and 30% w/w hydrogen peroxide (0.54 mL, 4.7 mmol) were combined and heated at 50° C. for 18.5 hours. Water was added, and the ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. The mixture was extracted with chloroform, and the combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by IFC (silica cartridge) and recrystallized from 75% ethyl acetate in hexane. The crystals were washed with 50% ethyl acetate in hexane, dried on the vacuum filter funnel overnight, and further dried under vacuum at 9 Pa and 98° C. to provide 3-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide as a white solid, mp 225-226° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 342 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₈H₂₃N₅O₂: C, 63.32; H, 6.79; N, 20.51. Found: C, 63.05; H, 6.86; N, 20.55.

Example 1289 1-(Aminomethyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride

Part A

The method of Examples 1-4 Part A was followed to treat 2-(2-oxopropyl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione (10.2 g, 50.0 mmol) with a solution of sodium tert-butoxide (5.77 g, 60.0 mmol) in ethanol (60 mL) and diethyl oxalate (8.77 g, 60.0 mmol). Ethyl 5-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-2,4-dioxopentanoate sodium salt (14.00 g) was obtained as an orange solid.

Part B

The method described in Part B of Examples 1-4 was used to treat a 0° C. solution of the material from Part A (14.00 g, 43 mmol) in acetic acid (43 mL) with methylhydrazine (1.98 g, 43 mmol). During the addition over a period of ten minutes, the reaction temperature was maintained below 15° C. The crude product was treated with 50% ethyl acetate in hexane to yield a powder. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was recrystallized from ethanol to provide 8.13 g of ethyl 5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part C

A solution of ethyl 5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (8.13 g, 25.9 mmol) in hydrochloric acid (33 mL of 1 M) and acetic acid (33 mL) was heated at reflux intermittently for six hours and allowed to cool to room temperature; a precipitate formed. Water was added, and the solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried on the vacuum filter funnel for two days to provide 3.79 g of 5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid as a brown solid.

Part D

A solution of 5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (3.79 g, 13.3 mmol) and thionyl chloride (10 mL) in toluene (10 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 30 minutes under nitrogen and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. A precipitate formed upon cooling, and the precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with toluene, and suspended in dichloromethane (40 mL). The suspension was poured into concentrated ammonium hydroxide (40 mL) that was cooled to 0° C. The reaction was stirred for ten minutes. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (40M cartridge) to provide 1.67 g of 5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as an off-white solid.

Part E

A solution of trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.996 mL, 7.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added slowly to a 0° C. solution of 5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (1.67 g, 5.87 mmol) and triethylamine (1.78 g, 17.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 30 minutes, and water (50 mL) was added. The work-up procedure described in Part D of Example 64 was followed. Hexane (100 mL) was added to the resulting off-white solid, which was isolated by filtration and washed with hexane. The resulting light-brown solid was purified by chromatography using a HORIZON HPFC system (40M cartridge, eluting with 1% to 10% CMA in chloroform) to provide 1.57 g of 5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as an off-white solid.

Part F

5-[(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.57 g, 5.90 mmol) was brominated using a modified version of the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4. In the reaction, 1.4 equivalents of bromine were used instead of 1.1 equivalents. After the reaction was stirred for two days, additional potassium acetate (1.31 g) and bromine (0.211 mL) were added, and the reaction was stirred for five more days. After the addition of sodium hydrogensulfate, most of the acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure, and 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate was added. A solid formed and was isolated by filtration, washed with water, and dried on the vacuum filter funnel to provide 1.85 g of 4-bromo-5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a white solid.

Part G

The method described in Part F of Example 23 was followed using 4-bromo-5-[(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1.85 g, 5.36 mmol) as the starting material with the modification that dichloromethane (25 mL) was used as the solvent for the reaction with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.75 g, 8.00 mmol); this reaction was stirred overnight and filtered to remove a solid. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by IFC to provide 1.438 g of tert-butyl (4-bromo-3-cyano-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methylcarbamate as a white solid.

Part H

A modification of the method described in Example 1283 was used to couple tert-butyl (4-bromo-3-cyano-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methylcarbamate (1.43 g, 4.53 mmol) with 2-aminophenylboronic acid hydrochloride (1.57 g, 9.06 mmol). The reaction was completed in 70 minutes. tert-Butyl methyl ether was used instead of chloroform in the work-up procedure. The coupling product was purified by IFC (silica cartridge, eluting with 40% to 60% ethyl acetate in hexane). The reaction with hydrogen chloride was heated at reflux for 24 hours. Diethyl ether (50 mL) was added after the reaction cooled to room temperature. A precipitate was present and was isolated by filtration and dried on the vacuum filter funnel for three hours to provide 1.13 g of 1-(aminomethyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine hydrochloride as a white solid, mp>250° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 228 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₂H₁₃N₅.0.2HCl.0.20H₂O: C, 47.44; H, 5.11; N, 23.06. Found: C, 47.80; H, 4.90; N, 22.68.

Example 1290 1-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

Part A

The method described in Part A of Example 1258 was followed on a 0.215 mmol scale using propylhydrazine (35.3 g, 0.215 mmol) instead of butylhydrazine oxalate. After propylhydrazine was added, the reaction was stirred for one hour. The chromatographic purification was carried out on silica gel (eluting with 40% to 50% ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide 15 g of ethyl 5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate as a brown oil.

Part B

The methods described in Parts D and E of Example 60 were used to convert ethyl 5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (14.4 g, 56.6 mmol) to 10 g of 5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as an off-white powder. After the saponification in Part D, the product was obtained as an oil after extraction of the acidified solution with dichloromethane.

Part C

A modification of the method described in Part C of Example 1253 was used to treat 5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (9.5 g, 42.2 mmol) with trifluoroacetic anhydride (10.6 g, 50.6 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (12.8 g, 127 mmol). After the reaction was stirred for one hour, additional trifluoroacetic anhydride (3 mL) was added to drive the reaction to completion. The resulting product was brominated according to the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4 to provide 2-(4-bromo-1-butyl-3-cyano-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1,1-dimethylethyl trifluoroacetate as a brown oil.

Part D

A modification of the method described in Part C of Example 1258 was used to treat the trifluoroacetate from Part C with potassium carbonate. Chloroform was used in the work-up procedure, and the final product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide 5.5 g of 4-bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile.

Part E

The methods described in Parts H and I of Example 60 were followed using 5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.75 g, 9.61 mmol) as the starting material with the following modifications. Chloroform was used instead of dichloromethane in the extraction at the end of Part I. Following purification by column chromatography, the product was recrystallized from ethyl acetate. The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with ethyl acetate, and dried under vacuum at 65° C. for four hours to yield 1.2 g of 1-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as off-white crystals, mp 188-190° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 299 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Calcd for C₁₇H₂₂N₄O: C, 68.43; H, 7.43: N, 18.78. Found: C, 68.16; H, 7.34; N, 18.67.

Example 1291 1-(4-Amino-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol

A modification of the method described in Example 61 was followed using 1-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol (0.65 g, 2.18 mmol) as the starting material. The hydrogenation was repeated after the product obtained after chromatographic purification of the first reaction mixture (silica gel, eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) yielded mostly starting material. The product obtained after the second hydrogenation (0.27 g) was recrystallized from ethyl acetate (5 mL) to provide 1-(4-amino-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as white crystals, mp 143-145° C.

MS (ESI) m/z 303 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Cacld for C₁₇H₂₆N₄O: C, 67.52; H, 8.67: N, 18.53. Found: C, 67.21; H, 8.85; N, 18.58.

Example 1292 1-{2-Methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl}-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

A solution of 4-bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.7 g, 9.43 mmol) in THF (38 mL) was purged with nitrogen, and sodium hydride (37 mg of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was added. The reaction was stirred for five minutes, and methyl vinyl sulfone (2.0 g, 19 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, and additional sodium hydride (0.11 g) was added. The reaction was stirred for one hour, and additional sodium hydride (0.07 g) was added. The reaction was stirred for one hour, and a few drops of water were added. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 50% to 60% ethyl acetate in hexane) to provide 2 g of mixture of 4-bromo-5-{2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl}-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile and methyl vinyl sulfone.

Part B

The methods described in Parts H and I of Example 60 were followed using the material from Part A as the starting material with the following modifications. Chloroform was used instead of dichloromethane in the extraction at the end of Part I. Following purification by column chromatography, the product was recrystallized from acetonitrile. The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with acetonitrile, and dried under vacuum at 65° C. for four hours to yield 0.6 g of 1-{2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl}-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 197-200° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 405 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Cacld for C₂₀H₂₈N₄O₃S: C, 59.38; H, 6.98: N, 13.85. Found: C, 59.07; H, 6.68; N, 13.78.

Example 1293 2-Ethyl-1-(2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Hydrogen chloride (21 mL of a 3.6 M solution in ethanol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-3-cyano-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1,1-dimethylethylcarbamate (5.6 g, 15 mmol), prepared in Example 1244, in ethanol (75 mL), and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for two days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water (50 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (50% w/w) was added to adjust the mixture to pH 12. The basic mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL), and the combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 4.1 g of 5-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-4-bromo-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a colorless oil.

Part B

A solution of 5-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)4-bromo-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (4.1 g, 15.1 mmol) and methyl vinyl sulfone (3.2 g, 30.2 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was heated at reflux for 15 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified twice by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting first with 5% methanol in dichloromethane and secondly with ethyl acetate) to provide 2.75 g of 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a colorless oil.

Part C

The methods described in Parts F and G of Example 1255 were followed using 4-bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (2.75 g, 7.29 mmol) as the starting material with the following modifications. The reaction with hydrogen chloride was stirred overnight at room temperature and then heated at reflux for eight hours. Following the work-up procedure, a brown oil was isolated and was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) followed by recrystallization from butyl acetate (10 mL). The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with butyl acetate, and dried under vacuum at 65° C. for 14 hours to yield 0.8 g of 2-ethyl-1-(2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 155-157° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 405 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Cacld for Cl₁₉H₂₇N₅O₂S: C, 58.59; H, 6.99: N, 17.98. Found: C, 58.41; H, 7.00; N, 18.13.

Example 1294 1-[2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

The method described in Part B of Example 60 was followed using 4-methyl-4-(methylthio)pentan-2-one (10.0 g, 68.4 mmol) instead of 4-(propylthio)butan-2-one and propylhydrazine (11.2 g, 68.4 mmol) instead of butylhydrazine with the modification that the reaction with sodium tert-butoxide (6.6 g, 68 mmol) was stirred for one hour. Propylhydrazine was added at room temperature. Following chromatographic purification, 10.6 g of ethyl 5-[2-methyl-2-(methylthio)propyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate were obtained and was treated with mCPBA (15 g of 60% pure material) according to the method of Part C of Example 60 to provide 9.4 g of ethyl 5-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate.

Part B

A pressure vessel containing ethyl 5-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (9.4 g, 29.7 mmol) and ammonia (50 mL of a 7 N solution in methanol), and the vessel was sealed and heated at 150° C. for 41 hours and allowed to cool to room temperature. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide 8.5 g of 5-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide as a brown oil.

Part C

A modification of the method described in Part C of Example 1253 was used to treat 5-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (8.5 g, 29.7 mmol) with trifluoroacetic anhydride (7.5 g, 35.6 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (9 g, 90 mmol). After the reaction was stirred for one hour, additional trifluoroacetic anhydride (2.5 mL) was added to drive the reaction to completion. The resulting product was brominated according to the method described in Part F of Examples 1-4 to provide 4-bromo-5-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile as a colorless oil.

Part D

The methods described in Parts F and G of Example 1255 were followed using 4-bromo-5-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (5.8 g, 17 mmol) as the starting material with the following modifications. Following the work-up procedure, an oil was isolated and was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) followed by recrystallization from ethanol (32 mL). The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol, and dried under vacuum at 65° C. for 17 hours to yield 1.1 g of 1-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 202-204° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 361 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. Cacld for C₁₈H₂₄N₄O₂S: C, 59.97; H, 6.71: N, 15.54. Found: C, 60.07; H, 6.38; N, 15.52.

Example 1295 1-[2-Methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

A modification of the method described in Example 61 was followed using 1-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.45 g, 1.25 mmol) as the starting material. The crude product (0.4 g) was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane) followed by recrystallization from ethanol (6 mL). The crystals were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol, and dried under vacuum at 65° C. for four hours to yield 0.1 g of 1-[2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as white crystals, mp 209-211° C.

Anal. Cacld for C₁₈H₂₈N₄O₂S: C, 59.31; H, 7.74: N, 15.37. Found: C, 59.17; H, 7.51; N, 15.65.

Examples 1296-1297

A mixture of 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid (prepared as described in Parts A and B of Example 15, 2.0 equivalents) in 1-propanol (20 mL) and 1 M aqueous HCl (15 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 90 minutes. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and solid sodium carbonate (1.5 equivalents) was added with stirring. A 4-bromo-1,5-disubstitued-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (3.3-3.5 g, 14 mmol, 1 equivalent) shown in the table below, bis(2-diphenylphosphinophenyl)ether (0.05 equivalent), and palladium (II) acetate (0.05 equivalent) were added. The reaction and work-up procedures were carried out as described in Examples 52 through 55. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution using 0-40% CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from the solvent shown in the table below. Crystals were isolated, washed with cold solvent, and dried overnight at 60° C. in a vacuum oven to provide the product.

Example 1296

1-(4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol was isolated as white needles, mp 283-286° C.

Anal. calcd for C₁₅H₁₉N₅O.0.4 H₂O: C, 61.60; H, 6.82; N, 23.94. Found: C, 61.77; H, 6.75; N, 23.96.

Example 1297

1-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol was isolated as white needles, mp 252-255° C.

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₁N₅O: C, 64.19; H, 7.07; N, 23.39. Found: C, 63.88; H, 7.23; N, 23.25.

Examples 1296-1297

Recrystallization Example Starting Material solvent R₂ 1296 4-Bromo-1-ethyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2- acetonitrile —CH₂CH₃ methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (Example 62 Parts A-F) 1297 4-Bromo-5-ethyl-1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-3- 2-propanol —CH₂CH₂CH₃ carbonitrile (Example 1290 Parts A-D)

Examples 1298-1300

A mixture of 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-pyridylboronic acid (prepared as described in Parts A and B of Example 15, 2.0 equivalents) and 1 M aqueous was heated at 80° C. for 45 minutes. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and solid sodium carbonate (3.3 equivalents) was added with stirring. A 4-bromo-1,5-disubstitued-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (1 equivalent) shown in the table below, DME, and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (0.05 equivalent)were added. The reaction and work-up procedures were carried out as described in Examples 52 through 55. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (silica gel, gradient elution using CMA in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from the solvent indicated below. Crystals were isolated, washed with cold solvent, and dried overnight at 60° C. in a vacuum oven to provide the product.

Example 1298

Recrystallization was carried out with acetonitrile to provide 1-(4-amino-2-butyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol as white needles, mp 232-235° C.

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅O: C, 65.15; H, 7.40; N, 22.35. Found: C, 64.97; H, 7.59; N, 22.63.

Example 1299

Recrystallization was carried out with propyl acetate to provide 3-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile as white needles, mp 249-252° C.

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₀N₆: C, 66.21; H, 6.54; N, 27.25. Found: C, 66.15; H, 6.43; N, 27.41.

Example 1300

Recrystallization was carried out with acetonitrile to provide 1-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-ol as light yellow needles, mp 233-236° C.

Anal. calcd for C₁₆H₂₁N₅O₂: C, 60.94; H, 6.71; N, 22.21. Found: C, 60.64; H, 6.72; N, 22.20.

Examples 1298-1300

Example Starting Material R₁ R₂ 1298 4-Bromo-1-butyl-5-(2-hydroxy-2- —CH₂C(CH₃)₂OH —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃ methylpropyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (Example 1258 Parts A-D) 1299 4-Bromo-5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1- —CH₂C(CH₃)₂CN —CH₂CH₂OCH₃ propyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile (Example 1285 Parts A-C) 1300 4-Bromo-5-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)- —CH₂C(CH₃)₂OH —CH₂CH₂CH₃ 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3- carbonitrile (Example 1260 Parts A-D)

Example 1301 3-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanamide

Hydrogen peroxide (0.8 mL of 30%) was added to a suspension of 3-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile (0.54 g, 1.75 mmol) in 6 N aqueous sodium hydroxide. The reaction and work-up procedures described in Example 1288 were followed with the modification that the reaction was heated for 5.5 hours. Following chromatographic purification (eluting with 0% to 55% CMA in chloroform) and drying under high vacuum, 0.16 g of 3-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c][1,8]naphthyridin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanamide was obtained as a white solid, mp 254-257° C.

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₂N₆O.0.1 H₂O: C, 62.21; H, 6.82; N, 25.61. Found: C, 62.01; H, 7.09; N, 25.54.

Example 1302 3-[4-Amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide

The method of Examples 1298-1300 and the method of Example 1301 were used to convert 4-bromo-5-(2-cyano-2-methylpropyl)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonitrile to 3-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide. Following chromatographic purification the product was recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide 3-[4-amino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]-1,8-naphthyridin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpropanamide as a white solid, mp 254-257° C. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 8.50 (dd, J=7.9, 1.9, 1H), 8.46 (dd, J=4.4, 1.6, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J=7.9, 4.4, 1H), 7.15-7.00 (m, 4H), 4.56 (t, J=4.4, 2H), 3.77 (t, J=5.10, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 1.12 (s, 6H); ¹³C NMR (125 MHz, d₆-DMSO) δ 178.3, 154.9, 153.0, 147.1, 136.9, 135.5, 130.5, 117.7, 116.5, 114.3, 71.0, 58.3, 50.0, 43.9, 33.6, 24.8; HRMS (EI) calcd for C₁₇H₂₂N₆O₂ 343.1882, found 343.1886.

Example 1303 4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-N,N-dimethylbutane-1-sulfonamide

Part A

Potassium thioacetate (595 mg, 5.20 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-(4-chlorobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 46) (1.50 g, 4.73 mmol) in DMF (24 mL) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hours and became a light yellow and cloudy mixture. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with methylene chloride (200 mL), and washed with water (75 mL), and the resulting layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride (50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 1.92 g of a tan material.

Part B

The material from part A (1.92 g) was dissolved in methanol (47 mL) and degassed with nitrogen for several minutes at ambient temperature. Sodium methoxide in methanol solution (1.20 mL, 25 wt % in MeOH) was added to the reaction mixture, followed by degassing with nitrogen. After 1 hour, 7M HCl (0.9 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for a few minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with methylene chloride (80 mL), washed with water (75 mL), and the resulting layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride (50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 1.37 g of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-thiol as a light yellow solid.

Part C

Water (0.2 mL) was added to a suspension of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-thiol (1.37 g, 4.36 mmol) in dichloromethane (22 mL) maintained at 0° C. In a separate container, trichloroisocyanuric acid (1.11 g, 4.80 mmol) and benzyltrimethylammonium chloride (2.75 g, 14.8 mmol) were added at ambient temperature to dichloromethane (22 mL), stirred for 45 minutes, and the resulting solution was added dropwise to the reaction mixture containing 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-thiol over 2 minutes. After 25 minutes, dimethylamine hydrochloride (1.55 g, 13.1 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. Potassium carbonate (6M, 44 mL) was added to the reaction mixture with vigorous stirring over 2 minutes at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and potassium carbonate (6M, 0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was maintained for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (250 mL), washed with water (200 mL, pH 10), and the resulting layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1.13 g of a tan foam. The resulting material was purified by column chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with methanol and ethyl acetate) to provide 460 mg of a white foam. The material was dissolved and triturated from acetonitrile, and dried under reduced pressure to yield 146 mg of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-N,N-dimethylbutane-1-sulfonamide as a white solid, mp 144-146° C.

MS (El) m/z 390 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₉H₂₇N₅O₂S: C, 58.59; H, 6.99; N, 17.98. Found: C, 58.53; H, 7.13; N, 18.04.

Example 1304 4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-N-methylbutane-1-sulfonamide

Water (0.10 mL) was added to a suspension of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-thiol (1.37 g, 4.36 mmol) (prepared as described in Part B of Example 1303) in dichloromethane (24 mL) maintained at 0° C. In a separate container, trichloroisocyanuric acid (600 mg, 2.58 mmol) and benzytrimethylammonium chloride (1.48 g, 8.0 mmol) were added at ambient temperature to dichloromethane (12 mL), stirred for 45 minutes, and the resulting solution was added dropwise to the reaction mixture containing 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-thiol over 2 minutes. After 30 minutes, methylamine hydrochloride (475 mg, 7.0 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. Potassium carbonate (6M, 1.6 mL) was added to the reaction mixture with vigorous stirring over 2.5 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (300 mL), washed with water (300 mL), and the resulting layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2×300 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.65 g of foam. The resulting material was purified by column chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with CMA:chloroform ranging in ratios from 0:100 to 20:80) to provide 190 mg of material. The material was recrystallized from isopropanol, dried in a vacuum oven, recrystallized from acetonitrile and dried in a vacuum oven to yield 88 mg of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-N-methylbutane-1-sulfonamide as a light yellow solid, mp 166-169° C. MS (EI) m/z 376 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₅N₅O₂S.0.02 CH₃CN: C, 57.58; H, 6.71; N, 18.68. Found: C, 57.49; H, 6.85; N, 19.01.

Example 1305 4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-sulfonamide

Part A

A suspension of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-thiol (1.37 g, 4.36 mmol) (prepared as described in Part B of Example 1303) in dichloromethane (24 mL) was maintained at 0° C. In a separate container, trichloroisocyanuric acid (632 g, 2.72 mol) and benzytrimethylammonium chloride (1.56 g, 8.4 mmol) were added at ambient temperature to dichloromethane (12 mL), stirred for 45 minutes, and the resulting solution was added dropwise to the reaction mixture containing 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-thiol over 2 minutes. Water (0.09 mL) was then added to the red solution. After about 1 hour, 4-methoxybenzylamine (2.10 mL, 16.0 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was maintained for 15 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (225 mL) and water (300 mL), and the resulting layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3×100 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (100 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1.8 g of material. The resulting material was suspended in chloroform (20 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was purified by column chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with CMA:chloroform ranging in ratios from 0:100 to 15:85) to provide 420 mg of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-butane-1-sulfonamide.

Part B

Anisole (108 μL, 1.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-butane-1-sulfonamide (400 mg, 0.83 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (8 mL) at ambient temperature and stirred for 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in dichloromethane, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was diluted with methanol (5-7 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 420 mg of material. The material was triturated with ethyl acetate (12 mL) to afford 234 mg of material. The material was then triturated with hot ethyl acetate, recrystallized from methanol (10 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven to provide 155 mg of colorless crystals. The material was adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography on a HORIZON HPFC system (eluting with CMA:chloroform ranging in ratios from 0:100 to 30:70) and dried in a vacuum oven to yield 128 mg of 4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butane-1-sulfonamide as a white solid, mp 211-213° C.

MS (El) m/z 362 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₃N₅O₂S: C, 56.49; H, 6.41; N, 19.37. Found: C, 56.48; H, 6.56; N, 19.40.

Example 1306 (1E,Z)-4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butanal oxime

Part A

Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.9 g, 27.4 mmol) was added to a solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-oxobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (12.39 g, 24.95 mmol) (prepared as described in Parts A through D of Example 57) in ethanol (300 mL) and water (200 mL). A 50% w/w solution of aqueous sodium hydroxide (3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and dichloromethane and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic phases were washed with water, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 11.2 g of a dark yellow solid. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate. The material was then triturated with ether to obtain 5.9 g of a white powder and used as is for subsequent reactions.

Part B

6 N Hydrochloric acid solution (4 mL) was added to the material obtained from Part A (0.75 g, 1.466 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperature for 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between 1 N potassium hydroxide solution and dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water, washed with brine, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.4458 g of amber oil. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (60 g) eluting with CMA:chloroform in a 10:90 ratio to provide 0.1405 g of material. The material was triturated with ether, filtered, and dried at 70° C. for 18 hours to yield 0.0771 g of (1E,Z)4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butanal oxime as a white powder, mp 211-213° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 312 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₁N₅O: C, 65.57; H, 6.80; N, 22.49. Found: C, 65.12; H, 7.08; N, 22.36.

Example 1307 1-[3-(5-Phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.33 g, 2.47 mmol) was added to a solution of the material from Part A of Example 1306 (1.15 g, 2.25 mmol) in DMF and heated to 50° C. for 2.5 hours. Phenylacetylene (0.5 mL, 4.50 mmol) and anhydrous triethylamine (0.8 mL, 5.62 mmol) were then added to the reaction mixture and heated for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 0.70 g of material and used as is for subsequent reactions.

Part B

6 M Hydrochloric acid solution in ethanol (20 mL) was added to the material obtained from Part A (0.70 g, 1.144 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour, heated to 50° C. for 6 hours and maintained overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and the pH of the water was adjusted to 14 with dropwise addition of 50% sodium hydroxide solution. Material precipitated out of the solution and was filtered and collected. The precipitate was triturated with ether and dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for 22 hours to yield 0.3982 g of 1-[3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 172-173° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 412 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₅H₂₅N₅O.0.3H₂O: C, 72.02; H, 6.19; N, 16.80. Found: C, 71.83; H, 6.42; N, 16.81.

Example 1308 1-[3-(5-Butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.38 g, 2.82 mmol) was added to a solution of the material from Part A of Example 1306 (1.31 g, 2.56 mmol) in DMF and heated to 50° C. for 2 hours. 1-Hexyne (0.6 mL, 5.12 mmol) and anhydrous triethylamine (0.9 mL, 6.40 mmol) were then added to the reaction mixture and heated for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate several times. The combined organic layers were washed with water, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (60 g) eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.44 g of material and used as is for subsequent reactions.

Part B

6 M Hydrochloric acid solution in ethanol (20 mL) was added to the material obtained from Part A (0.44 g, 0.7435 mmol) and stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and the pH of the water was adjusted to 14 with dropwise addition of 50% sodium hydroxide solution and stirred for 1 hour at ambient temperature. Material precipitated out of the solution and was filtered and collected. The precipitate was dried under reduced pressure at 85° C. for 18 hours to yield 0.2852 g of 1-[3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan powder, mp 132-133° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 392 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₂H₂₉N₅O.0.3H₂O: C, 69.60; H, 7.52; N, 17.64. Found: C, 69.52; H, 7.22; N, 17.74.

Example 1309 2-Propyl-1-[3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.33 g, 2.47 mmol) was added to a solution of the material from Part A of Example 1305 (1.15 g, 2.25 mmol) in DMF and heated to 50° C. for 1.7 hours. 3-Ethynylpyridine (0.46 g, 4.50 mmol) and anhydrous triethylamine (0.8 mL, 5.62 mmol) were then added to the reaction mixture and heated for an additional hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with potassium carbonate solution, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (60 g) eluting with hexane and ethyl acetate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.77 g of material and used as is for subsequent reactions.

Part B

6 M Hydrochloric acid solution in ethanol (20 mL) was added to the material obtained from Part A (0.77 g, 1.257 mmol) and stirred at 50° C. for 1.7 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and the pH of the water was adjusted to 14 with dropwise addition of 50% sodium hydroxide solution and stirred for 45 minutes at ambient temperature. Material precipitated out of the solution and was filtered and collected. The precipitate was triturated with ether, then purified via column chromatography over silica gel (60 g eluting with CMA in chloroform in a ratio ranging from 1:99 to 10:90) to yield 0.1638 g of 2-propyl-1-[3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white crystalline solid, mp 196-198° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 413 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₄H₂₄N₆O.0.5CH₄O: C, 68.75; H, 6.01; N, 19.64. Found: C, 68.58; H, 6.11; N, 19.97.

Example 1310 (1E,Z)-4-(4-Amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butanal O-methyloxime

Part A

O-Methyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.18 g, 2.10 mmol) was added to a solution of di(tert-butyl) 1-(4-oxobutyl)-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (0.9462 g, 1.90 mmol) (prepared as described in Parts A through D of Example 57) in ethanol (6 mL) and water (4 mL). A 50% w/w solution of aqueous sodium hydroxide (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and dichloromethane and the phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.84 g of a dark amber solid. The material was used as is for subsequent reactions.

Part B

6 N Hydrochloric acid solution in ethanol (10 mL) was added to the material obtained from Part A (0.84 g, 1.59 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours, 50° C. for 1.5 hours, and ambient temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the pH was adjusted to 14 with dropwise addition of 50% sodium hydroxide solution and material oiled out of solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic layers were washed with water, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.450 g of an amber oil. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (40 g) eluting with 1% CMA in chloroform and recrystallized for hexane/ethyl acetate. The material was further purified via column chromatography over silica gel (40 g) eluting with 1% methanol in ethyl acetate and recrystallized for hexane/ethyl acetate to provide 0.032 g of (1E,Z)-4-(4-amino-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)butanal O-methyloxime as a white crystalline solid, mp 117-119° C.;

MS (APCI) m/z 326 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₃N₅O: C, 66.44; H, 7.12; N, 21.52. Found: C, 66.57; H, 7.40; N, 21.43.

Example 1311 1-[3-(1-Benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Benzylamine (51.5 g, 480 mmol) was added to (chloromethyl)trimethylsilane (19.64 g, 160 mmol) and heated at 200° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 1 N sodium hydroxide solution and ether and the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was distilled under reduced pressure to afford 23.00 g of N-benzyl-N-trimethylsilanylmethyl-amine.

Part B 1 N Hydrochloric acid solution (119 mL) was added to N-benzyl-N-trimethylsilanylmethyl-amine (23.00 g, 119 mmol) and white precipitate formed. Tetrahydrofuran (650 mL), potassium cyanide (9.3 g, 143 mmol), and aqueous formaldehyde solution (37 wt. %, 12 mL, 155 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture and stirred at ambient temperature for 15 hours. The mixture was extracted with ether and separated and the combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated sequentially under reduced pressure and high vacuum at ambient temperature to afford 27.80 g of (N-Benzyl-N-trimethylsilanylmethyl-amino)acetonitrile. Part C

Di(tert-butyl) 1-pent4-ynyl-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylimidodicarbonate (prepared as described in Parts A-E of Example 57) (6.40 g, 13.0 mmol), silver fluoride (3.6 g, 28.6 mmol), and acetonitrile (30 mL) were added sequentially to a solution of (N-Benzyl-N-trimethylsilanylmethyl-amino)acetonitrile (6.6 g, 28.6 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature in the dark for 22 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through a bed of activated carbon and CELITE filter agent rinsed with dichloromethane to obtain 9.43 g of a yellow oil. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (40 g) eluting with ethyl acetate to provide 4.7 g of product as a light amber solid and used as is in subsequent reactions.

Part D

6 N Hydrochloric acid in ethanol (75 mL, 75.1 mmol) was added to the material prepared in part C (4.7 g, 7.51 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperature for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with water and the pH was adjusted to 14 with dropwise addition of 50% sodium hydroxide solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic layers were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford 3.12 g of white solid. The material was purified via recrystallization from isopropanol to obtain 0.5868 g of 1-[3-(l-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 150-152° C.

Anal. calcd for C₂₇H₃₁N₅: C, 76.20; H, 7.34; N, 16.46. Found: C, 75.95; H, 7.40; N, 16.45.

Example 1312 1-[3-(1-Benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

2,3-Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone (1.13 g, 4.98 mmol) was added to a mixture of 1-[3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example *S-35465) (2.12 g, 4.98 mmol) in toluene (60 mL) stirred and heated to 70° C. for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with dichloromethane, and washed with potassium carbonate solution and the phases were separated. The aqueous layers were washed with chloroform and the combined organic layers were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The dried organic mixture was filtered through a bed of activated carbon with CELITE filter agent and rinsed with hot chloroform and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.556 g of brown oil. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (40 g) eluting with 2-10% CMA in chloroform, recrystallized from isopropanol, and dried under reduced pressure over 1 week to afford 0.2674 g of 1-[3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a brown crystalline solid, mp 138-140° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 424 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₇H₂₉N₅: C, 76.56; H, 6.90; N, 16.53. Found: C, 76.34; H, 6.83; N, 16.41.

Example 1313 2-Propyl-1-[3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

1-[3-(1-Benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 1311) (0.475 g, 1.117 mmol) was added to dioxane (10 mL) and heated at 70° C. open to the atmosphere for 21 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dried under high vacuum for 18 hours, triturated with ether, and filtered to afford 0.3916 g of material used as is in subsequent reactions.

Part B

Sodium metal (0.058 mg) was dissolved in a solution of liquid ammonia at −78° C. for several minutes and the solution became a dark blue color. The material from Part A (0.3916 g, 0.924 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture as a solution in THF (5 mL), and the mixture became a dark red color within minutes. After 5 minutes and 15 minutes, additional sodium metal (0.015 g and 0.023 g, respectively) was added to the reaction mixture and maintained at −78° C. for 1 hour as a light red solution. Solid ammonium chloride was added to the reaction mixture and the reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature. The resulting slurry was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated and dried under reduced pressure to afford 0.32 g of a yellow oil. The material was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (10 g) eluting with 2-5% CMA in chloroform, and concentrated under reduced pressure for 1 week to yield 0.1103 g of 2-propyl-1-[3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl]-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan powder, mp 173-174° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 334 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₂₀H₂₃N₅.0.5 H₂O: C, 70.15; H, 7.06; N, 20.45. Found: C, 69.90; H, 6.95; N, 20.13.

Example 1314 1-[3-(3-Isopropylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Isobutyraldehyde (3 mL, 33.0 mmol) and aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50% w/w, 1.5 mL) were added sequentially to a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.52 g, 36.3 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) and water (80 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 17 hours. The pH of the solution was adjusted to 12 with 5 mL of 1 N sodium hydroxide solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic portions were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure and high vacuum to obtain 1.863 g of 2-methyl-propionaldehyde oxime.

Part B

N-Chlorosuccinimide (2.85 g, 21.4 mmol) was added in one portion to 2-methyl-propionaldehyde oxime (1.863 g, 21.4 mmol) in DMF contained in a reaction vessel cooled with an ice bath. After 10 minutes, the ice bath was removed, and the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The solution was added to a solution of the alkyne prepared in Parts A through F of Example 614 (3.74 g, 7.53 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) cooled by an ice bath. After 1 minute, triethylamine was added to the solution which precipitated. After a couple of minutes, the reaction was heated to 50° C. for 4.7 hours, followed by stirring at ambient temperature for 3 days. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1 N potassium hydroxide, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and purified via column chromatography on silica gel (450 g eluting with 30-40% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford 1.84 g of material as an amber oil.

Part C

6 M Hydrochloric acid solution in ethanol (10 mL) was added to the material obtained from Part B (1.84 g, 3.16 mmol) and stirred at 60° C. for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture pH was adjusted to 14 with dropwise addition of 1 N potassium hydroxide solution and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic layers were washed sequentially with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford a white solid. The material was triturated with ether, filtered, and dried to yield 0.9737 g of 1-[3-(3-isopropylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl]-2-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 147.0-149° C.

Anal. calcd for C₂₂H₃₁N₅O.0.05 CH₂Cl₂: C, 68.65; H, 8.13; N, 18.15. Found: C, 68.47; H, 8.31;N, 18.19.

Example 1315 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-N′-isopropylurea

Triethylamine (2.84 mL, 20.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 50) (1.0 g, 4.08 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and cooled to 4° C. Isopropyl isocyanate (0.44 mL, 4.48 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and maintained at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to afford N-[2-(4-amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]-N′-isopropylurea as tan needles, mp 237-238° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 331.24 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₆N₆O.0.06CHCl₃: C, 60.70; H, 7.78; N, 24.89. Found: C, 60.34; H, 8.36; N, 24.64.

Example 1316 N-[2-(4-Amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]morpholine4-carboxamide

Triethylamine (2.84 mL, 20.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 50) (1.0 g, 4.08 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and cooled to 4° C. 4-Morpholinecarbonyl chloride (0.61 g, 4.08 mmol) was added in dichloromethane (5 mL) dropwise over 5 minutes to the reaction mixture and maintained at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and washed sequentially with water (50 mL), 4% sodium bicarbonate (2×50 mL), water (50 mL), and brine (50 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (80 g, eluting with mixtures of chloroform and CMA). The material was crystallized from acetonitrile to provide N-[2-(4-amino-2-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)ethyl]morpholine-4-carboxamide as orange needles, mp 187-188° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 359.21 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₆N₆O₂: C, 60.32; H, 7.31; N, 23.45. Found: C, 60.10; H, 7.34; N, 23.68.

Example 1317 N-(1-Isobutyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-yl)acetamide

Triethylamine (0.49 mL, 3.53 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 3) (0.75 g, 2.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) and cooled to 4° C. Acetyl chloride (0.255 g, 3.24 mmol) was added in dichloromethane (5 mL) dropwise over 5 minutes to the reaction mixture and maintained at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (25 mL) and washed sequentially with water (25 mL), 4% sodium bicarbonate (2×25 mL), water (25 mL), and brine (25 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (80 g, eluting with 0-20% CMA/chloroform), concentrated under reduced pressure, and recrystallized from diethyl ether to yield 0.49 g of N-(1-isobutyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-yl)acetamide as white crystals, mp 130-131° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 297.16 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₇H₂₀N₄O: C, 68.90; H, 6.80; N, 18.90. Found: C, 68.96; H, 6.64; N, 19.14.

Example 1318 Ethyl 1-isobutyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylcarbamate

Triethylamine (0.49 mL, 3.53 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine (prepared as described in Example 3) (0.75 g, 2.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) and cooled to 4° C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.352 g, 3.24 mmol) was added in dichloromethane (5 mL) dropwise over 5 minutes to the reaction mixture and maintained at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (25 mL) and washed sequentially with water (25 mL), 4% sodium bicarbonate (2×25 mL), water (25 mL), and brine (25 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (80 g, eluting with 0-10% CMA/chloroform), concentrated under reduced pressure, and recrystallized from diethyl ether to afford 0.45 g of ethyl 1-isobutyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylcarbamate as white crystals, mp 120-121° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 327.18 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₈H₂₂N₄O₂: C, 66.24; H, 6.79; N, 17.16. Found: C, 66.32; H, 6.62; N, 17.48.

Example 1319 Ethyl 2-methyl-1-{2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl}-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylcarbamate

Triethylamine (0.044 g, 0.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of the amine of Example 128 (0.07 g, 0.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) and cooled to 4° C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.024 g, 0.2 mmol) was added in dichloromethane (1 mL) dropwise over 5 minutes to the reaction mixture and maintained at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (5 mL) and washed sequentially with water (5 mL), 4% sodium bicarbonate (2×5 mL), water (5 mL), and brine (5 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (80 g, eluting with 5-30% CMA/chloroform), concentrated under reduced pressure, and recrystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.044 g of ethyl 2-methyl-1-{2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl}-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylcarbamate as a white solid, mp 214-215° C.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.41 (br s, 1H), 7.29 (br s, 1H), 4.11-4.05 (m, 5H), 3.27-3.21 (m, 4H), 2.99 (br s, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.72 (br s, 2H), 1.81 (br s, 4H), 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

MS (APCI) m/z 396.16 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1320 7-(Benzyloxy)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine

Part A

Pyridine (1.30 mL, 16.12 mmol) was added to a suspension of 6-benzyloxyindole (3.0 g, 13.44 mmol) in diethylether (20 mL) cooled to 4° C. Chloroethyl oxalate (2.02 g, 14.78 mmol) was added in diethylether (7 mL) dropwise over 5 minutes to the reaction mixture and maintained at ambient temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethylether (30 mL) and the yellow precipitate was collected via filtration and washed with diethylether. The solid was suspended in water (20 mL), stirred for 10 minutes, and the solid was harvested by filtration and dried to provide 3.5 g of 6-benzyloxy-1H-indol-3-yl)-oxo-acetic acid ethyl ester as a yellow solid.

Part B

Acetyl chloride (1.49 mL, 21.02 mmol), acetic acid (6M, 1.75 mL), and ethylhydrazine oxalate (3.2 g, 21.02 mmol) were sequentially added to a suspension of 6-benzyloxy-1H-indol-3-yl)-oxo-acetic acid ethyl ester (3.4 g, 10.51 mmol) in ethanol (53 mL) and heated at reflux temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and the insoluble material was removed via filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, purified via column chromatography on silica gel (80 g, eluting with 0-10% CMA/chloroform), concentrated under reduced pressure, and recrystallized from acetonitrile to yield 1.34 g of 7-benzyloxy-2-ethyl-2,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one as a brown solid, mp 240-241° C.

Part C

Phosphorous oxychloride (15 mL) was added to 7-benzyloxy-2-ethyl-2,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-one (1.20 g, 3.76 mmol) and heated at 100° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and the poured onto crushed ice while stirring. 6 N Sodium hydroxide solution was added to the suspension at 4° C. and the solid was harvested by filtration and dried to afford 1.23 g of 7-benzyloxy-4-chloro-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline as a yellow solid, mp 155-157° C.

Part D

A mixture of 7-benzyloxy4-chloro-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinoline (1.20 g, 3.55 mmol) and 7 N ammonia in methanol (25 mL) was heated in a pressure vessel at 150° C. for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, purified via column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 0-35% CMA/chloroform), concentrated under reduced pressure, and crystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.93 g of 7-(benzyloxy)-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan solid, mp 229-230° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 319.13 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₉H₁₈N₄O.0.1HCl: C, 70.87; H, 5.67; N, 17.40. Found: C, 70.66; H, 5.92; N, 17.57.

Example 1321 4-Amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol

A suspension of 7-benzyloxy-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-4-ylamine (prepared as described in Example 1320) (0.80 g, 2.51 mmol) in ethanol (80 mL) and methanol (20 mL) and palladium on carbon (10% palladium w/w on carbon) (0.4 g, ) were combined in a pressure vessel and placed under hydrogen pressure ((50 psi (3.4×10⁵ Pa)) for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with DMF (50 mL), filtered through CELITE filter agent, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 20-50% CMA/chloroform), concentrated under reduced pressure, and crystallized from acetonitrile to yield 0.31 g of 4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-7-ol as a light-yellow solid, mp 214-215° C.

MS (APCI) m/z 229.10 (M+H)⁺;

Anal. calcd for C₁₂H₁₂N₄O: C, 63.15; H, 5.30; N, 24.55. Found: C, 62.91; H, 4.99; N, 24.65.

Exemplary Compounds

Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formula (IIIa, IIIb, IVa, VIa, VIIa, VIIIa, or IXa) and the following R₁, and R₂ substituents, wherein each line of the table represents a specific compound.

R₁ R₂ methyl hydrogen methyl methyl methyl ethyl methyl n-propyl methyl n-butyl methyl benzyl methyl 2-methoxyethyl methyl 2-hydroxyethyl ethyl hydrogen ethyl methyl ethyl ethyl ethyl n-propyl ethyl n-butyl ethyl benzyl ethyl 2-methoxyethyl ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-methylpropyl methyl 2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methanesulfonylethyl hydrogen 2-methanesulfonylethyl methyl 2-methanesulfonylethyl ethyl 2-methanesulfonylethyl n-propyl 2-methanesulfonylethyl n-butyl 2-methanesulfonylethyl benzyl 2-methanesulfonylethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methanesulfonylethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl hydrogen 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl methyl 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl ethyl 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl n-propyl 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl n-butyl 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl benzyl 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(2-propanesulfonylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(benzenesulfonylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(dimethylaminosulfonylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-hydroxybutyl hydrogen 4-hydroxybutyl methyl 4-hydroxybutyl ethyl 4-hydroxybutyl n-propyl 4-hydroxybutyl n-butyl 4-hydroxybutyl benzyl 4-hydroxybutyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-hydroxybutyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-aminoethyl hydrogen 2-aminoethyl methyl 2-aminoethyl ethyl 2-aminoethyl n-propyl 2-aminoethyl n-butyl 2-aminoethyl benzyl 2-aminoethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-aminoethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(cyclopropanecarbonylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(benzoylamino)-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(pyridine-3-carbonylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(2-propanecarbonylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl hydrogen 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl methyl 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl ethyl 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl n-propyl 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl n-butyl 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl benzyl 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl hydrogen 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl methyl 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl ethyl 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl n-propyl 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl n-butyl 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl benzyl 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(3-phenylureido)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl hydrogen 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl methyl 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl ethyl 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl n-propyl 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl n-butyl 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl benzyl 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(3-pyridinylureido)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl hydrogen 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl methyl 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl ethyl 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl n-propyl 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl n-butyl 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl benzyl 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[3,3-(dimethyl)ureido]ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl

Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formula (IIIa, IIIb, IVa, VIa, VIIa, VIIIa, or IXa) and the following R₁, and R₂ substituents, wherein each line of the table represents a specific compound.

R₁ R₂ 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl hydrogen 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl methyl 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl ethyl 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl n-propyl 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl n-butyl 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl benzyl 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2,2-dimethylpropyl hydrogen 2,2-dimethylpropyl methyl 2,2-dimethylpropyl ethyl 2,2-dimethylpropyl n-propyl 2,2-dimethylpropyl n-butyl 2,2-dimethylpropyl benzyl 2,2-dimethylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2,2-dimethylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-phenylethyl hydrogen 2-phenylethyl methyl 2-phenylethyl ethyl 2-phenylethyl n-propyl 2-phenylethyl n-butyl 2-phenylethyl benzyl 2-phenylethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-phenylethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl hydrogen 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl methyl 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl ethyl 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)ammo]propyl n-propyl 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl n-butyl 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl benzyl 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(isobutyrylamino)-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl hydrogen 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl methyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl ethyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl n-propyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl n-butyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl benzyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-3-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(acetylamino)-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl hydrogen 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl methyl 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl ethyl 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl n-propyl 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl n-butyl 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl benzyl 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(4-pyridin-2-ylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl methyl 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(3-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl

Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formula (IIIa, IIIb, IVa, VIa, VIIa, VIIIa, or IXa) and the following R₁, and R₂ substituents, wherein each line of the table represents a specific compound.

R₁ R₂ n-butyl hydrogen n-butyl methyl n-butyl ethyl n-butyl n-propyl n-butyl n-butyl n-butyl benzyl n-butyl 2-methoxyethyl n-butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-aminobutyl hydrogen 4-aminobutyl methyl 4-aminobutyl ethyl 4-aminobutyl n-propyl 4-aminobutyl n-butyl 4-aminobutyl benzyl 4-aminobutyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-aminobutyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-amino-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-amino-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-amino-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-amino-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-amino-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-amino-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-amino-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-amino-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-acetoxybutyl hydrogen 4-acetoxybutyl methyl 4-acetoxybutyl ethyl 4-acetoxybutyl n-propyl 4-acetoxybutyl n-butyl 4-acetoxybutyl benzyl 4-acetoxybutyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-acetoxybutyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl hydrogen 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl methyl 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl ethyl 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl n-propyl 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl n-butyl 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl benzyl 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(methylsulfonyl)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl hydrogen 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl methyl 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl ethyl 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl n-propyl 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl n-butyl 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl benzyl 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(phenylsulfonyl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl hydrogen 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl methyl 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl ethyl 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl n-propyl 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl n-butyl 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl benzyl 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy]propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl hydrogen 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl methyl 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl ethyl 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl n-propyl 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl n-butyl 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl benzyl 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(aminosulfonyl)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl hydrogen 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl methyl 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl ethyl 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl n-propyl 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl n-butyl 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl benzyl 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-[(methylamino)sulfonyl]butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl hydrogen 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl methyl 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl ethyl 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl n-propyl 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl n-butyl 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl benzyl 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl hydrogen 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl methyl 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl ethyl 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl n-propyl 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl n-butyl 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl benzyl 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methyl-2-(propionylamino)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl hydrogen 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl methyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl ethyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl n-propyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl n-butyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl benzyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methyl-2-[(pyridin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl methyl 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl methyl 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(3-isopropyllisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl methyl 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(3-phenylisoxazol-5-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl hydrogen 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl methyl 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl ethyl 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl n-propyl 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl n-butyl 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl benzyl 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(3,5,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-4(5H)-yl)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl hydrogen 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl methyl 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl ethyl 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl n-propyl 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl n-butyl 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl benzyl 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(3-methyl-1-oxa-2,4-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-en-4-yl)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl pent-4-ynyl hydrogen pent-4-ynyl methyl pent-4-ynyl ethyl pent-4-ynyl n-propyl pent-4-ynyl n-butyl pent-4-ynyl benzyl pent-4-ynyl 2-methoxyethyl pent-4-ynyl 2-hydroxyethyl

Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formula (IIIa, IIIb, IVa, VIa, VIIa, VIIIa, or IXa) and the following R₁, and R₂ substituents, wherein each line of the table represents a specific compound.

IIIa

IIIb

IVa

VIa

VIIa

VIIIa

IXa R₁ R₂ aminomethyl hydrogen aminomethyl methyl aminomethyl ethyl aminomethyl n-propyl aminomethyl n-butyl aminomethyl benzyl aminomethyl 2-methoxyethyl aminomethyl 2-hydroxyethyl piperidin-4-ylmethyl hydrogen piperidin-4-ylmethyl methyl piperidin-4-ylmethyl ethyl piperidin-4-ylmethyl n-propyl piperidin-4-ylmethyl n-butyl piperidin-4-ylmethyl benzyl piperidin-4-ylmethyl 2-methoxyethyl piperidin-4-ylmethyl 2-hydroxyethyl (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl hydrogen (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl methyl (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl ethyl (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl n-propyl (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl n-butyl (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl benzyl (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl 2-methoxyethyl (1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl 2-hydroxyethyl (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl hydrogen (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl methyl (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl ethyl (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl n-propyl (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl n-butyl (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl benzyl (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl 2-methoxyethyl (1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl 2-hydroxyethyl {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl hydrogen {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl methyl {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl ethyl {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl n-propyl {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl n-butyl {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl benzyl {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl 2-methoxyethyl {1-[(propylamino)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl)}methyl 2-hydroxyethyl [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl hydrogen [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl methyl [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl ethyl [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl n-propyl [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl n-butyl [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl benzyl [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl 2-methoxyethyl [1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl]methyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl hydrogen 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl methyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl ethyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl n-propyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl n-butyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl benzyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(4-fluorobenzoyl)amino]ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl hydrogen 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl methyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl ethyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl n-propyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl n-butyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl benzyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(acetylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(acetylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(acetylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(acetylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(acetylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(acetylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(acetylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(acetylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(propionylamino)ethyl hydrogen 2-(propionylamino)ethyl methyl 2-(propionylamino)ethyl ethyl 2-(propionylamino)ethyl n-propyl 2-(propionylamino)ethyl n-butyl 2-(propionylamino)ethyl benzyl 2-(propionylamino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(propionylamino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl hydrogen 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl methyl 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl ethyl 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl n-propyl 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl n-butyl 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl benzyl 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl hydrogen 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl methyl 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl ethyl 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl n-propyl 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl n-butyl 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl benzyl 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-(1,1-dioxidoisothiazolidin-2-yl)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl hydrogen 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl methyl 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl ethyl 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl n-propyl 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl n-butyl 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl benzyl 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-{[(ethylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl hydrogen 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl methyl 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl ethyl 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl n-propyl 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl n-butyl 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl benzyl 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-({[(3,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl hydrogen 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl methyl 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl ethyl 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl n-propyl 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl n-butyl 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl benzyl 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-({[(4-fluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl}amino)ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl hydrogen 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl methyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl ethyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl n-propyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl n-butyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl benzyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl hydrogen 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl methyl 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl ethyl 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl n-propyl 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl n-butyl 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl benzyl 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(ethoxycarbonyl)amino]ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl hydrogen 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl methyl 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl ethyl 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl n-propyl 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl n-butyl 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl benzyl 2-[(morpho1in-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl 2-hydroxyethyl hydroxymethyl hydrogen hydroxymethyl methyl hydroxymethyl ethyl hydroxymethyl n-propyl hydroxymethyl n-butyl hydroxymethyl benzyl hydroxymethyl 2-methoxyethyl hydroxymethyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl hydrogen 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl methyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl ethyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl n-propyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl n-butyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl benzyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl hydrogen 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl methyl 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl ethyl 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl n-propyl 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl n-butyl 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl benzyl 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-methyl-2-{[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino}propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl hydrogen 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl methyl 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl ethyl 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl n-propyl 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl n-butyl 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl benzyl 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl hydrogen 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl methyl 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl ethyl 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl n-propyl 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl n-butyl 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl benzyl 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl 2-methoxyethyl 2-cyano-2-methylpropyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl methyl 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(5-butylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl methyl 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(5-phenylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl methyl 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(5-pyridin-3-ylisoxazol-3-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl hydrogen 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl methyl 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl ethyl 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl n-propyl 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl n-butyl 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl benzyl 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(hydroxyimino)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 4-(methoxyimino)butyl hydrogen 4-(methoxyimino)butyl methyl 4-(methoxyimino)butyl ethyl 4-(methoxyimino)butyl n-propyl 4-(methoxyimino)butyl n-butyl 4-(methoxyimino)butyl benzyl 4-(methoxyimino)butyl 2-methoxyethyl 4-(methoxyimino)butyl 2-hydroxyethyl 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl hydrogen 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl methyl 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl ethyl 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl n-propyl 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl n-butyl 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl benzyl 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl 2-methoxyethyl 5-amino-5-(hydroxyimino)pentyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl methyl 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl methyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl hydrogen 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl methyl 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl ethyl 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl n-propyl 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl n-butyl 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl benzyl 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl 2-methoxyethyl 3-(1-benzyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)propyl 2-hydroxyethyl

Compounds of the invention have been found to modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inducing the production of interferon a and/or tumor necrosis factor a when tested using the method described below.

Cytokine Induction in Human Cells

An in vitro human blood cell system is used to assess cytokine induction. Activity is based on the measurement of interferon (α) and tumor necrosis factor (α) (IFN-α and TNF-α, respectively) secreted into culture media as described by Testerman et. al. in “Cytokine Induction by the Immunomodulators Imiquimod and S-27609”, Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 58, 365-372 (September, 1995).

Blood Cell Preparation for Culture

Whole blood from healthy human donors is collected by venipuncture into vacutainer tubes or syringes containing EDTA. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are separated from whole blood by density gradient centrifugation using HISTOPAQUE-1077 (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) or Ficoll-Paque Plus (Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, N.J.). Blood is diluted 1:1 with Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) or Hank's Balanced Salts Solution (HBSS). Alternately, whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, Fla.) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium. The PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re-suspended at 4×10⁶ cells/mL in RPMI complete. The PBMC suspension is added to 96 well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates containing an equal volume of RPMI complete media containing test compound.

Compound Preparation

The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. The compounds are generally tested at concentrations ranging from 30-0.014 μM. Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with reference compound.

Incubation

The solution of test compound is added at 60 μM to the first well containing RPMI complete and serial 3 fold dilutions are made in the wells. The PBMC suspension is then added to the wells in an equal volume, bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30-0.014 μM). The final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2×10⁶ cells/mL. The plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37° C. in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.

Separation

Following incubation the plates are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 1000 rpm (approximately 200×g) at 4° C. The cell-free culture supernatant is removed and transferred to sterile polypropylene tubes. Samples are maintained at −30 to −70° C. until analysis. The samples are analyzed for IFN-α by ELISA and for TNF-α by IGEN/Bio Veris Assay.

Interferon (α) and Tumor Necrosis Factor (α) Analysis

IFN-α concentration is determined with a human multi-subtype colorimetric sandwich ELISA (Catalog Number 41105) from PBL Biomedical Laboratories, Piscataway, N.J. Results are expressed in pg/mL.

The TNF-α concentration is determined by ORIGEN M-Series Immunoassay and read on an IGEN M-8 analyzer from BioVeris Corporation, formerly known as IGEN International, Gaithersburg, Md. The immunoassay uses a human TNF-α capture and detection antibody pair (Catalog Numbers AHC3419 and AHC3712) from Biosource International, Camarillo, Calif. Results are expressed in pg/mL.

Assay Data and Analysis

In total, the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF-α and IFN-α (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).

Analysis of the data has two steps. First, the greater of the mean DMSO (DMSO control wells) or the experimental background (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α) is subtracted from each reading. If any negative values result from background subtraction, the reading is reported as “*”, and is noted as not reliably detectable. In subsequent calculations and statistics, “*”, is treated as a zero. Second, all background subtracted values are multiplied by a single adjustment ratio to decrease experiment to experiment variability. The adjustment ratio is the area of the reference compound in the new experiment divided by the expected area of the reference compound based on the past 61 experiments (unadjusted readings). This results in the scaling of the reading (y-axis) for the new data without changing the shape of the dose-response curve. The reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-α,α-dimethyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Pat. No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from the past 61 experiments.

The minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background-subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound. The minimum effective concentration (μ molar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α). The maximal response (pg/mL) is the maximal response attained in the dose response curve.

Certain compounds of the invention may modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inhibiting production of tumor necrosis factor α (TNF-α) when tested using the method described below.

TNF-α Inhibition in Mouse Cells

The mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 is used to assess the ability of compounds to inhibit tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) production upon stimulation by lipopolysaccharide (LPS).

Single Concentration Assay:

Blood Cell Preparation for Culture

Raw cells (ATCC) are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted. The cell suspension is brought to 3×10⁵ cells/mL in RPMI with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS). Cell suspension (100 μL) is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Becton Dickinson Labware, Lincoln Park, N.J.). The final concentration of cells is 3×10⁴ cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3% FBS.

Compound Preparation

The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. Compounds are tested at 5 μM. LPS (Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma-Aldrich) is diluted with colorless RPMI to the EC₇₀ concentration as measured by a dose response assay.

Incubation

A solution of test compound (1 μl) is added to each well. The plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (1 μL, EC₇₀ concentration ˜10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37° C. in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.

TNF-α Analysis

Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF-α concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF-α kit (from Biosource International, Camarillo, Calif.). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF-α expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response.

Dose Response Assay:

Blood Cell Preparation for Culture

Raw cells (ATCC) are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted. The cell suspension is brought to 4×10⁵ cells/mL in RPMI with 10% FBS. Cell suspension (250 μL) is added to 48-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Costar, Cambridge, Mass.). The final concentration of cells is 1×10⁵ cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3% FBS.

Compound Preparation

The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. Compounds are tested at 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, 5 and 10 μM. LPS (Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma-Aldrich) is diluted with colorless RPMI to the EC₇₀ concentration as measured by dose response assay.

Incubation

A solution of test compound (200 μl) is added to each well. The plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (200 μL, EC₇₀ concentration ˜10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37° C. in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.

TNF-α Analysis

Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF-α concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF-α kit (from Biosource International, Camarillo, Calif.). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF-α expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response.

The complete disclosures of the patents, patent documents, and publications cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each were individually incorporated. The present invention has been described with reference to several embodiments thereof. The foregoing illustrative embodiments and examples have been provided for clarity of understanding only, and no unnecessary limitations are to be understood therefrom. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many changes can be made to the described embodiments without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, the scope of the invention is intended to be limited only by the claims that follow. 

1. A compound of the formula (I):

wherein: R_(A) and R_(B) make a phenyl ring; R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and non-interfering substitutents; R″ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene orheterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—, —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S; R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene; R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroarylalkylenyl; R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—; A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—; V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—, —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—;and —S(O)₂—; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a+b is≦7; with the proviso that at least one of R_(A1), R_(B1), R₁, or R₂ is other than hydrogen; and with the further proviso that when R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and RI is hydrogen, then R₂ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; R′″ is a non-interfering substitutent; and with the proviso that at least one of R_(A), R_(B), R′, or R″ is other than hydrogen; and with the further proviso that when R_(A) and R_(B) form a benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and R′ is hydrogen, then R″ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 2. A compound of the formula (II):

wherein: R_(A1) and R_(B1) make a phenyl ring; R₁ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; R₂ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene orheterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—, —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

Z is a bond or —O—; R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S; R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene; R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroarylalkylenyl; R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—; A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—; V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—, —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and —S(O)₂—, and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a+b is≦7; with the proviso that at least one of R_(A1, R) _(B1), R₁, or R₂ is other than hydrogen; and with the further proviso that when R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and RI is hydrogen, then R₂ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fIuoro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 3. A compound of the formula (III):

wherein: R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and —N(R₉)₂; R₁ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; R₂ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; R₃ is selected from the group consisting of: -Z-R₄, -Z-X—R₄, -Z-X—Y—R₄, -Z-X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and -Z-X—R₅, n is 0; m is 0; X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—, —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

Z is a bond or —O—; R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S; R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene; R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroarylalkylenyl; R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—; A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—; V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—, —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—; and —S(O)₂—; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and —S(O)₀₋₂—; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a+b is≦7; with the proviso that when R₁ is hydrogen, m is 0, and R is chloro, then R₂ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 4. A compound of the formula (IX):

wherein: R_(A2) and R_(B2) make a phenyl ring; R₁ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; R₂ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R,6)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—, —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(N—O—R₈)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, al kylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S; R₇ is C₂₋₇alkylene; R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl and heteroarylalkylenyl; R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—; A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉) V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—, —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and —S(O)₂—; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a+b is≦7; with the proviso that at least one of R_(A2), R_(B2), R₁, or R₂ is other than hydrogen; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 5. The compound or salt of claim 4 wherein R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino)ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and benzyl.
 6. A compound of the formula (Ia):

wherein: R_(A3) and R_(B3) make a phenyl ring; R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and non-interfering substitutents; and with the proviso that at least one of R_(A3), R_(B3), R₁, or R₂ is other than hydrogen; and with the further proviso that when R_(A3) and R_(B3) form a benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and R₁ is hydrogen, then R₂ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 7. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claim 1 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
 8. A compound of the formula (II-1):

wherein: Y″ is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—, —C(O)—O—, and —C(═NR₉)—; R₁₁ is alkyl that is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC₁₋₄alkylenyl, heteroarylC₁₋₄alkylenyl, haloC₁₋₄alkyl, haloC₁₋₄alkoxy, —O—C(O)—CH₃, —CO₂CH₃, —CONH₂, —O—CH₂—CONH₂, —NH2, and —SO₂—NH₂; R_(A1) and R_(B1) make a phenyl ring; R₁ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, —X—Y—X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; R₂ is selected from the group consisting of: —R₄, —X—R₄, —X—Y—R₄, and —X—R₅; X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more —O— groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —O—C(R₆)—, —O—C(O)—O—, —N(R₈)-Q-, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —O—C(R₆)—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—, —O—N(R₈)-Q-, —O—N═C(R₄)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—, —C(═N—O—R₈)—NH—, —CH(—N(—O—R₈)-Q-R₄)—,

Z is a bond or —O—; R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkyiheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R₅ is selected from the group consisting of

R₆ is selected from the group consisting of ═O and ═S; R₇ is C₂₋₇ alkylene; R₈ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, hydroxyalkylenyl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroarylalkylenyl; R₉ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R₁₀ is C₃₋₈ alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —C(O)—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, and —N(R₄)—; A′ is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S(O)₀₋₂—, —N(-Q-R₄)—, and —CH₂—; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(R₆)—, —C(R₆)—C(R₆)—, —S(O)₂—, —C(R₆)—N(R₈)—W—, —S(O)₂—N(R₈)—, —C(R₆)—O—, —C(R₆)—S—, and —C(R₆)—N(OR₉)—; V is selected from the group consisting of —C(R₆)—, —O—C(R₆)—, —N(R₈)—C(R₆)—, and —S(O)₂—; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —C(O)—, and —S(O)₂—; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a+b is≦7; with the proviso that at least one of R_(A1), R_(B1), R₁, or R₂ is other than hydrogen; and with the further proviso that when R_(A1) and R_(B1) form a fused benzene ring unsubstituted or substituted with chloro, and R₁ is hydrogen, then R₂ is other than phenyl or phenyl substituted with methyl, methoxy, chloro, or fluoro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 9. The compound or salt of claim 2 wherein R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and benzyl.
 10. The compound or salt of claim 8 wherein R₁ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, 2-(propylsulfonyl)ethyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 2-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]propyl, 2-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]-2-methylpropyl, 2-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}ethyl, 4-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]butyl, 2-(benzoylamino)ethyl, 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-4-oxopentyl, and 4-methanesulfonylaminobutyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and benzyl.
 11. the compound or salt of claim 3 wherein the compounds is 1-(4-amino-2-ethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]quinolin-1-yl)-2-methylpropan-2-ol. 